SV9100

InMail System Guide

NDA-31585
ISSUE 1.0

NEC Corporation of America reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or features at
any time without notice.
NEC Corporation of America has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers.
The information contained herein is the property of NEC Corporation of America and shall not be
reproduced without prior written approval of NEC Corporation of America.
UNIVERGE is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation. Pentium is a trademark or registered
trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. All other
brand names and product names referenced in this document are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies.

Copyright 2014

NEC Corporation of America

6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving, TX 75039-2402
Communications Technology Group

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Quick Setup
Section 1

Start-up (Default) InMail Configuration ................................. 1-1

Section 2

Enable the Mailboxes for all Installed Extensions ................... 1-1

Section 3

Set Up Automated Attendant to Answer Outside Calls ............ 1-2

Section 4

Set Up Simple Day/Night Answering ...................................... 1-4

Section 5

Specifications ......................................................................... 1-4

Section 6

Examples of Common Applications ......................................... 1-5

Chapter 2 Features
Section 1

Introduction to InMail Features ............................................. 2-1

Section 2

Feature Glossary .................................................................... 2-2

Section 3

Feature Descriptions .............................................................. 2-9

Contact Center Delay Announcement .......................................... 2-10
Announcement Mailbox ............................................................. 2-14
Announcement Message ........................................................... 2-19
Answer Schedule Override ........................................................ 2-20
Answering Machine Emulation ................................................... 2-23
Answer Table .......................................................................... 2-25
Automatic Access to Voice Mail by Caller ID ................................. 2-33
Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail ............................................ 2-38
Auto Erase or Save .................................................................. 2-40
Auto Time Stamp ..................................................................... 2-41
Automated Attendant ............................................................... 2-43
Automated Attendant Transfer ................................................... 2-47
Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers .................................... 2-48
Call Forward to a Mailbox .......................................................... 2-49

InMail System Guide

Issue 1.0

Caller ID ................................................................................. 2-52

Caller ID with Return Call .......................................................... 2-54
Calling the Automated Attendant ............................................... 2-55
Cascade Message Notification .................................................... 2-56
Dial Action Table ...................................................................... 2-77
Directory Dialing ...................................................................... 2-82
Directory Dialing Mailbox .......................................................... 2-92
Distribution List ....................................................................... 2-93
Email Notification ..................................................................... 2-96
Erasing All Messages .............................................................. 2-111
Exiting a Mailbox ................................................................... 2-112
External Transfer ................................................................... 2-113
Fax Detection ........................................................................ 2-115
Find Me Follow Me ................................................................. 2-116
Flexible Answering Schedules .................................................. 2-123
Flexible Call Routing ............................................................... 2-124
Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan .............................................. 2-126
Forced Unscreened Transfer .................................................... 2-129
Getting Recorded Help ............................................................ 2-130
Go To A Mailbox .................................................................... 2-131
Greeting ............................................................................... 2-133
Group (Shared) Mailbox .......................................................... 2-137
Guest Mailbox ....................................................................... 2-143
Hang Up ............................................................................... 2-146
InMail Upload Download Audio ................................................. 2-147
Instruction Menu ................................................................... 2-165
Language Setting ................................................................... 2-167
Leaving a Message ................................................................. 2-170
Listening to Messages ............................................................ 2-172
Live Monitor .......................................................................... 2-175
Live Record ........................................................................... 2-177
Log On to Voice Mail .............................................................. 2-179

ii

Table of Contents

Issue 1.0

Mailbox Announcement Message .............................................. 2-182

Mailbox Name ....................................................................... 2-185
Mailbox Options Menu ............................................................ 2-187
Mailbox Security Code Delete .................................................. 2-189
Main Menu ............................................................................ 2-191
Make Call .............................................................................. 2-193
Message Count Display ........................................................... 2-196
Message Delete ..................................................................... 2-198
Message Forward ................................................................... 2-199
Message Length ..................................................................... 2-201
Message Listen Mode .............................................................. 2-203
Message Notification .............................................................. 2-205
Message Playback Direction ..................................................... 2-212
Message Record .................................................................... 2-213
Message Reply ...................................................................... 2-214
Message Storage Limit ........................................................... 2-216
Message Waiting Lamp ........................................................... 2-217
Multiple Company Greetings .................................................... 2-218
NetLink ................................................................................ 2-220
Next Call Routing Mailbox ....................................................... 2-221
Park and Page ....................................................................... 2-227
Programming Voice Mail ......................................................... 2-234
Quick Message ...................................................................... 2-236
Record and Send a Message .................................................... 2-239
Remote Programming ............................................................. 2-241
Routing Mailbox ..................................................................... 2-242
Screened Transfer ................................................................. 2-246
Security Code ........................................................................ 2-250
Single Digit Dialing ................................................................. 2-253
Station Mailbox ..................................................................... 2-255
Subscriber Mailbox ................................................................. 2-256
System Administrator ............................................................. 2-259

InMail System Guide

iii

Issue 1.0

System Administrator Mailbox ................................................. 2-261

System Re-initialization .......................................................... 2-262
Time and Date ...................................................................... 2-264
Time and Date Stamp ............................................................. 2-266
Transfer to a Mailbox ............................................................. 2-267
Undefined Routing ................................................................. 2-269
Unscreened Transfer .............................................................. 2-270
Voice Mail Overflow ................................................................ 2-274
Volume Control ..................................................................... 2-281

Chapter 3 Programming
Section 1

Before You Start Programming ............................................... 3-1

Section 2

Start-Up Programming (Default) ............................................ 3-1

2.1 Optional InMail Start-Up Programming ....................................... 3-2
2.2 Set up Automated Attendant to Answer Outside Calls ................... 3-2

Section 3

Program Options .................................................................... 3-3

15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup ........................................................................3-4
41-01 : System Options for Contact Center .............................................................3-7
45-01 : Voice Mail Integration Options ...................................................................3-11
47-01 : InMail System Options ...............................................................................3-14
47-02 : InMail Station Mailbox Options ..................................................................3-22
47-03 : InMail Group Mailbox Options ....................................................................3-31
47-06 : Group Mailbox Subscriber Options ............................................................3-33
47-07 : InMail Routing Mailbox Options .................................................................3-41
47-08 : Call Routing Mailbox Options .....................................................................3-43
47-09 : Announcement Mailbox Options ................................................................3-46
47-10 : InMail Trunk Options ..................................................................................3-49
47-11 : InMail Answer Table Options .....................................................................3-52
47-12 : InMail Answer Schedules ...........................................................................3-56
47-13 : InMail Dial Action Tables ...........................................................................3-65
47-15 : Routing Directory Mailbox Options ............................................................3-76
47-17 : Routing Distribution Mailbox Options .........................................................3-81
47-18 : InMail SMTP Setup ....................................................................................3-82

iv

Table of Contents

Issue 1.0

47-19 : InMail POP3 Setup .....................................................................................3-84

47-20 : Station Mailbox Message Notification ........................................................3-85
47-21 : Station Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options .............................................3-87
47-22: Group Mailbox Notification Options .............................................................3-88
47-23 : Group Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options ...............................................3-90

Chapter 4 InMail Utility

Section 1

InMail Utility .......................................................................... 4-1

Section 2

Requirements ......................................................................... 4-2

Section 3

Installing the InMail Utility .................................................... 4-2

Section 4

Using InMail Utility ................................................................. 4-4

4.1 Starting the InMail Utility .......................................................... 4-4
4.2 Selecting the Compact Flash Card ............................................. 4-6
4.3 Backing Up the InMail Compact Flash Card ................................. 4-7
4.4 Restoring a Backed-up Database to the InMail Compact Flash
Card ..................................................................................... 4-9
4.5 Managing Language Prompt Sets on InMail ...............................4-13
4.5.1 Removing a Language Prompt ............................................ 4-13
4.5.2 Adding a Language Prompt ................................................ 4-14

4.6 Initializing the InMail Compact Flash Card .................................4-15

Chapter 5 Softkey Glossary

Section 1

InMail System Guide

Glossary ................................................................................. 5-1

Issue 1.0

vi

Table of Contents

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES

Chapter 1

Quick Setup

Chapter 2

Features

Figure 2-1

Example User Access to Voice Mail .................................................... 2-33

Figure 2-2

Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 1 ........................................... 2-58

Figure 2-3

Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 2 ........................................... 2-59

Figure 2-4

Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 3 ........................................... 2-60

Table 2-1

InMail Email Account Information ........................................................ 2-97

Figure 2-5

Email with Station Name .................................................................... 2-99

Figure 2-6

Email No Station Name ...................................................................2-100

Figure 2-7

Email with CID Name ........................................................................2-101

Figure 2-8

Email CO No CID ...........................................................................2-102

Table 2-2

Typical SMS Notification (No Wav File) ................................................2-103

Table 2-3

Common Email Notification SMTP Server Settings .................................2-104

Table 2-4

Some Common Mobile Telephone Service Provider SMS Portals ..............2-104

Table 2-5

Turn Email Notification On or Off ........................................................2-110

Figure 2-9

User Pro Login IDs ............................................................................2-148

Table 2-6

Park and Page Call Handling ...............................................................2-228

Table 2-7

Park and Page Call Handling ...............................................................2-229

Figure 2-10

PCPro and WebPro Login Screens ........................................................2-234

Chapter 3

Programming

Table 3-1

Keys for Entering Names ...................................................................... 3-5

Figure 3-1

Contact Center Delay Announcement Flowchart ..................................... 3-10

Chapter 4

InMail Utility

Figure 4-1

InMail Utility Install Wizard Welcome Screen ........................................... 4-2

Figure 4-2

InMail Utility Install Wizard Install Completion Screen ............................... 4-3

InMail System Guide

vii

Issue 1.0

Figure 4-3

Removing the SD drive from the Blade ................................................... 4-4

Figure 4-4

InMail Utility Main Screen ..................................................................... 4-5

Figure 4-5

Utility Select InMail Card Screen ............................................................ 4-6

Figure 4-6

Updated InMail Portion of InMail Utility Main Screen ................................. 4-6

Figure 4-7

InMail Utility Save As (Backup) Screen ................................................... 4-7

Figure 4-8

Backup Progress Status Screen ............................................................. 4-8

Figure 4-9

Backup Data Report Screen .................................................................. 4-9

Figure 4-10

InMail Utility Database Restore ............................................................ 4-10

Figure 4-11

InMail Utility Database Restore ............................................................ 4-11

Figure 4-12

InMail Restore Data Report ................................................................. 4-12

Figure 4-13

Manage Languages Screen ................................................................. 4-13

Figure 4-14

InMail Utility Initialize Confirmation Screen ........................................... 4-15

Figure 4-15

InMail Utility Initialization Progress Screen ............................................ 4-16

Chapter 5
Table 5-1

viii

Softkey Glossary
Glosssary of Softkeys ........................................................................... 5-1

List of Figures and Tables

UNIVERGE SV9100

Chapter 1

Quick Setup

SECTION 1

START-UP (DEFAULT) INMAIL CONFIGURATION

Every SV9100 has the InMail built in on the system. When a system is defaulted the
InMail will be automatically programmed and work in the system.
The following settings are made automatically on a defaulted system. If needed they
can be changed but it is recommended that the default values be kept.

SECTION 2

Subscriber Mailboxes are enabled for extensions 101~164. The mailbox numbers are
the same as the extension numbers.

The Automated Attendant does not answer outside calls.

The Department group pilot for InMail extensions in PRG 11-07-01is 3999.

All InMail extensions are assigned to Department group 64 in PRG 16-02-01.

The extension numbers for the InMail ports are 3898-3913.

The voice mail Department group is set to 64 in PRG 45-01-01.

InMail extensions 3898-3913 are set to DP in PRG 15-03-01.

InMail extensions 3898-3913 are set to Special in PRG 15-03-03.

ENABLE

THE

MAILBOXES

FOR ALL INSTALLED

EXTENSIONS

Since by default only extensions 101~164 have Subscriber Mailboxes, if needed you
should enable additional Subscriber Mailboxes for all installed extensions. Also for
security reasons any mailbox that does not have an associated extension should be
disabled by setting to "Undefined" in PRG 47-02-01.
To enable additional Subscriber Mailboxes:
1.

In 47-02-01 Mailbox Type, enter 1 to enable a Subscriber Mailbox for each

extension.

2.

In 47-02-02 Mailbox Number, select the extension number to be associated with

the mailbox you are programming.

InMail System Guide

To make programming easier, consider associating a mailbox number with a

station port. For example, mailbox 1 should correspond to port 1, which in turn
corresponds to extension 101.

Normally, mailbox 1 should use Mailbox Number 101, mailbox 2 should use
Mailbox Number 102, etc.

1-1

Issue 1.0

3.

SECTION 3

For phones with a Message Key, in 15-02-26 Message Key Operation Mode,
enter 1 at each extension for which you are adding a mailbox. This enables the
Message key for Voice Mail access.

You can optionally use 15-07-01 Programming Function Keys to assign a Voice
Mail programmable key (code 77).

If you dont assign the Message key or a programmable key for Voice Mail
access, an extension user can access his mailbox by the following actions:

Press Speaker key

Dial InMail pilot number

Dial mailbox number

SET UP AUTOMATED ATTENDANT

TO

ANSWER OUTSIDE CALLS

To enable Automated Attendant to answer outside calls, set up Direct Inward Lines
(DILs) and terminate them to InMail.
Automated Attendant enables the following capabilities:

All calls are answered by Call Routing Mailbox 1 and Dial Action Table 1. This happens
because:

Answer Table 1 Runs Monday-Friday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM, and uses Call
Routing Mailbox 1.

At all other times, the Default Mailbox answers also using Call Routing Mailbox
1.

Dial Action Table 1 allows outside callers to perform the following actions:

Dial system extensions (if installed).

Dial 0 for an operator (extension 101).

Dial * + Extension to leave a Quick Message in a mailbox.

Dial # + Extension to remotely log on to their mailbox.

Wait on the line to be automatically routed to the operator.

To Set up the Automated Attendant to answer outside calls:

1.

Set up trunks as Direct Inward Lines.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a
separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

2.

Have the Direct Inward Lines terminate to InMail (extension 200).

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each trunk you designated as a DIL above, enter 200. Make a
separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, no DIL destinations are programmed.

1-2

Quick Setup

Issue 1.0

3.

Review the default Automated Attendant setup.

The block diagram below shows the default InMail Automated Attendant
configuration.

DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)

22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail
Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-05 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

InMail System Guide

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30 AM-5:00 PM
Default Mailbox active all other times

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or O for the
operator.

1-3

Issue 1.0

SECTION 4

SET UP SIMPLE DAY/NIGHT ANSWERING

After you set up DILs to InMail, Call Routing Mailbox 1 answers outside calls. This is
because:

All trunks by default are assigned to Answer Table 1.

Answer Table 1, which runs Monday-Friday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM, uses Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

The Default Mailbox, which runs at all other times (evenings and weekends), also uses
Call Routing Mailbox 1.

To Set up simple Day/Night Answering:

SECTION 5

In 47-11-03 Default Mailbox Category and in 47-11-03 Default Mailbox Number change
the Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 to 2.

From the System Administrator Mailbox:

1.

Dial SA + I and record a new Instruction Menu message for Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

2.

Dial SA + I and record a new Instruction Menu message for Call Routing Mailbox
2.

Monday through Friday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM callers hear the Instruction Menu
message for Call Routing Mailbox 1.
Evenings and weekends, callers hear the Instruction Menu message for Call
Routing Mailbox 2.

Review the feature Automated Attendant on page 2-43.

SPECIFICATIONS
InMail Part Numbers and Capacities
All SV9100 systems have the InMail built in with 16 ports. However, each mailbox must be
licensed. Without mailbox licenses only basic fixed auto attendant features are available

1-4

640079

S system (1G) SV9100 SD Card (15 hours recording time)

640080

E system (4G) SV9100 SD Card (120 hours recording time)

670637

InMail Voice Mailbox User License (1012)

670639

InMail Email Client License (1014)

Mailboxes:

Station Mailboxes = 896

Routing Mailboxes = 32
Group Mailboxes = 32
Total Mailboxes = 960

Quick Setup

Issue 1.0

SECTION 6

EXAMPLES

OF

COMMON APPLICATIONS

The examples below show common applications. The chart in the beginning of each
example provides the following information:

How the relevant programmable options work by default.

The Application Summary providing the basic steps to set up the application.

Following the chart are the step-by-step instructions for setting up the application.
For more information, refer to Chapter 1, Programming on page 3-1 in this manual,
and to the UNIVERGE SV9100 Programming Manual.
Example 1: Set Up Separate Day and Night Greetings
Default Automated Attendant Answering
All trunks answered by the Automated Attendant route to Answer Table 1.

Answer Table 1 uses Schedule 1 to answer calls from 8:30 AM -5:00 PM Monday through Friday
with Call Routing Mailbox 1.
The Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 picks up Automated Attendant calls at all other times. The
Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 is also Call Routing Mailbox 1.

The greeting that plays to outside callers is the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing Mailbox
that answers the call.
Since Schedule 1 and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox 1, the Automated
Attendant answers all calls the same way day and night, with the Instruction Menu for Call
Routing Mailbox 1.

Application Summary
Change the Default Mailbox from Call Routing Mailbox 1 to 2.
Record a night Instruction Menu for Call Routing Mailbox 2.

Change the Default Mailbox to Call Routing Mailbox 2.

47-11-03 Default Mailbox Number, change the Default Mailbox assignment to 2.
Record the daytime and night Instruction Menus.
1.

At extension 101, press Message.

2.

Dial SA (72) + I (4).

3.

Dial 001 (for Call Routing Mailbox 1) + R (7).

4.

Record the daytime Instruction Menu message + # twice.

5.

Dial I (4).

6.

Dial 002 (for Call Routing Mailbox 2) + R (7).

7.

Record the night Instruction Menu message + # + hang up.

InMail System Guide

Refer to the Instruction Menu (page 2-165) in this manual.

1-5

Issue 1.0

Example 2: Provide Unique Day and Night Dialing Options for Callers
Default Dial Action Table Options
All Call Routing Mailboxes (1-8 by default) use Dial Action Table 1.
Dial Action Table 1 provides the following dial options:

Dial extension number.

Dial 0 for the operator.
Dial * + extension to leave a Quick Message.
Dial # + extension to do a Remote Log in to the mailbox.
Timeout to operator if no digits dialed.

Application Summary
Allow callers at night to dial 0 to leave a message for the operator.

Set up separate day and night greetings.

Following example 1, set up separate day and night Instruction Menus using Call Routing
Mailboxes 1 and 2.
1.

Example of the day Instruction Menu: Thank you for calling. For Sales, dial 101.
For Technical Support, dial 102. To talk to an operator, dial 0. If you know your
partys extension number, please dial it now.

2.

Example of the night Instruction menu: Thank you for calling. Our normal business
hours are 8:30 to 5:00, Monday through Friday. To leave us a message, please
dial 0 now.

Assign a unique Dial Action Table (2) to the night time Call Routing Mailbox (2).
In 47-08-01 Dial Action Table, assign Dial Action Table 2 to Call Routing Mailbox 2.
Change the dialing options for the night time Dial Action Table (2).
In 47-13-01 InMail Dial Action Table Actions for Dial Action Table 2, make the following
changes:

1-6

1.

For the digits 3 and 4, enter 0 for the Action entry to prevent callers from dialing
extensions at night.

2.

For the digit 0, change the Action entry to REC1 (by dialing 3) and the Data entry
to 101. This allows night time callers to dial 0 to leave a message for the operator.

3.

Note that the * and # entries are left unchanged so that experienced users can still
leave Quick Messages or do Remote Logons at night.

Quick Setup

Issue 1.0

Example 3: Manual Night Mode Control of the Automated Attendant

Default Scheduling Options
There is no manual control of the Automated Attendant.
All calls answered by the Automated Attendant automatically follow the schedule set up by
Answer Table 1.

Answer Table 1 uses Schedule 1 to answer calls from 8:30 AM -5:00 PM Monday through Friday
with Call Routing Mailbox 1.
The Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 picks up Automated Attendant calls at all other times.
The Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 is also Call Routing Mailbox 1.

Application Summary
Set up a programmable key to switch the system into the night mode.
Assign a Group Mailbox to a virtual extension.
Have calls at night route to the virtual extension, which is Fixed Call Forwarded to voice mail.

Set up programmable keys to switch the system into the night mode and back into
the day mode.
Night Mode
1.

At the extension that should control the system night mode, press Speaker + 751.

2.

Press the programmable function key you want to assign as the day (night mode
1) key.

3.

Dial 09 + 1 (for night mode 1).

You hear three confirmation beeps.

This allows the user to switch the system into the day mode (i.e., night mode 1).

Day Mode
1.

Press the programmable function key you want to assign as the night (night mode
2) key.

2.

Dial 09 + 2 (for night mode 2).

3.

You hear three confirmation beeps.

This allows the user to switch the system from the day mode to night mode 2.

Press Speaker to hang up.

Allow the extension to switch the system night mode.

1.

In 20-07-01 Manual Night Mode Switching, enter 1 to enable night mode switching
in the extension Class of Service.

2.

In 20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions, assign the extension Class of

Service.

InMail System Guide

By default, this ability is disabled.

By default, extension 101 has Class of Service 15. All other extensions have Class
of Service 1.

1-7

Issue 1.0

Set up a Group Mailbox as a Call Routing Mailbox.

1.

In 11-07-01 Department Group Pilot Numbers, assign a pilot number (e.g., 200) to
an unused Department Group (e.g., group 10).

2.

In 47-03-02 Group Mailbox Number, enter the pilot number assigned in step 1
above.

3.

By default, no Group Mailbox numbers are assigned.

In 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type, enter 1 to assign the Group Mailbox as a Call
Routing Mailbox.

4.

By default, all extensions are assigned to group 1.

By default, Group Mailboxes are assigned as Subscriber Mailboxes (3).

In 11-07-01 Department Group Pilot Numbers, press Hold to remove the

assignment made in step 1 above.

You can use the Department Group for other programming.

Set up a virtual extension that will handle the switching for the trunk.
1.

In 11-04-01 Virtual Extension Numbering, assign the Group Mailbox Number in

step 2 as the extension number for a virtual extension port.

For example, assign extension 200 to virtual extension port 1.

By default, there are no virtual extension numbers assigned.

Terminate the trunk to the virtual extension in the night mode.

1.

2.

In 22-07-01 DIL Assignment, assign the trunk to the virtual extension (e.g., 200) in
night mode 2.

When the extension user presses the night key, the trunk follows this routing.

By default, there are no DIL assignments set up.

Check the setting of 22-02-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup to be sure the trunk is
set up as a Direct Inward Line (4).

By default, trunk types are set to normal (0).

Fixed Call Forward the virtual extension to Voice Mail.

1.

1-8

In 24-06-01 Fixed Call Forwarding, enable immediate Fixed Call Forwarding to

the InMail Master Number (200).

For example, for virtual extension 400 enter 3 for Call Forward Type and 200 for
the destination.

By default, Fixed Call Forwarding is not set up.

Quick Setup

Issue 1.0

Record the Instruction Menu for the Group Call Routing Mailbox.

InMail System Guide

1.

At extension 101, press Message.

2.

Dial SA (72) + I (4).

3.

Dial the number of the Group Call Routing Mailbox (e.g., 400) + R (7).

4.

Record the Instruction Menu message + # + hang up.

Refer to Instruction Menu (page 2-165) in this manual.

When the system is in the day mode, the trunk is normally answered by InMail and
follows the programmed Answer Table.

When the extension user presses the night mode 2 key, the trunk is answered by the
programmed Call Routing Mailbox, overriding the Answer Table assignment.

1-9

Issue 1.0

1-10

Quick Setup

UNIVERGE SV9100

Chapter 2

Features

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION

NOTE

TO INMAIL

FEATURES

If you are not familiar with the InMail features, review the Section 2 Feature
Glossary on page 2-2.

This chapter provides detailed information on the InMail features. The features are
listed alphabetically. Each feature description includes the following headings.

InMail System Guide

Description
Read Description to get an overview of the feature, its benefit, any special
considerations you should be aware of, and how it works in the default system.

Related Features
Related Features shows you at a glance how each feature interacts with other
InMail features.

Programming
Here youll find easy to follow step-by-step programming instructions for each
feature.

Operation
Operation provides charts that show how the feature operates.

2-1

Issue 1.0

SECTION 2

FEATURE GLOSSARY

Feature Name
Administrator
Security Code
Control

Description

Usage

Refer to Security Code on page 2-8.

Voice Mail

Refer to Next Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-6.

Voice Mail

Announcement
Mailbox

Mailbox that allows a recorded greeting to play to callers.

Automated
Attendant

Announcement
Message

The message that the System Administrator records for a specific

Announcement Mailbox.

Automated
Attendant

Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each

trunk, according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is
ringing.

Automated
Attendant

Enables an alternate greeting and alternate dialing options for callers.

Automated
Attendant

Auto Attendant
Direct to Voice Mail

Refer to Greeting on page 2-4 in this glossary.

Automated
Attendant

Auto Erase or Save

When a mailbox user completely listens to a new message and then exits Voice Mail
their mailbox, InMail either automatically archives or deletes the message.

Alternate Next Call

Routing Mailbox

Answer Table

Answering Schedule
Override

Auto Time Stamp

After a user listens to a message, InMail can optionally announce the time
and date the message was left.

Voice Mail

Automated Attendant The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system
incoming calls, play an Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing
options to callers.

Automated
Attendant

Automated Attendant While on a trunk call, an extension user can transfer the trunk call to the
Transfer
Automated Attendant so the caller can use the Automated Attendant
dialing options.

Voice Mail

Automatic Call
Distribution Delay
Announcement

With the appropriate hardware and system licenses, the InMail can be
used to store two Contact Center Delay Announcements.

System

Refer to Go to a Mailbox on page 2-4 in this glossary.

Automatic Call
Routing to a Mailbox

Automated
Attendant

Automatic Message
Erase/Save

Refer to Auto Erase or Save on page 2-2 in this glossary.

Voice Mail

Automatic Routing
for Rotary Dial
Callers

If an Automated Attendant caller does not dial any digits, InMail

automatically routes them to a specified option (such as the operator or a
mailbox).

Automated
Attendant

An extension user can forward calls to their mailbox.

Voice Mail

Call Forward to a
Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing
options (Dial Action Table) and announcements are available to
Automated Attendant callers.

2-2

Automated
Attendant

Features

Issue 1.0

Feature Name

Description

Usage

Caller ID

A telephone company service that provides a callers number and

optional name. The telephone system can pass this information to InMail
to enable Caller ID with Return Call on page 2-3.

System

Caller ID with Return

Call

Refer to Make Call on page 2-5 and Time and Date Stamp on page 2-8.

Voice Mail

Calling (Logging On
to) a Mailbox

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Automated Attendant callers can use various InMail features and then
Calling the
Automated Attendant return to the Automated Attendant for additional dialing options.

Automated
Attendant

Cascade Message
Notification

If an extension user receives a new message in their mailbox, Cascading

Message Notification calls them, at up to five preset destinations, to let
them know a new voice mail message has arrived.

Voice Mail

Day, Night, and

Holiday Greetings

Refer to Flexible Answering Schedules on page 2-3.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Message Delete on page 2-6.

Voice Mail

Deleting Mailbox
Security Code

Refer to Mailbox Security Code Delete on page 2-5.

Maintenance

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for a Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the
active Answer Table, which in turn provides those dialing options to
Automated Attendant callers.

Automated
Attendant

Directory Dialing

Directory Dialing allows an Automated Attendant caller to reach an

extension by dialing the first few letters in the extension users name.

Automated
Attendant

Distribution List

A Distribution List shows extensions that receive a message you record

and send to a single Distribution Mailbox. Any message left in the
Distribution Mailbox is automatically sent to all the mailboxes in the list.

Voice Mail

Email Notification

Email Notification automatically sends an email notification when a

Subscriber Mailbox receives a new message. The email can optionally
include the recorded message as a .wav file attachment. To hear the
message, the email recipient double-clicks the .wav attachment to have
the message play in their .wav player (such as Windows Media Player).

Voice Mail

Erasing All
Messages

Lets the System Administrator delete mailbox messages system-wide.

Maintenance

Exiting a Mailbox

An extension user can exit their mailbox by dialing a code or by hanging

up.

Voice Mail

Fax Detection

The Automated Attendant can detect incoming fax calls and transfer them
to a fax machine.

System

Find-Me-Follow-Me

Find-Me Follow-Me helps an Automated Attendant caller locate an

extension user who is not at their desk.

Automated
Attendant

Flexible Answering
Schedules

The Automated Attendant can answer outside calls with different

announcements and dialing options, depending on the time of day and
day of week.

Automated
Attendant

Deleting a Message

InMail System Guide

2-3

Issue 1.0

Feature Name

Description

Flexible Call Routing The Automated Attendant can provide outside callers with a wide variety
of dialing (routing) options. There are 3 components to Flexible Call
Routing.
Refer to Answer Table on page 2-2.
Refer to Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-2.
Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-3.
Flexible Mailbox
Numbering Plan

Usage
Automated
Attendant

If the telephone system extension numbers are customized, the InMail

mailbox numbers can be customized to match.

System

A Subscriber Mailbox can optionally convert Automated Attendant

Screened Transfers to Unscreened Transfers.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Call Forward to a Mailbox on page 2-2.

Voice Mail

If an extension user dials an incorrect code or forgets what to dial while in

their mailbox, they can request help from the InMail voice prompts.

Voice Mail

An Automated Attendant caller can dial a digit and route directly to a

mailbox.

Automated
Attendant

A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their

mailbox. With Multiple Greetings, the mailbox subscriber can record up to
three separate greetings and make one of the three active. Callers to the
users mailbox hear the active greeting.
With Remote Greeting, an extension user can call into the Automated
Attendant, access their mailbox, and remotely record their mailbox
greeting.
Refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-2.

Voice Mail

Group (Shared)
Mailbox

An extension user can share a Group Mailbox with co-workers for

receiving and sending messages.

Voice Mail

Guest Mailbox

An outside party can have their own mailbox for receiving and sending
messages.

Voice Mail

Hang Up

An Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside

call.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Getting Recorded Help on page 2-4.

Voice Mail

Individual Trunk
Greetings

Refer to Multiple Company Greetings on page 2-6.

Automated
Attendant

InMail Upload
Download Audio

Allows the user to upload/download audio messages for greetings, etc.

Voice Mail

Instruction Menu

The Instruction Menu is the announcement that plays to Automated

Attendant callers. Normally, the Instruction Menu provides callers with the
Automated Attendant dialing options.

Automated
Attendant

Language Setting

This feature allows the telephone display language and the InMail mailbox
language to be changed from the telephone.

Voice Mail

Leaving a Message

An extension user can leave a voice message in a co-workers mailbox if

that extension is busy, unanswered, or in Do Not Disturb.

Voice Mail

Forced Unscreened
Transfer
Forwarding Calls to a
Mailbox
Getting Recorded
Help
Go to a Mailbox
Greeting

Help

2-4

Features

Issue 1.0

Feature Name
Leaving a Message
at a Busy/DND
Extension

Description

Usage

Refer to Leaving a Message on page 2-4.

Voice Mail

Refer to Quick Message on page 2-7.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Listening to Messages on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Listening to
Messages

While or after listening to a message, an extension user has many

message handling options from which to choose.

Voice Mail

Live Monitor

Live Monitor lets Voice Mail screen calls, just like an answering machine
at home. When activated, the extensions incoming calls route to the
users subscriber mailbox. The Live Monitor feature is supported for
External and Internal calls. Once the mailbox answers, the user hears the
callers incoming message.

Voice Mail

Live Record

Allows an extension user to record an active call as a message in their

mailbox. InMail broadcasts a beep and a voice prompt to the caller as Live
Record begins.

Voice Mail

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-6.

Voice Mail

Leave a Quick
Message
Listening Options

Local Notification

Log On to Voice Mail An extension user can press a key to log on to access their InMail
mailbox.
With Remote Login, an employee calling through the Automated
Attendant can dial a single digit followed by their own mailbox number to
remotely log on to their mailbox.
Mailbox
Announcement
Message

Voice Mail

The Mailbox Announcement Message is recorded by the System

Administrator, and plays to each subscriber when they log on to their
mailbox. The message plays at each log on until it expires, is deleted, or
made inactive by the System Administrator.

Administration

Refer to Greeting on page 2-4.

Voice Mail

Mailbox Logon

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Mailbox Name

A mailbox caller can hear the extension users recorded name instead of
their mailbox number.

Voice Mail

Mailbox Options
Menu

Sub-menu of a subscribers Main Menu that provides access to the Auto

Time Stamp, Mailbox Security Code Delete, and Message Notification
features.

Voice Mail

Mailbox Security
Code Delete

The System Administrator can delete the security code for any mailbox,
effectively unlocking it.
Refer to Security Code on page 2-8.

Maintenance

Mailbox Transfer

Refer to Transfer to a Mailbox on page 2-8.

Voice Mail

Main Menu

The InMail options available to an extension user when they log on to

their mailbox.

Voice Mail

Make Call

A Subscriber Mailbox user can listen to a voice message and dial MC to

return the call without knowing their callers phone number.

Voice Mail

The telephone display can show the number of new messages waiting in
a users mailbox.

Voice Mail

Mailbox Greeting

Message Count
Display

InMail System Guide

2-5

Issue 1.0

Feature Name
Message Delete

Description

Usage

An extension user can delete any message left in their mailbox.

Voice Mail

Message Forward

A subscriber can forward a message in their mailbox to a co-worker. They

can optionally record a comment before the forwarded message.

Voice Mail

Message Length

The System Administrator can set the maximum length of a message that
can be left in a users voice mailbox.

Voice Mail

Message Listen
Mode

When a user calls their mailbox, they can dial a code to listen to all their
messages, their new messages, their saved messages, or their held
messages.

Voice Mail

Message Notification Once activated by the mailbox user, a telephone number is dialed to let
the recipient know there are new messages in the mailbox. Notification
can call extensions, local numbers, long distance numbers and pagers.

Voice Mail

Message Playback
Direction
Message Record

An extension user can listen to their messages in either LIFO (last-in-first- Voice Mail
out) or FIFO (first-in-first-out) order.
Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-7 in this glossary.

Voice Mail

Message Reply

An extension user can reply to a message in their mailbox by dialing a

code, without knowing the callers extension number.

Voice Mail

Message Send

Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-7.

Voice Mail

Message Storage
Limit

Sets how many messages a mailbox can store.

Voice Mail

Message Waiting
Lamp

An extension Message Waiting lamp flashes on the telephone indicating

new messages are waiting in their mailbox.

Voice Mail

Multiple Company
Greetings

By assigning a unique Answer Table to each trunk, a single InMail system

can provide individual greetings and dialing options for several
companies.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Mailbox Name on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

NetLink Networking, using an IP network, provides for a seamless

connection; joining multiple SV9100 communication servers into a
virtual single communication server.

Voice Mail

Next Call Routing

Mailbox

Provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a message
in an extension mailbox (depending on the setting of the Next Call
Routing Mailbox Dial Mode).

Voice Mail

One-Touch
Forwarding

Refer to Call Forward to a Mailbox on page 2-2 and Message Forward on

page 2-6.

Voice Mail

One-Touch Mailbox
Access

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

One-Touch Mailbox
Retrieval

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Park and Page can automatically Park a call at an extension and Page
the user with a recorded Paging Message announcing the parked call.
The called extension user can then go to any telephone and implement
Personal Park to pick up the call.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Live Monitor on page 2-175.

Voice Mail

Name
NetLink

Park and Page

Personal Answering
Machine Emulation

2-6

Features

Issue 1.0

Feature Name

Description

Personalized Mailbox Refer to Greeting on page 2-4.

Greeting

Usage
Voice Mail

Programmable
Security Code

Refer to Security Code on page 2-8 and Mailbox Security Code Delete on
page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Programming Voice
Mail

You can program (customize) InMail by using the PCPro and WebPro
programming applications. Limited programming can also be done from a
System Administrators mailbox.
Refer to Programming Voice Mail on page 2-7 for more information.
Also refer to System Administrator Mailbox on page 2-8.

Maintenance

Automated Attendant callers can dial a digit followed by an extension

number to leave a message directly in a users mailbox.
Refer to Quick Message on page 2-7 for more information.

Automated
Attendant

A Subscriber Mailbox user can record and send a message to any other
Subscriber Mailbox.

Voice Mail

Prerecorded voice prompts guide the user through the InMail features.

Voice Mail

Refer to Live Record on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-7.

Voice Mail

Recording
Conversation Beep

Refer to Live Record on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Recording Options

Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-7.

Voice Mail

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Remote Greetings

Refer to Greeting on page 2-4.

Voice Mail

Remote Message
Notification

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-6.

Voice Mail

You can remotely program (customize) InMail by using the PCPro and
WebPro programming applications. You can also do limited remote
programming from the System Administrators mailbox.

Maintenance

Refer to Make Call on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Refer to Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers on page 2-2.

Automated
Attendant

Quick Message

Record and Send a

Message
Recorded Help
Recording a
Conversation
Recording a
Message

Remote Log On

Remote
Programming
Return Call (with
Caller ID)
Rotary Dial
Telephones
Routing Mailbox

InMail System Guide

Routing Mailboxes are used to route Automated Attendant calls. A

Automated
Routing Mailbox can be either an Announcement or Call Routing Mailbox. Attendant

2-7

Issue 1.0

Feature Name
Screened Transfer

Description
Similar to telephone system screened transfers when the transferring
party controls the transfer.
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail calls
(screens) the destination extension to see if the transfer can go through.

Usage
Automated
Attendant

If the destination is busy or in DND, the Automated Attendant does not

extend the call and immediately provides the caller with additional options.
If the destination is available, the Automated Attendant rings it. If the
destination answers, the call goes through. If the destination does not
answer in a programmed time, the Automated Attendant does not extend
the call and provides the caller with additional options.

Also refer to Unscreened Transfer on page 2-9.

Security Code

An extension users mailbox can have a security code to protect the

mailbox from unauthorized access.
Refer to Mailbox Security Code Delete on page 2-5.

Voice Mail

Select Listen Mode

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-6.

Voice Mail

Single Digit Dialing

An Automated Attendant caller can press a single key to route to an

extension, route to another destination, or use an InMail feature.

Automated
Attendant

Subscriber Mailbox

The mailbox type normally used for telephone system extensions.

Voice Mail

System
Administrator

The extension user that has InMail system administration abilities.

Maintenance

System
Administrator
Mailbox

A Subscriber Mailbox option that enables the system administration

abilities.
Also refer to System Administrator on page 2-8.

Voice Mail

System Reinitialization

Re-initializing InMail returns all programmed options to default value.

Maintenance

After listening to a message, an extension user can dial a code to hear

what time the message was sent.
Also refer to Auto Time Stamp on page 2-2.

Voice Mail

Time and Date

Time and Date Stamp With caller ID installed, an extension user can listen to a message and
dial a code to hear the time the message was sent, as well as the callers
number.
Also refer to Caller ID with Return Call on page 2-3 and Time and Date on
page 2-264 above.

Voice Mail

Time and Date Stamp

(with Caller ID
Storage

Refer to Time and Date Stamp on page 2-8.

Voice Mail

Refer to Screened Transfer on page 2-8 and Unscreened Transfer on

page 2-9.

Automated
Attendant

Refer to Fax Detection on page 2-3.

Automated
Attendant

Transfer by
Extension
Transfer Calls to a
FAX Machine

Transfer to a Mailbox An extension user can transfer an active call to a co-workers mailbox.
Transfer to an
Extension

Refer to Screened Transfer on page 2-8 and Unscreened Transfer on

page 2-9.

Refer to Automated Attendant Transfer on page 2-2.

Transfer to the
Automated Attendant

2-8

Voice Mail
Automated
Attendant
Voice Mail

Features

Issue 1.0

Feature Name

Description

Undefined Routing

A dialpad digit for which the Automated Attendant has no routing defined.
When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit which has no routing
assigned, InMail plays a brief error message and then repeats the dialing
options.

Automated
Attendant

Undefined Routing
Intercept

Refer to Undefined Routing on page 2-9.

Automated
Attendant

Unscreened Transfer Similar to telephone system unscreened transfers when the transferring
party immediately extends the call.
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail
immediately transfers the call to the destination and hangs up. Any recalls
or additional routing are handled by the telephone system just as with
any other unscreened transfer.
Also refer to Screened Transfer on page 2-8.
Voice Mail Overflow
Volume Control

SECTION 3

Usage

Automated
Attendant

Ensures that InMail picks up calls that do not go through.

System

A mailbox user can turn the volume up or down while listening to a

message.

Voice Mail

FEATURE DESCRIPTIONS
This section provides detailed feature descriptions, programming, operating
procedures and related feature programming.

InMail System Guide

2-9

Issue 1.0

Contact Center Delay Announcement

Description
The InMail can now support Contact Center Delay Announcements. Use Program 41-19 : Contact
Center Voice Mail Delay Announcement to assign InMail Call Routing Mailboxes (PRG 47-03) as
Contact Center Delay Announcement Mailboxes.

Conditions

The KSU must be licensed for Contact Center and InMail mailboxes for this feature to work.

Call Routing Mailboxes used for Delay Announcements cannot be used for other voice mail
features.

Call Routing boxes used for dialing options cannot be used for other voice mail features.

When Voice Mail Delay Announcements are being played, InMail talk paths (ports) are used.

InMail cannot be used for Contact Center Night Announcement.

If a caller chooses to dial out of a queue during the delay announcement the caller is
immediately removed from the queue.

Default Settings
None

System Availability
Terminals:
Not applicable

Required Component(s):
SV9100 License for InMail

Related Features

2-10

Contact Center (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100 Features and
Specifications Manual)

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming

41-08-03

Delay Announcement Source Type

Set Contact Center Delay Announcement source to 2.
Options:
0 = ACI
1 = VRS
2 = InMail
Default: 0

41-19-01

Delay Message Start Timer

Determine how long the system waits before playing the Delay Message.
Options:
0~64800 (sec)
Default: 0

41-19-02

Mailbox Number for 1st Announcement Message

Assign Voice Mail Contact Center Announcement Mailbox as the message source for the 1st
Announcement Message.
Options:
Dial (Up to 8 digits)
Default: No Setting

41-19-03

1st Delay Message Sending Count

Determine the 1st Delay Message Sending Count. This entry must be set to 1 or higher for the
message to play.
Options:
0 = No Message is Played, 1~255
Default: 0

41-19-04

Mailbox Number for 2nd Announcement Message

Assign Voice Mail Contact Center Announcement Mailboxes as the message source for the
2nd Announcement Message.
Options:
Dial (Up to 8 digits)
Default: No Setting

41-19-05

2nd Delay Message Sending Count

Determine the 2nd Delay Message Sending Count. This entry must be set to 1 or higher for
the message to play.
Options:
0 = No Message is Played, 1~255
Default: 0

InMail System Guide

2-11

Issue 1.0

41-19-06

Wait Tone Type at Message Interval

Determine what the caller will hear between the messages.
Options:
0 = Ring Back Tone
1 = Music On Hold Tone
2 = Background Music Source
Default: 0

41-19-07

Contact Center Forced Disconnect Time After 2nd Announcement

Assign how long the system should wait after the end of the Contact Center delay message
before disconnecting.
Options:
0~64800 (sec)
Default: 0

41-19-08

Delay Message Interval Time

Set the timer for the interval between the Delayed Messages
Options:
0~64800 (sec)
Default: 20

47-03-02

Group Mailbox Extension

For any unused Group Mailbox set the extension number from PRG 41-19-02.
Options: Valid Extension number
Default: Blank

47-03-02

Group Mailbox Extension

For any unused Group Mailbox set the extension number from PRG 41-19-04.
Options: Valid Extension number
Default: Blank

47-03-03

Group Mailbox Type First Setting Data

For Group Mailboxes set the mailbox type to Routing.
Options: Undefined, Subscriber, Routing.
Default: Subscriber

47-03-03

Group Mailbox Second Setting Data

For Group Mailboxes set the Routing mailbox to be used.
Options: 1-32
Default: Blank

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type

For Routing Mailboxes used in PRG 47-03-03 set to Announcement.
Options: Call Routing, Distribution, Announcement, Directory, Undefined.
Default: Call Routing for mailboxes 1-8, Announcement for mailboxes 9-32

2-12

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Not applicable.

InMail System Guide

2-13

Issue 1.0

Announcement Mailbox
Description
An Announcement Mailbox plays a recorded announcement to Automated Attendant callers without
providing dialing options. The Announcement Mailbox is typically set up to provide information to callers
and then route back to the Automated Attendant. Refer to the following example:

The Automated Attendant instructs the caller to dial a digit for company directions.

Record this in the Instruction Menu message for the active Call Routing Mailbox. Refer to Instruction
Menu on page 2-165 for more information.

Set the dialing options in the Dial Action Table associated with the active Call Routing Mailbox. Refer to
Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.

The caller dials the digit and listens to the recorded Announcement Mailbox message for
directions.

After playing the directions, the caller routes back to the Automated Attendant for additional dialing
options.

Refer to the Hang Up and Next Call Routing Mailbox options in Programming below.

By default, there are 24 Announcement Mailboxes (Routing Mailboxes 9~32). However, you can assign
any of the 32 Routing Mailboxes as an Announcement Mailbox.
The Next Call Routing Mailbox Options
The following Mailbox Routing charts show how an Announcement Mailbox handles Automated
Attendant calls.

The first chart explains what happens when the outside call is directly answered by the
Announcement Mailbox. This happens when the Answer Table uses an Announcement Mailbox for
routing instead of a Call Routing Mailbox.

The second chart explains what happens when the outside call is answered by a Call Routing
Mailbox and then routed to the Announcement Mailbox. This can happen, for example, when a
caller dials a digit to hear an announcement of company directions.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more set up information.

2-14

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing

(If the outside caller routes directly to the Announcement Mailbox)
47-09-01 Next Call
Routing Mailbox

0 = Undefined

1-32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

47-09-02
Repeat Count

47-09-03 Hang
Up After

0 (No repeats) 0 = None

1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent
0 (No repeats)

Action

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = Undefined

x (x number of
repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

1-32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

x (x number of
repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

InMail System Guide

If the caller does not dial, after the announcement InMail

hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says
That is an invalid entry and hangs up.
If the caller does not dial, after the announcement they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement InMail hangs
up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number
of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says
That is an invalid entry and aborts the announcement. The
announcement repeats (if allowed by the Repeat Count) and
then InMail hangs up.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number
of times and then route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number
of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.

2-15

Issue 1.0

Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing

(If the outside caller routes to the Announcement Mailbox from a Call Routing Mailbox)
47-09-01 Next
Call Routing
Mailbox

47-09-02
Repeat
Count

0 = Undefined

0 (No
repeats)

47-09-03
Hang Up
After

Action

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

1-32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

0 (No
repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = Undefined

x (x number
of repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

x (x number
of repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

2-16

If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says That
is an invalid entry and routes the caller goes back to the initial Call
Routing Mailbox.
If the caller does not dial, after the announcement InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says That
is an invalid entry and hangs up.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement they route to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller does not dial, after the announcement InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number of times
and then go back to the initial Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says
That is an invalid entry and aborts the announcement. The
announcement repeats (if allowed by the Repeat Count) and
then InMail routes back to the initial Call Routing Mailbox.

1-32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

If the caller does not dial, after the announcement the caller goes
back to the initial Call Routing Mailbox.

If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number of times
and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail says That
is an invalid entry and aborts the announcement. The
announcement repeats (if allowed by the Repeat Count) and then
InMail hangs up.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number of times
and then route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller does not dial, they hear the announcement x number of times
and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they route to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant routes callers to an Announcement Mailbox.

Routing Mailbox
A Call Routing Mailbox (and the associated Dial Action Table) provides dialing options to Automated
Attendant callers.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Next Call Routing mailbox provides additional routing options to Announcement Mailbox callers.

System Administrator
The System Administrator records the Announcement Mailbox message.

Programming
1.

Set up the Announcement Mailbox:

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Enter 2 to make the Routing Mailbox an Announcement Mailbox.
By default, Routing Mailboxes 1~8 are Call Routing Mailboxes (1) and Routing Mailboxes
9~32 are Announcement Mailboxes (2).

2.

Record the Announcement Message:

Refer to Operation on page 2-18.
By default, no message is recorded.

3.

Hang up InMail after playing the Announcement Mailbox message (without providing additional
dialing options):

47-09-03

Hang Up After (HangUp)

Enter 1 (Goodbye) to have InMail play Goodbye to caller and hang up after the
announcement.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

4.

Provide Announcement Mailbox callers with more dialing options (instead of hanging up):

47-09-03

Hang Up After (HangUp)

Enter 0 (None) to have InMail hang up after the announcement.
By default, this option is disabled (0).
Review Next Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-221 to set up additional dialing options for
Announcement Mailbox callers.

InMail System Guide

2-17

Issue 1.0

5.

Repeat the Announcement Mailbox message while the caller listens:

47-09-02

Repeat Count
Enter the Repeat Count (0~10).
By default, this option is 0 (No Repeats).

6.

Set the maximum length of the Announcement Mailbox message:

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

Enter the maximum length of the Announcement Mailbox message (1~4095 seconds).
By default, this interval is 120 seconds.

Operation
Recording an Announcement Mailbox Message
Log On to System Administrators mailbox.

SA (72)

2-18

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Announcement Mailbox message.
A (2)
[Annc]
Enter the Announcement Mailbox number.
Listen to current Announcement Mailbox message.
L (5)
[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.
Record a new Announcement Mailbox message.
R (7)
[Rec]
Record message.
*
Pause or restart recording.
[Resume]
[Pause]
D(3)
Delete recording.
[Del]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
E(3)
Delete the Announcement Mailbox message.
[Del]
#
Go back to the System Administrator options.
[Back]
#
Go back to the Main Mailbox menu.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Announcement Message
Description
The Announcement Message is the voice message that the System Administrator records for a specific
Announcement Mailbox. Refer to Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14 for more information.

Related Features

Announcement Mailbox

Programming
Refer to Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14.

Operation
Refer to Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14.

InMail System Guide

2-19

Issue 1.0

Answer Schedule Override

Description
Answer Schedule Override provides alternate answering for Automated Attendant calls. When enabled,
Answer Schedule Override sends calls to the specified Override Mailbox. The Override Mailbox can be
an Announcement, Call Routing, or Subscriber mailbox. You can use Answer Schedule Override to
provide holiday and bad weather closing announcements, for example. Enable override when you want
callers to hear the special announcements; disable override to have the Automated Attendant answer
normally. You can enable Answer Schedule Override from system programming or from the System
Administrator Mailbox.

If the Override Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, the outside caller hears the recorded
announcement. Depending on how the Announcement Mailbox is programmed, InMail then hangs
up, reroutes the call, or provides additional dialing options.

If the Override Mailbox is a Call Routing Mailbox, the outside caller hears the instruction menu and
can dial any option allowed by the associated Dial Action Table.

If the Override Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox, the outside caller hears the mailbox greeting (if
recorded) and can leave a message.

Related Features

Announcement Mailbox
The Override Mailbox can be an Announcement Mailbox.

Routing Mailbox
The Override Mailbox can be a Call Routing Mailbox.

Subscriber Mailbox
The Override Mailbox can be a Subscriber Mailbox.

System Administrator
Optionally enable Answer Schedule Override from the System Administrator Mailbox.

2-20

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Optionally Enable Answer Schedule Override from system programming.

47-11-01

Answer Schedule Override (Schedule Override)

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Answer Schedule Override.
You can also enable Answer Schedule Override from the System Administrator Mailbox.
Refer to Operation on page 2-22.
By default, Answer Schedule Override is disabled (0).

2.

Specify the Override Mailbox Category.

47-11-02

Override Mailbox Category (Override MB Ctg)

When you enable Answer Schedule Override for the selected Answer Table, you can
choose to route Automated Attendant calls to any of the following mailbox categories:
1
2
3
0

Station Mailbox
Group Mailbox
Routing Mailbox
Undefined

By default, this option is 0.

3.

Specify the Override Mailbox Number.

47-11-02

Override Mailbox Number (Override MB Num)

For the selected Answer Table, choose the Override Mailbox number (maximum 3 digits,
using 0~9). The mailbox number you select must match the mailbox category specified in
47-11-02 above.
By default, there is No Entry for this option.

4.

Optionally enable Answer Schedule Override from the System Administrator Mailbox.

InMail System Guide

2-21

Issue 1.0

Operation
Enabling Answer Schedule Override
Log On to System Administrators Mailbox.
SA (72)

2-22

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
O (6)
Access Answer Schedule Override.
[Sched]
16
Enter the number of the Answer Table you want to override.
You go to the Answer Schedule Override Menu.
O (6)
Turn Answer Schedule Override on or off.
[On]
[Off]
C (2)
Select the Override Mailbox.
[MBOX]
Enter the Override Mailbox number.
The Override Mailbox can be an Announcement, Call Routing, or
Subscriber Mailbox.
#
Go back to the Answer Schedule Override
Menu without entering an Override Mailbox.
[Back]
0
Plays Answer Schedule Override Menu Help message.
#
Go back to the System Administrator Menu.
[Back]
#
Go back to the Main Menu.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Answering Machine Emulation

Description
A users keyset can work like a home answering machine by letting InMail screen their calls. If activated,
the extension incoming calls route to the users Subscriber Mailbox. Once the mailbox answers, the user
hears two alert tones, followed by the callers incoming message.
The keyset user can select one of the following options:

Let the call go through to their mailbox.

Intercept the call.

Related Feature

Subscriber Mailbox
Subscriber Mailbox users can take advantage of Answering Machine Emulation.

Conditions

The Answering Machine Emulation feature works for one phone connecting to one subscriber
mailbox.

The Answering Machine Emulation feature is not supported for group mailboxes.

Programming

11-12-52

Live Monitoring (InMail)

Set the dial access code used to enable this feature at the users telephone. At default, this
code is not set.
This service code is used for InMail only.

InMail System Guide

2-23

Issue 1.0

Operation
Personal Answering Machine Emulation (AME)
To Enable Personal Answering Machine Emulation:

1.

Press idle Speaker key and dial access code.

You can optionally press your Call Forward to Station key.

2.

Dial 1 to have AME pick up all calls

-ORDial 2 to have AME pick up just outside calls

3.

Press Speaker to hang up.

4.

Press Speaker and choose from the following dial access codes to forward the telephone to
the InMail pilot number:
741 = Call Forward - Immediate
742 = Call Forward - Busy
743 = Call Forward - No Answer
744 = Call Forward - Busy/No Answer
745 = Call Forward - Both Ring
746 = Call Forwarding - Follow-Me

5.

Dial Voice Mail master number.

6.

Press Speaker to hang up.

To cancel Personal Answering Machine Emulation:

1.

Press Speaker key and dial access code.

2.

Dial 0 to cancel setting.

When Personal Answering Machine Emulation broadcasts your callers voice, you can:

Do nothing to have the callers message automatically recorded in your mailbox.

Lift the handset to intercept the call.

Press Speaker to stop the broadcast and send the call directly to your mailbox.

2-24

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Answer Table
Description
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk,
according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. InMail provides 16 Answer
Tables. The Answer Table is an integral part of the Automated Attendant. The Automated Attendant can
automatically answer the telephone system incoming calls, play an Instruction Menu message, and
provide dialing options to callers. Automated Attendant has three major components:

Answer Table
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk,
according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. The Answer Table
divides the time of day and day of the week into individual schedules, which in turn assign a Call
Routing Mailbox to each call. When a specific schedule is not in effect, the Answer Table uses its
Default Mailbox to determine routing. There are 16 Answer Tables supported.

NOTE

By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1. Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs
Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

Routing Mailbox
A Call Routing Mailbox is associated with an individual Answer Table schedule or the Default
Mailbox. It specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) are available to callers. It also
provides the Instruction Menu to callers which typically greets the callers and describes the dialing
options.

NOTE

By default, Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from
8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

Dial Action Table

After the Automated Attendant answers, the Dial Action Table provides the dialing options to
callers. Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action (function) in the Dial Action Table.
The dial action used depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox, which in turn
depends on the Answer Table setup. There are 32 Dial Action Tables.

By default, Call Routing Mailbox 1 uses Dial Action Table 1.

NOTE

InMail System Guide

2-25

Issue 1.0

The block diagram below shows the default InMail Automated Attendant configuration.
DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)
22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail
Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-05 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30 AM-5:00 PM
Default Mailbox active all other times

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or O for the
operator.

The Default Mailbox and Routing Hierarchy

The Default Mailbox provides routing for an Answer Table during periods when a schedule is not in
effect. By default, for example, Answer Table 1 Schedule 1 is active Monday through Friday from 8:30
AM to 5:00 PM. The Default Mailbox for Answer Table 1 is active during all other times (i.e., evenings
and weekends). Since Schedule 1 and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox 1, initially the
routing is the same 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Refer to Customizing an Answer Table on page 2-27
below for more information.
2-26

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

When setting up your Answer Tables, keep in mind that a more specific type of routing has priority over
a less specific type of routing. When selecting which routing to follow when there is more than one
choice for a specific time, InMail chooses in the following order:
1.

Date Schedule

2.

Day of Week Schedule

3.

Range of Days Schedule

4.

Default Mailbox

For example, a Date Schedule set up for Christmas day has priority over any other schedules in effect
on December 25.
Customizing an Answer Table
Use the following examples as a guide when customizing your Answer Tables to meet specific site
requirements. Refer to Programming on page 2-29 below for the specifics.
To set up daytime and evening/weekend answering (2 schedules):

In this example, use the Default Mailbox (Call Routing Mailbox 1) for evening/weekend answering and
specify a new Call Routing Mailbox for daytime answering.
1.

Change the Call Routing Mailbox for Answer Table 1, Schedule 1.

In 47-11 Program Entry on page 3-55, assign Call Routing Mailbox 2 to Answer Table 1, Schedule
1. Use this setting for daytime answering.

2.

From a System Administrators Mailbox, record an evening/weekend Instruction Menu message for
Call Routing mailbox 1.

3.

This message plays to callers Monday through Friday from 5:00 PM to 8:30 AM and on weekends.

4.

From a System Administrators Mailbox, record a daytime Instruction Menu message for Call
Routing Mailbox 2.
This message plays to callers Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

InMail System Guide

2-27

Issue 1.0

To set up daytime, evening, and weekend answering (3 schedules):

This example builds on the example above, but adds a third schedule that plays only on weekday
evenings.
1.

Change the Call Routing Mailbox for Answer Table 1, Schedule 1.

In 47-11 Program Entry on page 3-55, assign Call Routing Mailbox 2 to Answer Table 1, Schedule
1. As in the 2 schedule example, use this for daytime answering.

2.

Create a new schedule that will run only in the evenings.

In 47-11 Program Entry on page 3-55, create Schedule 2 for Answer Table 1 that will run Monday
through Friday from 5:00 PM to 11:00 PM. Assign Call Routing Mailbox 3 to this new schedule.

3.

From a System Administrators Mailbox, record a late night/weekend Instruction Menu Message for
Call Routing mailbox 1.
This message plays Monday through Friday from 11:00 PM to 8:30 AM, and on weekends.

4.

From a System Administrators mailbox, record the weekday Instruction Menu Message for Call
Routing Mailbox 2.
This message plays Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

5.

From a System Administrators Mailbox, record the weekday evening Instruction Menu Message
for Call Routing Mailbox 3.
This message plays Monday through Friday from 5:00 PM to 1:00 PM.

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls.

Routing Mailbox
The Call Routing Mailbox provides the dialing instructions (Dial Action Table) and announcements to
Automated Attendant Callers.

Dial Action Table

The Dial Action Table defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the Answer Table,
which in turn provides those options to Automated Attendant callers.

2-28

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Assign Answer Tables to trunks.

47-10-01

Answer Table Assignment (Answer Table)

Assign an Answer Table (1~16) to each trunk that the Automated Attendant should
answer.
By default, all trunks are assigned to Answer Table 1.

2.

Set up the Automated Attendant to answer trunk calls.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a separate entry for each
Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each trunk you designated above, enter the InMail pilot number. Make a separate
entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, there are no DIL destinations programmed.

3.

Select the Answer Table you want to customize.

47-11

InMail Answer Table Options

Select the Answer Table you want to customize (1~16).

47-11-04

Next Answer Table

If 10 Answer Schedules in an Answer Table are not sufficient, enter the number of the
Answer Table to which you want to link the selected table. InMail treats the two linked
tables as a single 20 entry Answer Table.
By default, Answer Tables are not linked (Undefined).

47-11-03

Default Mailbox Category (Default MB Ctg) and Default Mailbox Number (Default MB
Num)
Set the mailbox the Answer Table uses if no Answer Schedule is in effect.
By default, this option is 3 (Routing Mailbox) for Answer Table 1 and 0 (undefined) for all
other Answer Tables.

4.

Setting up a Type 1 (Day of Week) schedule.

47-12

InMail Answer Schedules

Select the Schedule Entry you want to customize.

47-12-01

Schedule Type (Entryxx Schedule Type)

Enter 1 to make the Schedule Entry a Day of the Week Schedule.
By default, Schedule Entry 1 of Answer Table 1 is 2 (Range of Days) schedule. All other
Schedule Entries are 0 (Undefined).

InMail System Guide

2-29

Issue 1.0

47-12-02

Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg) and Answering Mailbox Number

(Entryxx MB Num)
Select the Routing Mailbox (1~32) to answer calls when this Schedule Entry is active.
You can optionally assign a Subscriber Mailbox (1), Group Mailbox (2), or Routing Mailbox
(3) for this option.
By default, no Type 1 (Day of Week) schedules are enabled.

47-12-03

Day of the Week (Entryxx Day)

Specify the day of the week the Schedule Entry should be active.
By default, Type 1 (Day of Week) schedule is 1.

47-12-07

Schedule Start Time (Entryxx Start Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should start on the day specified.
By default, Type 1 (Day of Week) schedule is 0830 (8:30AM).

47-12-08

Schedule End Time (Entryxx End Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should stop on the day specified.
By default, Type 1 (Day of Week) schedule is 1700 (5:00PM).
Refer to Type 1 (Day of Week) Example on page 3-61.
Review this example if you need help setting up your Schedule Entry.

5.

Setting up a Type 2 (Range of Days) schedule.

47-12

InMail Answer Schedules

Select the Schedule Entry you want to customize.

47-12-01

Schedule Type (Entryxx Schedule Type)

Enter 2 to make the Schedule Entry a Range of Days Schedule.
By default, Schedule Entry 1 of Answer Table 1 is a Range of Days (Type 2) schedule. All
other Schedule Entries are undefined.

47-12-02

Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg) and Answering Mailbox Number

(Entryxx MB Num)
Select the Routing Mailbox (1-32) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is active.
You can optionally assign a Subscriber Mailbox, Group Mailbox, or Routing Mailbox for
this option. By default, Schedule 1 of Answer Table 1 uses Call Routing Mailbox 1. All
other schedules are undefined.

47-12-04

Start Day (Entryxx Start Day)

Specify the day of the week the Schedule Entry should be become active (start).
By default, Schedule 1 of Answer Table 1 starts on Monday (2). All other schedules are
undefined.

47-12-05

End Day (Entryxx End Day)

Specify the day of the week the Schedule Entry should become inactive.
By default, Schedule 1 of Answer Table 1 ends on Friday (6). All other schedules are
undefined.

2-30

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-12-07

Schedule Start Time (Entryxx Start Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should start on the day specified.
By default, Schedule 1 of Answer Table 1 starts at 8:30AM (0830). All other schedules are
undefined.

47-12-08

Schedule End Time (Entryxx End Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should stop on the day specified.
By default, Schedule 1 of Answer Table 1 ends at 5:00PM (1700). All other schedules are
undefined.
Refer to Type 2 (Range of Days) Example on page 3-62.

6.

Setting up a Type 3 (Date) schedule.

47-11

Program Entry
Select the Schedule Entry you want to customize.

47-12-01

Schedule Type (Entryxx Schedule Type)

Enter 3 to make the Schedule Entry a Date Schedule.
By default, Schedule Entry 1 of Answer Table 1 is a Range of Days (Type 2) schedule. All
other Schedule Entries are undefined.

47-12-02

Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg) and Answering Mailbox Number

(Entryxx MB Num)
Select the Routing Mailbox (1-32) that will answer calls when this Schedule Entry is active.
You can optionally assign a Subscriber Mailbox, Group Mailbox, or Announcement
Mailbox for this option.
By default, there are no Type 3 (Date) schedules defined.

47-12-03

Day of the Week (Entryxx Day)

47-12-04

Start Day (Entryxx Start Day)

47-12-06

Date (Entryxx Date)

Specify the date on which the Schedule Entry should become active (start).
By default, there are no Type 3 (Date) schedules defined.

47-12-07

Schedule Start Time (Entryxx Start Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should start on the date specified.
By default, there are no Type 3 (Date) schedules defined.

47-12-08

Schedule End Time (Entryxx End Time)

Set the time of day the Schedule Entry should stop on the date specified.
By default, there are no Type 3 (Date) schedules defined.
Refer to Type 3 (Date) Example on page 3-64
Review this example if you need help setting up your Schedule Entry.

InMail System Guide

2-31

Issue 1.0

Operation
Not applicable

2-32

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Automatic Access to Voice Mail by Caller ID

Description
Before, when a user outside the system accessed their InMail mailbox, they dialed voice mail, then
entered an access code followed by their mailbox number and password (if enabled). A InMail mailbox
can be associated with a specific Caller ID (CID) number. When the CID number is presented to the
InMail it will automatically log the user into their mailbox. This enhancement improves VM accessibility
for outside callers, allowing them to simply dial the main voice mail number and be automatically logged
into their mailbox.
Two types of voice mail access modes exist for this feature.
1.

Specifying the VM Pilot number as a DID/DIL/DISA/VRS destination.

- OR -

Dialing the VM pilot number after calling in from a Mobile Extension.

2.

Program to forward a call to VM (102) by any of following Programs.

Program 22-05-01 (Incoming Ring Group)

Program 22-11-05 (Transfer Target number -1)

Program 22-11-06 (Transfer Target number -2)

Program 25-03-01 (Incoming Ring Group No.)

Program 25-04-01 (VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group at No answer/Busy)

Figure 2-1 Example User Access to Voice Mail

Conditions

When using this feature the InMail does not prompt for a password on a call from the set CID
number.

Incoming calls across CCIS are not supported.

Two different mailboxes can not be tied to the same inbound CID number. If two mailboxes are
set for the same inbound CID number the system uses the first match it finds.

InMail System Guide

2-33

Issue 1.0

To use this feature, the phone number must be set in Program 13-04-01 and the voice mail box
number in Program 13-04-11. If both are not set, the system requires the normal log in
procedure of entering a valid mailbox number and security code to login.

This feature is only supported for external calls to the InMail.

Mobile Extension users can use this feature by setting the VM box number in Program 13-04-11
which corresponds to the Speed Dial number registered in Program 15-22-01.

Common Speed Dial area is used for this feature. Group or Station Speed Dial areas are not
supported with this feature.

When a number in the Common Speed Dial includes a trunk access code or end code (#), the
Redial name indication will work if the number matches completely.

If the same number is registered in the Common Speed Dial bin, the latest Speed Dial number
is used.

The Flexible ringing feature has priority over the InMail Automatic Access to VM by Caller ID
feature.

The UM8000 does not support setting this feature in SV9100 system programming. To set this
feature for the UM8000, refer to the on line UM8000 system administration guide.

To enable this feature, Program 14-01-22 (Caller ID to Voice Mail) must be set to 1.

Default Setting
Disabled

2-34

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

System Availability
Terminals
All Multiline Terminals

Trunks
The following Trunks support sending Caller ID:

Analog Line

ISDN Line (BRI)

ISDN Line (PRI)

SIP Line

H.323 Line

Required Component(s)

InMail Mailbox License (1012)

InMail Email Client License (1014)

R1 Enhancement License (0411)

System Port License (0300)

Related Features

Speed Dial - System/Group/Station

Caller ID Flexible Ringing (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100
Features and Specifications Manual)

Mobile Extension (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100 Features
and Specifications Manual)

InMail (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100 Features and
Specifications Manual)

Programming

13-04-01

Speed Dialing Number and Name Speed Dialing Data

The bin should contain just the outside telephone number you want External Transfer to dial.
Refer to the SV9100 Programming Manual for more information.
No common Abbreviated Dialing numbers are stored by default.

InMail System Guide

2-35

Issue 1.0

13-04-02

Speed Dialing Number and Name Name

Assign a name to each System Speed Dial bin.
Maximum 12 characters.
Default is not assigned.

13-04-11

Speed Dialing Number and Name Automatic Access to Voice Mail by Caller ID
Per Speed Dial Bin No. (0000~9999), set the voice mail box number. Incoming Caller ID
number will be checked with Speed Dial Data
(PRG 13-04-01). From matched Speed Dial Bin No., the system finds the voice mail box
number according to this PRG.
Mailbox Number 0~896, 900~931
Default = 0

15-22-01

Mobile Extension Setup Mobile Extension Target Setup

Set which Speed Dial bin is used to call when the Mobile extension is called.
0~9999 (0 = No setting; 1~9999 = target of mobile extension). Default = 0.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign the incoming trunk type for each trunk.
Incoming Type for Day/Night Mode (1~8).
Default = 0.

22-05-01

Incoming Trunk Ring Group Assignment

Assign Normal Ring Trunks (22-02) to Incoming Ring Groups (22-04).
0 = No Setting; 001~100 Incoming Group); 102 (In-Skin/ External Voice Mail or InMail); 103
(Centralized VM)
Default = 1

22-11-05

DID Translation Table Number Conversation Transfer Destination Number 1

22-11-06

DID Translation Table Number Conversation Transfer Destination Number 2

For each DID Translation Table entry (1~4000), specify the first and second Transfer
Destinations if the caller receives a busy or no answer (action defined in Program 22-11-04).
Applies to 22-11-05 and 22-11-06.
Default = 0

25-03-01

VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group with Incorrect Dialing

This program defines the Incoming Ring Group when dial tone is timed-out, or the wrong
dialing is received in DID, DISA.
0 = Disconnect; 1~100 = (Incoming Ring Group); 102 = (In-Skin/External Voice Mail or
InMail); 103 = (Centralized Voice Mail); 104 = (Speed Dial Bin).
Default = 0

25-04-01

VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group with No Answer/Busy

This program defines the Incoming Ring Group when Target extension has no answer, or is
busy in DID.
0 = Disconnect; 1~100 = (Incoming Ring Group); 102 = (In-Skin/External Voice Mail or
InMail); 103 = (Centralized Voice Mail); 104 = (Speed Dial Bin).
Default = 0

2-36

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
None

InMail System Guide

2-37

Issue 1.0

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Description
When a subscriber enables Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail, Automated Attendant calls to their
extension go directly to their mailbox. Their phone does not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant.
You can optionally enable Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail from system programming. A subscriber
typically turns on Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail when they need to work at their desk uninterrupted
by outside callers sent from the Automated Attendant.
Keep in mind that Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail does not block Intercom calls from coworkers or
any other type of outside call not routed through the Automated Attendant. For example, with Automated
Attendant Direct to Voice Mail enabled, Direct Inwards Lines and transferred outside calls to an
extension work normally.

Related Features

Call Forward to a Mailbox

If a subscriber has calls forwarded immediately to his mailbox, Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail is not
necessary.

Greeting
A subscriber does not have to have a greeting recorded to activate Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail.

Programming
1.

Enable Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail From Your Subscriber Mailbox.

Refer to Operation on page 2-39.

2.

Optionally enable Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail from System Programming.

47-02-09

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail (Auto-ATT Direct VM)

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

2-38

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail
Log on to Subscriber Mailbox.
G (4)

Access the Mailbox Greeting options.

[Greet]
InMail does the following:
Plays a summary of your current settings.
Displays the status of your active Greeting (1-3).
[GREETING n: RECORDED], or
[GREETING n: NOT REC]

Shows the Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail status.

[AUTO-ATTENDANT DND: OFF], or
[AUTO-ATTENDANT DND: ON]

Provides softkeys for each of the 3 greetings.

[Gr1]
[Gr2]
[Gr3]
Select a Greeting (which also makes it active).
(1) [Gr1]
(2) [Gr2]
(3) [Gr3]

L (5)

Listen to the active greeting (if recorded).

[Lstn]
R (7)
Record a new greeting (if not recorded), or rerecord the current greeting.
[Rec]
Record at the tone, then press # when done.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
D (3)
Delete the greeting.
[Del]
#
End the recording.
[Done]
E (3)
Delete the currently recorded greeting (if any).
[Del]
#
Go back to the Mailbox Greeting options.
[Back]
Change Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail.
Setup
Access the Mailbox Setup Options
(67)
CallH(26)
Select Call Handling Options
DVM (6)
Turn Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail
[AUTO-ATTENDANT DVM: ON]
[AUTO-ATTENDANT DVM: OFF]
Exit (#)
Go back to mailbox Main Menu
0
Plays Help message

InMail System Guide

2-39

Issue 1.0

Auto Erase or Save

Description
When a mailbox user listens to a new message completely and then exits the mailbox, InMail either
automatically archives or deletes the message. The setting of this option depends on subscriber
preferences.
The subscriber can choose the Auto Erase option, review messages and archive messages. The
subscriber that chooses the Auto Save option is assured that InMail automatically archives all messages
when the mailbox is exited.
Auto Save Example:

InMail alerts the subscriber to new messages by a Message Waiting Lamp.

The subscriber presses L to listen to a portion of each message and then exits his mailbox.

If a subscriber chooses the Auto Save option, InMail archives partially listened-to messages but
does not illuminate the message waiting lamp for those messages. InMail archives all the
messages and turns off the message waiting lamp.

If you hang up while listening to a new message, InMail automatically saves the message as a new
message.

Related Features
None

Programming
1.

Set up Auto Erase or Save for a Subscriber Mailbox:

47-02-05

Auto Erase/Save of Messages

Select 1 (Save) to save the message; 0 (Erase) to erase the message.
By default, the Subscriber Mailbox saves (1) the message.

47-06-03

Auto Erase/Save of Messages

Select 1 (Save) to save the message; 0 (Erase) to erase the message.
By default, this option is set to 1 (Save)

Operation
Not applicable

2-40

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Auto Time Stamp

Description
After a Subscriber Mailbox user listens to a message, InMail can optionally announce the time and date
the message was left. The Subscriber can enable Auto Time Stamp from their mailbox, or you can
optionally enable in from system programming. Auto Time Stamp helps if the subscriber needs to know
the time and date of each message they receive without taking any extra steps. With Auto Time Stamp
turned on, InMail automatically announces the date, time, and (optionally) the callers number at the end
of each message. With Auto Time Stamp turned off, the subscriber must dial TI (84) while listening to a
message to get the same information.

Related Features

Mailbox Options Menu

Auto Time Stamp is available on the Mailbox Options Menu.

Time and Date

InMail uses the InMail Time and Date.

Time and Date Stamp

An extension can listen to a message and dial a code to hear the time the message was sent.

Programming
1.

Enable Auto Time Stamp from your Subscriber Mailbox.

Refer to Operation on page 2-42.

2.

Optionally Enable Auto Time Stamp from System Programming.

47-02-11

Auto Time Stamp

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Auto Time Stamp.
By default, Auto Time Stamp is disabled (0).

InMail System Guide

2-41

Issue 1.0

Operation
Turning Auto Time Stamp On or Off
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
OP (67)

2-42

Access the Mailbox Options Menu.

[Setup]
AT (28)
Access Auto Time Stamp.
[ATime]
InMail plays a summary of your Auto Time Stamp setting.
By default, Auto Time Stamp is turned off.
O (6)
Turn Auto Time Stamp on or off.
[On]
[Off]
#
Go back to the Mailbox Options Menu.
[Back]
0
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Automated Attendant
Description
The Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk, according to the time of day and day of
the week. The Answer Table is an integral part of the Automated Attendant. The Automated Attendant
can automatically answer the phone system incoming calls, play an Instruction Menu message, and
provide dialing options to callers. There are three major Automated Attendant components:

Answer Table
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk,
according to the time of the day and day of the week. The Answer Table divides the time of day
and day of the week into individual schedules, which in turn assign a Call Routing Mailbox to each
call. When a specific schedule is not in effect, the Answer Table uses its Default Mailbox to
determine routing.

NOTE

By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1. Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs
Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

Routing Mailbox
A Call Routing Mailbox is a mailbox associated with an individual Answer Table schedule or the
Default Mailbox. It specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) are available to callers. It also
provides the Instruction Menu to callers which typically greets the callers and describes the dialing
options.

NOTE

By default, Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from
8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

Dial Action Table

After the Automated Attendant answers, the Dial Action Table provides the dialing options to
callers. Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action (function) in the Dial Action Table.
The dial action used depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox, which in turn
depends on the Answer Table setup.

By default, Call Routing Mailbox 1 uses Dial Action Table 1.

NOTE

InMail System Guide

2-43

Issue 1.0

The block diagram below shows the default InMail Automated Attendant configuration.
DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)
22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail
Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-03 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

2-44

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30 AM-5:00 PM
Default Mailbox active all other times

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or O for the
operator.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies the dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
Instruction Menu that announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Fax Detection
The Automated Attendant can route outside calls to the company fax machine.

Multiple Company Greetings

One InMail system can provide individual greetings and dialing options for several companies.

Programming
1.

Assign Answer Tables to trunks.

47-10-01

Answer Table Assignment (Answer Table)

Assign an Answer Table (1~16) to each trunk that the Automated Attendant should
answer.
By default, all trunks are assigned to Answer Table 1.

2.

Set up the Automated Attendant to answer trunk calls.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a separate entry for each
Night Service mode.
By default, all trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each trunk you designated as a DIL above, enter the InMail pilot number. Make a
separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, no DIL destinations are programmed.

3.

Set up the Answer Tables.

Turn to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.
By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1. Answer Schedule 1 is active and runs continuously.

4.

Set up the Call Routing Mailboxes.

Turn to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.
The active schedule (Answer Table 1, Answer Schedule 1) uses Call Routing Mailbox 000.

InMail System Guide

2-45

Issue 1.0

5.

Set up the Dial Action Tables.

Turn to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.
By default, Call Routing Mailbox 000 uses Dial Action Table 1.

6.

Set the maximum message length for Automated Attendant callers leaving a message in a
mailbox.

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

This sets the maximum message length (1~4095 seconds) for outside Automated
Attendant callers accessing a mailbox via a LOGON or GOTO command.
The default setting is 120 seconds.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

This sets the maximum message length (1~4095 seconds) for outside Automated
Attendant callers leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailboxes.
The default setting is 120 seconds.

Operation
Using the Automated Attendant
For the outside caller:
After Automated Attendant answers, voice prompts will instruct you which digits to dial.

2-46

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Automated Attendant Transfer

Description
An extension user can transfer a trunk call to the Automated Attendant to enable an outside caller to use
the Automated Attendant dialing options.

Extensions cannot call or be transferred to the InMail Automated Attendant.

NOTE

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the phone system incoming calls, play an Instruction
Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Automated Attendant Transfer
To transfer an outside call to the Automated Attendant:

1. While on an outside call, press Hold.

2. Dial the voice mail master number (e.g., 200).
3. Hang up.

InMail System Guide

2-47

Issue 1.0

Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers

Description
If an Automated Attendant caller does not dial any digits, InMail automatically routes that caller to a
specified option (such as the operator or a mailbox). This lets rotary phone users stay on the line to
leave a message or have their call processed. Without Automatic Routing for Rotary Dial Callers, rotary
callers cannot use the Automated Attendant.

Related Features

Guest Mailbox
Consider routing rotary dial callers to a Guest Mailbox to collect messages.

Programming
1.

Program the Dial Action Table Timeout function.

47-13

InMail Dial Action Tables

Since rotary dial callers can not dial DTMF digits, the Timeout function provides routing.
By default, TIMEOUT is an Unscreened Transfer (UTRF) to the operator (101).

Operation
Not applicable

2-48

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Call Forward to a Mailbox

Description
A subscriber can easily forward calls to his Subscriber Mailbox by pressing the Message key instead of
dialing an extension as the forwarding destination. With Call Forward to a Mailbox, the subscriber is
assured that when he is unavailable to answer calls, those calls are saved in Voice Mail.
Unlike with Extension Hunting to Voice Mail, the Call Forward to a Mailbox feature allows the subscriber
to choose when and how to send unanswered calls to voice mail.
Call Forwarding a Subscribers Direct Inward Line to their Mailbox
The following table describes how InMail handles a subscribers Direct Inward Line when it is Call
Forwarded to the mailbox. The routing occurs when the caller dials a digit while listening to the recorded
or default mailbox greeting.
Dialing Options while Listening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting
47-02-14 Next Call
Routing Mailbox

47-02-13
Dialing
Option

Digit
Dialed

Undefined

No

0
1~9

1~32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

1~32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

No

Yes

Action
Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, and the greeting
repeats.

InMail hangs up.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Caller follows 0 action in Next Call Routing Mailbox.

1~9

Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, the greeting repeats,

and the caller is asked to leave a message.

Caller routes to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Caller follows key action in Next Call Routing Mailbox.

1~9
#

Caller routes to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Log On to a Subscriber Mailbox while Listening to the Greeting

A subscriber who wishes to log on to his mailbox while listening to his greeting must have the option set
in Next Call Routing Mailbox. To allow this ability, for example:

InMail System Guide

2-49

Issue 1.0

Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox # digit as LOGON to IXXX.

While listening to their greeting, the subscriber can dial:

# (to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox).

# and their mailbox number to log on to their mailbox.

By default, this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1. Additionally, the subscriber can enable a
Security Code to prevent unauthorized logons.

Related Features

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

When enabled, Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail automatically sends all calls from the Automated
Attendant to the subscribers mailbox.

Message Forward
A subscriber can forward a message in their Subscriber Mailbox to a coworker.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The setting of the Next Call Routing Mailbox and Dialing Option options determine the digits a caller can
dial while listening to the recorded or default mailbox greeting.

Programming
1.

Set how long an unanswered call will ring before forwarding.

24-02-03

Delayed Call Forwarding Time

For type 2 and type 4 forwarding, an unanswered call will forward after this interval.
This time applies to transferred trunk calls, Direct Inward Lines, and Intercom calls.
By default, this interval is 10 seconds.

2-50

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Call Forward to your Mailbox
To forward your calls to your mailbox:

1.

Press Speaker (or lift the handset at the single line telephone) and choose from the following
dial access codes:
741 = Call Forward - Immediate
742 = Call Forward - Busy
743 = Call Forward - No Answer
744 = Call Forward - Busy/No Answer
745 = Call Forward - Both Ring
746 = Call Forwarding - Follow-Me

2.

Dial Voice Mail master number.

3.

Press Speaker to hang up (or hang up handset at the single line telephone).

InMail System Guide

2-51

Issue 1.0

Caller ID
Description
Caller ID is a telephone company service that provides an extension with a callers number and optional
name. With Caller ID, the display keyset user knows who is calling before they pick up the call. When
used with InMail, Caller ID enables the Make Call on page 2-193 feature for outside calls. After listening
to a voice message, the subscriber can dial MC to return the call without knowing the callers phone
number.

Related Features

Make Call
An extension user can listen to a voice message and dial a code to return the call without knowing the
callers phone number. Make call to an outside telephone number requires Caller ID.

Screened Transfer
Screened Transfers from the Automated Attendant provide Caller ID data only after the user answers the
call.

Unscreened Transfer
Unscreened Transfers from the Automated Attendant provide Caller ID data while the phone is ringing.

Programming
Be sure the telephone system is configured to pass Caller ID to the InMail voice mail ports.
CAUTION

No additional programming is required to enable Caller ID in InMail. Following is a list of the basic Caller
ID programs.
1.

Be sure the Telco provides Caller ID to the connected telephone system.

2.

Check your telephone system programming to be sure the telephone system is set up to receive
Caller ID and pass it to the InMail voice mail ports.

14-01-22

Basic Trunk Data Setup Caller ID to Voice Mail

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable this option.
By default, this option is disabled.

14-02-10

Analog Trunk Data Setup Caller ID

Enable (1) a trunk ability to receive Caller ID data.
By default, a trunks ability to receive Caller ID data is disabled (0).

2-52

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

20-09-02

Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) Caller ID Display

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable the Caller ID display at an extension.
This option does not apply to InMail Voice Mail Ports.
By default, this option is disabled.

20-06-01

Class of Service for Extensions

Assign Class of Service to extensions.
By default, extension 101 has Class 15. All other extensions have Class 1.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-53

Issue 1.0

Caller ID with Return Call

Description
Refer to Make Call on page 2-193.

Related Features

Make Call

Programming
Refer to Make Call on page 2-193.

Operation
Refer to Make Call on page 2-193.

2-54

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Calling the Automated Attendant

Description
Automated Attendant callers can use various InMail features and then return to the Automated Attendant
for additional dialing options. This lets the caller dial other extensions, leave messages for co-workers,
or use other Automated Attendant features. The features below describe several ways to return to the
Automated Attendant.
Automated Attendant Transfer
An extension user can transfer their trunk call to the Automated Attendant so the outside caller can use
the Automated Attendant dialing options.
Next Call Routing Mailbox
The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a
message in a mailbox (depending on the setting of the Dialing Option).

Related Features

Automated Attendant Transfer

Next Call Routing Mailbox

Programming
Refer to the features referenced in the Description section of this feature.

Operation
Refer to the features referenced in the Description section of this feature.

InMail System Guide

2-55

Issue 1.0

Cascade Message Notification

Description
If an extension user receives a new message in their mailbox, Cascading Message Notification will call
them, at up to five preset destinations, to let them know a new voice mail message has arrived. A
destination can be an outside number (such as a cell phone, pager, or home office) or a co-worker's
extension.
The Cascading Message Notification destinations are set up in the Notification Schedule. Each of the
five schedule entries can be individually enabled or disabled and provides options for:

Type: Voice call or pager.

Start Hour: The time the destinations becomes active.

End Hour: The time the destinations becomes inactive.

Number: The destination telephone, pager, or extension number.

Busy Attempts: The number of times the system will try the destination when it is busy. The system
cancels notification callouts for this entry when the Busy Attempts number is met.

RNA Attempts: The number of times the system will try the destination when it is unanswered. The
system cancels notification callouts for this entry when the RNA Attempts number is met.

Security: Enables or disables the Security Code requirement for the notification destinations. For
example, you may want to disable the Security Code when the destination is your cell phone and it
may be inconvenient to dial digits after answering the notification callout.

When the extension user enables Cascading Message Notification, the system will try each enabled
destination that is active for the current time (i.e., in-schedule). The system will not try any destinations
that are disabled or are not in-schedule. When the retries for a particular destination have been met, the
system will immediately move to the next destination.

Conditions

2-56

When a mailbox has a new message and the message is deleted using the User Pro interface,
the MWI of the mailbox will be turned off, but message notification will not be canceled.

The Message Notification Queue feature can be changed using system programming only.

The Message Notification Queue feature is set on a per mailbox basis.

Retry Interval timers are set on a system wide basis only.

The pager dial string is set on a system wide basis only.

Notification settings can be changed using the Telephone Mailbox Option Interface or system
programming only.

When the retries for a particular destination have been met the system will immediately move to
the next destination even if there is only one destination active.
InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Once the notification process begins, a new message does not restart the process if it is already
in progress. Once the process ends (e.g., if the message is acknowledged or the maximum
number of callout attempts is reached), the next new message will restart the process.

The system determines which numbers are internal extensions or external numbers by the
system dial plan settings.

Depending on the system, ARS routing may be needed to properly route external calls.

If no trunks are available when an outside destination is attempted it is counted as a Busy No

Answer attempt.

PRG 47-02-28 is used to enable or disable message notification queuing. If enabled, message
notification is stored in queue when there is no active notification destination. Once the
destination becomes active the queued notification is processed.

InMail System Guide

2-57

Issue 1.0

Figure 2-2 Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 1

2-58

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Figure 2-3 Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 2

InMail System Guide

2-59

Issue 1.0

Figure 2-4 Cascade Message Notification Flow Chart 3

2-60

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Notification to Normal Telephone Numbers

Below is a basic overview of how Message Notification works with phone numbers, assuming the retry
attempts are at default. The system determines which numbers are internal extensions or external
numbers by the system dial plan settings. Depending on the system, ARS routing may be needed to
properly route external calls.
1.

The subscriber activates Message Notification for their mailbox.

2.

When the subscriber receives a new message, the InMail dials the first active destination in the
cascade that should receive the Message Notification.

3.

InMail waits up to 30 seconds (approximately 5 rings) for ringback, reorder, busy, or voice activity from
the called number. If nothing is detected, the callout is considered unanswered (RNA).

If the recipient answers, InMail plays the notification message (Hello, I have a message for) and
asks the recipient to dial 1 to log onto their mailbox. The recipient hears the notification message if:

They say Hello after answering the callout, or

The system receives answer supervision from the telco after the recipient answers the call. (Note that
the recipient can skip the announcement by dialing 1 to log onto their mailbox after answering the
callout without saying Hello.), or

The notification is to a system extension.

4.

Once the recipient logs onto the mailbox, the notification is considered acknowledged and will not
reoccur until the subscriber receives new messages.

5.

If the recipient doesnt answer, the system follows the Cascading Message Notification retry
attempt settings, and notification will eventually stop if the call is not answered.

6.

Once the notification process begins, a new message does not restart the process if it is already in
progress. Once the process ends (e.g., if the message is acknowledged or the maximum number
of callout attempts is reached), the next new message will restart the process.

Message Notification to Pager Numbers

Below is a basic overview of how Message Notification works with pager numbers, assuming the retry
attempts are at default. The system determines which numbers are internal extensions or external
numbers by the system dial plan settings. Depending on the system, ARS routing may be needed to
properly route external calls.
1.

The subscriber activates Message Notification for their mailbox.

2.

When the subscriber receives a new message, InMail immediately dials the pager service.

3.

InMail waits up to 30 seconds (approximately 5 rings) for ringback, reorder, busy, or voice activity from
the called number. If nothing is detected, the callout is considered unanswered.

After the pager service answers, InMail waits for the timer 47-01-08 then sends the dial string in
47-01-07 which causes the pager display to show the subscriber's mailbox number as well as the
number of new messages in the mailbox.

The notification is considered acknowledged if the subscriber logs onto their mailbox.

If the notification is not acknowledged (within a programmable time frame, 47-01-12) the pager
notification is repeated (up to the RNA attempts count, 47-20-07).

InMail System Guide

2-61

Issue 1.0

If the pager service doesn't answer, the system follows the Cascading Message Notification rules and
notification will eventually stop if the call is not answered.

Related Features
None

Programming

47-01-07

Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager CBack)

Set the Digital Pager Callback Number portion of the Message Notification callout number for
a digital pager. This is the portion of the callout number that is appended to the pager service
telephone number.
Normally, this option should be X*M#, where

X is the number of the extension that generated the notification.

* is a visual delimiter (to make the pager display easier to read).

M is the number of new messages in the extension mailbox.

# is the digit normally used by the pager service for positive disconnect.

Digits (12 maximum, using 0~9, # and *)

M (Number of messages entered by pressing LK1)
X (Extension number entered by pressing LK2)
SV9100 InMail automatically replaces the X command with the number of the extension that
initially received the message.
Default = X*M#

47-01-08

Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number Delay

Delay in Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager Dial Delay)
Set the delay that occurs just before SV9100 InMail dials the Digital Pager Callback Number
portion of the Message Notification callout number for a digital pager. Set this delay so the
pager service has enough time to connect to the digital pager before sending the callback
number.
0~99 (sec)
Default = 30

47-01-09

Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts

Use this option to set the minimum time (1-255 minutes) between unacknowledged or
unanswered digital pager Message Notification callouts. (A subscriber acknowledges a digital
pager notification by logging onto their mailbox.) After this interval expires, InMail tries the
callout again.
1~255 (min)
Default = 15

2-62

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-01-11

Wait Between Busy Non-Pager

Callout Attempts (Notify Busy Intvl)
Callout Attempts (Notify Busy Intvl) - Set the time InMail waits after it dials a busy non-pager
callout destination, before retrying the callout number.
1~255 (min)
Default=15

47-01-12

RNA Non-Pager Callout Attempt Interval

Wait Between RNA Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Intvl)
Set the time InMail waits, after it dials an unanswered non-pager callout destination, before
retrying the callout number.
1~255 (min)
Default=30

47-01-13

Number of RNA Rings

Wait for Answer Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Rings)
If a non-pager callout rings the destination longer than this number of rings, SV9100 InMail
marks the call as unanswered (Ring No Answer) and hangs up.
1~99 (min)
Default=5

47-01-14

Number of Cascading Attempts

Number of Cascading Attempts (Notify Call Attempt)
Set how many attempts SV9100 InMail retries an incomplete Message Notification callout.
This total includes unacknowledged callouts, callouts to a busy destination, and callouts to an
unanswered destination. This option applies to pager and non-pager callouts.
1~99 (min)
Default=1

47-02-23

All Message Notification Enabled (Subscriber Mailbox)

Use this option to enable or disable notification for the subscriber mailbox. If disabled,
enabling the individual notification entries has no effect.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-02-28

SV9100 InMail Station Mailbox Options - Message Notification Queuing Option

Use this option to enable or disable notification queuing. If enabled, message notification is
stored in queue when there is no active notification destination. Once the destination becomes
active the queued notification is processed.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

2-63

Issue 1.0

47-06-21

All Message Notification Enabled (Group Mailbox)

Use this option to enable or disable notification for the group mailbox. If disabled, enabling the
individual notification entries has no effect.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-01

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification. If
enabled, notification will occur when the mailbox receives a new message according to the
settings for Type, Start Hour, End Hour, and notification Phone Number. If disabled, Message
Notification will not occur.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

47-20-02

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Begin Hour

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the hour when Message Notification will
start. Notification will occur only for new messages received between this setting and the End
Hour setting. This entry is in 24-hour (military time). For example, 08 is 8:00 AM and 20 is 8:00
PM. For 24-hour notification, make the Start Hour the same as the End Hour.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0~23 (24 Hour Clock)
Default = 0

47-20-03

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification End Hour

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the hour when Message Notification will
stop. Notification will occur only for new messages received between the Start Hour and this
setting. This entry is in 24-hour (military time). For example, 08 is 8:00 AM and 20 is 8:00 PM.
For 24-hour notification, make the Start Hour the same as the End Hour.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0~23 (24 Hour Clock)
Default = 0

47-20-04

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Type

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the Message Notification type. The choices
are Voice and Pager. Choose Voice when the Phone Number entry is to a regular office,
home, or mobile telephone. Choose Pager when you want to deliver the notification to a digital
pager.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Undefined
1 = Voice

2-64

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

2 = Pager
Default = 1

47-20-05

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Number

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the telephone number (16 digits maximum)
Message Notification will dial to notify the subscriber of new messages. Enter the number
exactly as you want the system to dial it (including a leading 1 for toll calls, if required), but do
not include a line access code (such as 9). If the number you enter is extension number, it will
be an Intercom call. Otherwise, it will be an outside call. (The system decides by referring its
numbering plan.)
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
Valid number up to 16 digits.
Default = Blank

47-20-06

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Busy Attempts

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set how many times InMail will retry an
incomplete Message Notification callout to a busy destination. This option applies to pager
and non-pager callouts. If the Busy Attempts and RNA Attempts are both met, the notification
callout to the selected entry is canceled.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
1~99 (Attempts)
Default = 5

47-20-07

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification RNA Attempts

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set how many times InMail will retry an
incomplete Message Notification callout when the destination does not answer. This option
applies to pager and non-pager callouts. If the Busy Attempts and RNA Attempts are both met,
the notification callout to the selected entry is canceled.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
1~99 (Attempts)
Default = 5

47-20-08

Station Mailbox Message Notification Security

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Security Code protection for
the callout. If enabled, the user is required to enter their security in order to log on and hear the
new message. If disabled, the Security Code is not required.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Security code not required
1 = Security code required
Default = 1

InMail System Guide

2-65

Issue 1.0

47-20-09

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Sunday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Sunday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-10

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Monday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Monday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-11

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Tuesday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Tuesday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-12

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Wednesday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Wednesday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-13

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Thursday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Thursday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

2-66

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-20-14

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Friday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Friday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-20-15

Station Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Saturday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Saturday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-01

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification. If
enabled, notification will occur when the mailbox receives a new message according to the
settings for Type, Start Hour, End Hour, and notification Phone Number. If disabled, Message
Notification will not occur.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

47-22-02

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Begin Hour

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the hour when Message Notification will
start. Notification will occur only for new messages received between this setting and the End
Hour setting. This entry is in 24-hour (military time). For example, 08 is 8:00 AM and 20 is 8:00
PM. For 24-hour notification, make the Start Hour the same as the End Hour.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
0~23 (24-Hour Clock)
Default = 0

47-22-03

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification End Hour

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the hour when Message Notification will
stop. Notification will occur only for new messages received between the Start Hour and this
setting. This entry is in 24-hour (military time). For example, 08 is 8:00 AM and 20 is 8:00 PM.
For 24-hour notification, make the Start Hour the same as the End Hour.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
0~23 (24-Hour Clock)
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

2-67

Issue 1.0

47-22-04

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Type

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the Message Notification type. The choices
are Voice and Pager. Choose Voice when the Phone Number entry is to a regular office,
home, or mobile telephone. Choose Pager when you want to deliver the notification to a digital
pager.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
0 = Undefined (Disabled)
1= Voice
2 = Pager
Default = 1

47-22-05

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Number

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set the telephone number (16 digits maximum)
Message Notification will dial to notify the subscriber of new messages. Enter the number
exactly as you want the system to dial it (including a leading 1 for toll calls, if required), but do
not include a line access code (such as 9). If the number you enter is extension number, it will
be an Intercom call. Otherwise, it will be an outside call. (The system decides by referring its
numbering plan.)
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
Valid number up to 16 digits.
Default = Blank

47-22-06

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Busy Attempts

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set how many times InMail will retry an
incomplete Message Notification callout to a busy destination. This option applies to pager
and non-pager callouts. If the Busy Attempts and RNA Attempts are both met, the notification
callout to the selected entry is canceled.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox
1-99 (Attempts)
Default = 5

47-22-07

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification RNA Attempts

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to set how many times InMail will retry an
incomplete Message Notification callout when the destination does not answer. This option
applies to pager and non-pager callouts. If the Busy Attempts and RNA Attempts are both met,
the notification callout to the selected entry is canceled.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
1-99 (Attempts).
Default = 5

2-68

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-22-08

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options - Notification Security

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Security Code protection for
the callout. If enabled, the user is required to enter their security in order to log on and hear the
new message. If disabled, the Security Code is not required.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Mailbox.
0 = Security code not required
1 = Security code required
Default = 1

47-22-09

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Sunday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Sunday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-10

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Monday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Monday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-11

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Tuesday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Tuesday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-12

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Wednesday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Wednesday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

InMail System Guide

2-69

Issue 1.0

47-22-13

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Thursday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Thursday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-14

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Friday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Friday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group
Subscriber Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-22-15

Group Mailbox Message Notification Options Day of Week Saturday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Message Notification on
Saturday.
There are five separately-programmed Message notification entries for each Group Subscriber Mailbox.

0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

Operation
To setup Cascade Notification:
1.

Access the All Message Notification Setting menu.

Log onto Subscriber Mailbox.

Mailbox Options menu.

2-70

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Notification Type Selection menu.

All Message Notifications Setting menu.

2.

All Message Notifications Setting menu.

2.1

Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)

On/On Turn All Notifications on.
Off/Off Turn All Notifications off.
Dest/Destinations Proceed to notification Destination Selection Menu.
Back/Back Go back to Notification Type Selections Menu

2.2

3.

Key Operation
Key 3
Proceed to Notification Destination Selection Menu.
Key 6
Toggle All Notifications on/off.
Key 9
Exit from Mailbox.
Key #
Go back to Notification Type Selection menu.

Notification Destination Selection menu

3.1

Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)

Dest1/Destination1 Proceed to Notification Destination Selection 1 Menu.
Dest2/Destination2 Proceed to Notification Destination Selection 2 Menu.
Dest3/Destination3 Proceed to Notification Destination Selection 3 Menu.
Dest4/Destination4 Proceed to Notification Destination Selection 4 Menu.

InMail System Guide

2-71

Issue 1.0

3.2

4.

Dest4/Destination5
Back

Proceed to Notification Destination Selection 5 Menu.

Go back to All Message Notifications Setting menu.

Key Operation
Key 1
Key 2
Key 3
Key 4
Key 5
Key 9
Key #

Proceed to Phone Notification Destination 1 menu.

Proceed to Phone Notification Destination 2 menu.
Proceed to Phone Notification Destination 3 menu.
Proceed to Phone Notification Destination 4 menu.
Proceed to Phone Notification Destination 5 menu.
Exit from mailbox.
Go back to All Message Notifications Setting menu.

Message Notification main menu

InMail plays a summary of your Message Notification settings.

4.1

4.2

5.

Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)

Enbl/Enable
Turn destination[x] notifications on.
Disbl/Disable
Turn destination[x] notifications off.
Change/Change
Go to destination[x] notification setting menus.
Back/Back
Go back to Notification Destination Selection menu.
Key Operation
Key 2
Go to destination[x] notification setting menus.
Key 3
Toggle destination[x] notifications on/off.
Key #
Go back to Notification Destination Selection menu.

Message Notification Programming (Begin Hour)

2-72

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

6.

Message Notification Programming (End Hour)

7.

Message Notification Programming (Notification Type)

8.

Message Notification Programming (Number)

9.

Message Notification Programming (Security Code Required)

10.

9.1

Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)

Req/Required
Turn "Security Code Required" flag On.
NoReq/Not Required Turn "Security Code Required" flag Off.
Next/Next
Keep current setting and proceed to Busy Attempt count menu.
Exit/Exit
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.

9.2

Key Operation
Key 7
Key 6
Key *
Key #

Turn "Security Code Required" flag On.

Turn "Security Code Required" flag Off.
Keep current setting and proceed to Busy Attempt count menu.
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.

Message Notification Programming (Busy Attempt count)

10.1 Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)

Next/Next
Keep current setting and proceed to RNA Attempt menu.
Exit/Exit
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.
10.2 Key Operation
Key 0-9
Set Busy Attempt count.
Key *
Keep current setting and proceed to RNA Attempt count menu.
Key #
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.

InMail System Guide

2-73

Issue 1.0

11.

Message Notification Programming (RNA Attempt count)

11.1 Soft key Operation (3-Line Phone/Super Display Phone)
Next/Next
Keep current setting and proceed to main Notification menu.
Exit/Exit
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.
11.2 Key Operation
Key 0-9
Set RNA Attempt count.
Key *
Keep current setting and proceed to main Notification menu.
Key #
Keep current setting and return to main Notification menu.
The graphics shown next provide a User Menu for Cascade Message Notification.

2-74

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

InMail System Guide

2-75

Issue 1.0

2-76

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Dial Action Table

Description
The Dial Action Table defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active
Answer Table, which in turn provides those dialing options to Automated Attendant callers. InMail
provides 32 Dial Action Tables. The Dial Action Table is an integral part of the Automated Attendant. The
Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers. There are three major Automated
Attendant components:

Answer Table
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk,
according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. The Answer Table
divides the time of day and day of the week into individual schedules, which in turn assign a Call
Routing Mailbox to each call. When a specific schedule is not in effect, the Answer Table uses its
Default Mailbox to determine routing. Up to 16 Answer Tables are supported.

NOTE

By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1. Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs
Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

Routing Mailbox
A Call Routing Mailbox is a mailbox associated with an individual Answer Table schedule or the
Default Mailbox. It specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) are available to callers. It also
provides the Instruction Menu to callers which typically greets the callers and describes the dialing
options.

NOTE

By default, Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from
8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

Dial Action Table

After the Automated Attendant answers, the Dial Action Table provides the dialing options to
callers. Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action (function) in the Dial Action Table.
The dial action used depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox, which in turn
depends on the Answer Table setup. Up to 32 Dial Action Tables are supported.

By default, Call Routing Mailbox 1 uses Dial Action Table 1.

NOTE

InMail System Guide

2-77

Issue 1.0

The following block diagram shows the default InMail Automated Attendant configuration.
DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)
22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail
Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-03 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

2-78

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30AM-5:00 PM
Default Mailbox active all other times.

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or O for the
operator.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Dial Action Table Options

The following table summarizes the Dial Action Table dial (key) actions and their associated features.
Dial Action Table Key Action Summary
Action

Description

Screened Transfer on page 2-246

TRF

Screened Transfer (1)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened Transfer to
an extension. InMail calls (screens) the destination to see if the call can
go through.

Unscreened Transfer on page 2-270

UTRF

Unscreened Transfer (2)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened Transfer
to an extension.InMail transfers the call the destination and then hangs
up.
Quick Message with Greeting (3)
Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an
extension. The caller hears the extension personal greeting.

Quick Message on page 2-236

REC1

Quick Message without Greeting (4)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an
extension. The caller does not hear the extension personal greeting

Quick Message on page 2-236

REC2

Log On to Voice Mail (5)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to log on to a mailbox, either
directly or one of their choosing.

Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-179

LOGON
Hang Up

Hang Up (6)
InMail says Goodbye and hangs up.

Hang Up on page 2-146

Go to a Mailbox (7)
Allows an Automated Attendant caller to route to another mailbox.

Go To A Mailbox on page 2-131

Undefined Routing (0)

This action provides no routing.

Not applicable

GOTO
UND

Feature Reference

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcement are available to Automated Attendant callers.

InMail System Guide

2-79

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Assign a Dial Action Table to each active Call Routing Mailbox.

47-08-01

Dial Action Table

The Call Routing Mailbox uses the Dial Action Table assignment to provide dialing options
to callers.
The default Call Routing Mailboxes (1~32) use Dial Action Table 1.

2.

Customize the Dial Action Table options.

47-13

InMail Dial Action Tables

The default Dial Action Table dialing options are:
Dial Action Table Default Settings
Key
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

*
#
Timeout

2-80

Dial Action Table 1

UTRF to 101
(Unscreened Transfer to operator)
UTRF to XXX
(Unscreened Transfer to operator)
UND
(Undefined)
UTRF to XXX
(Unscreened Transfer to user-dialed extension)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
HNGUP
(Hangup)
REC1 to IXXX
(Quick Message with Greeting to user-dialed extension)
LOGON to IXXX
(Logon to user-dialed mailbox)
UTRF to 101
(Unscreened Transfer to operator)

Dial Action
Tables 2-32
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)
UND
(Undefined)

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

3.

Set the time limit for dialing commands for the Automated Attendant caller.

47-08-03

Time Limit for Dialing Commands (Dialing Timeout)

Enter the Time Limit for Dialing Commands interval (0~99 seconds).
By default, the interval is 5 seconds.
If the caller waits too long to dial:

4.

When the associated Dial Action Table has a Timeout action programmed, the caller
routes to that destination.

When the associated Dial Action Table does not have a Timeout action programmed,
the Instruction Menu repeats three times and then InMail hangs up.

If using one key dialing from Auto Attendant to a stored speed dial number.

45-01-05

Message Wait
This program must be disabled (0) for one key dialing to a speed dial buffer from Auto
Attendant to work.
By default, this feature is enabled.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-81

Issue 1.0

Directory Dialing
Description
Directory Dialing allows an Automated Attendant caller to reach an extension by dialing the first few
letters in the extension users name. With Directory Dialing, the caller does not have to remember the
extension number of the person they wish to reach just their name. Here is how Directory Dialing
works:
1.

When the Automated Attendant answers, it sends the call to a Directory Dialing Mailbox.
(Optionally, the caller may be asked to dial a digit to access Directory Dialing.)

2.

The Directory Dialing Mailbox plays the Directory Dialing Message (recorded by the System
Administrator) which asks the caller to dial letters for the name of the person they wish to reach.

3.

The caller dials the letters for the persons name plus #. They can dial by first name or last name,
depending on how the Directory Dialing Message was recorded and the Directory Dialing Mailbox
was set up.

4.

InMail searches the list of programmed extension names for a match of the caller-entered letters.

5.

Voice prompts announce the first three matches, and allow the caller to dial a digit (1~3) to reach
one of the announced matches. Additionally, the caller can dial 4 to hear additional matches (if
any).

6.

The caller dials the digit for the extension they wish to reach, and InMail sends the call to that
extension. The call is sent as a Screened or Unscreened transfer, depending on programming.

For callers to use Directory Dialing, the system must have a name programmed for each extension (up
to 12 characters, A~Z, using upper and lower case letters). Each extension should also have a name
recorded in their Subscriber Mailbox. In addition, each extension used by Directory Dialing must be
installed and must have their Subscriber Mailbox active.
The Directory Dialing Mailbox is a Routing Mailbox assigned as a Directory Dialing Mailbox. Refer to Use
a Routing Mailbox for Directory Dialing on page 2-83 or Use a Call Routing Mailbox for Directory Dialing
on page 2-85 for more information.

Conditions

2-82

Remote CCIS extensions are not supported in a centralized directory.

When set for Unscreened Transfer, calls from the InMail ring at the extension like other
transferred calls and display the incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in
programming) while the phone is ringing.

When set for Screened Transfers, calls from the InMail ring like Intercom calls but do not display
incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in programming) until after the call is
answered.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Directory Dialing Mailbox

A Directory Dialing Mailbox is the type of mailbox required to implement Directory Dialing.

System Administrator
Only the System Administrator can record the Directory Dialing Message.

Programming
Use a Routing Mailbox for Directory Dialing
1.

Set up the Directory Dialing Mailbox.

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Enter 3 to make the selected Routing Mailbox a Directory Dialing Mailbox.
By default, there are no Routing Mailboxes assigned as Directory Dialing Mailboxes.

2.

Set up the name programming and enter names.

47-01-16

Name Format
Determine how extension names should be entered in 15-01-01 Extension Name or via
the telephone. The options are 0 (first name followed by last name) or 1 (last name
followed by first name).
By default, the system expects names to be entered as first name followed by last name
(0).

15-01-01

Extension Name (Ext Name)

Enter the name for each extension. Refer to 47-01-16 Name Format on page 2-83 for
name format.
By default, there are no names entered.

47-15-03

Name Match
Select the portion of the extension name on which the Directory Dialing Mailbox should
route. Enter 0 for first; 1 for last. This option allows for dial-by-first-name and dial-by-lastname Directory Dialing.
For example, if 47-01-16 Name Format is 0 and the name in 15-01-01 Extension Name is
entered as first name followed by last name, enter 1 in this option to set up last name
dialing.
By default, the Directory Dialing Mailbox routes on the first portion of the name (0).

InMail System Guide

2-83

Issue 1.0

3.

Set up Directory Lists to control which extensions Directory Dialing can access.

47-02-15

Directory List Number

Select the Directory List to which the extension belongs. The entries are 1~8 (for lists
1~8), 0 (for no list), or (for all lists). Directory Dialing to the extension can occur only if
the list entry matches the setting in 47-15-02 Directory List Number to Use for the
Directory Dialing Mailbox.
By default, extensions are not included in a Directory List (0).

47-15-02

Directory List Number to Use

The Directory Dialing Mailbox can route calls only to the members of the Directory List
specified in this option. The entries are 1~8 (for lists 1~8).
By default, the Directory Dialing Mailbox uses list 1.

4.

Specify the required number of letters of the employee name the caller must dial.

47-15-01

Minimum Number of Letters Required

Specify how many letters of an employees name the caller must dial to use Directory
Dialing. If the caller dials less than the specified minimum number of letters, InMail cannot
route the call. The entries are 1~3 (1~3 letters).
By default, callers must dial at least 1 letter of the employees name (1).

5.

Select Screened or Unscreened Transfer call routing, when Directory Dialing finds a name match.
Unscreened Transfer

47-15-04

Transfer Option
Enter 1 to route the call as an Unscreened Transfer.
By default, InMail routes the call as a Screened Transfer (0).

Screened Transfer

47-15-04

Transfer Option
Enter 0 to route the call as a Screened Transfer.
By default, InMail routes the call as a Screened Transfer (0).

47-15-05

Screened Transfer Timeout

Set how long a Screened Transfer from the Directory Dialing Mailbox will ring an
unanswered extension before recalling. The entries are 1~255 seconds or 0 for no recall.
By default, the Screened Transfer Timeout interval is 15 seconds.

6.

Change the amount of time Directory Dialing callers have to dial letters.

47-15-06

Time Limit for Dialing Commands

Enter the new timeout duration (0~99 seconds).
If the caller waits too long to dial, the Directory Dialing Message repeats.
By default, Directory Dialing callers have 5 seconds to dial letters.

2-84

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

7.

Record a Directory Dialing Message.

The Directory Dialing Message is the Instruction Menu for the Routing Mailbox programmed as a
Directory Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Operation on page 2-89.
By default (without a custom message recorded), the Directory Dialing Message is, Please enter one or
more letters of the persons name, then press the pound key.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

This option sets the maximum message length (1~4095 seconds) for Instruction Menus.
By default, this option is 120 seconds.

8.

Enable or disable the ability of the Directory Dialing Mailbox to detect and route incoming faxes.

47-15-07

Fax Detection
Enter 1 to enable Fax Detection; 0 to disable. If enabled, when the Directory Dialing
Mailbox detects incoming fax CNG tone, it routes the call to the fax extension specified in
47-01-06 Fax Extension.
Refer to Fax Detection on page 2-115 for more information.
By default, Fax Detection is disabled (0).

9.

Enable the Directory Dialing Mailbox caller to dial 0 for other options or # to return to the
Automated Attendant.

47-15-08

Next Call Routing Mailbox

Assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox (1~32) to the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
To remove an assignment, press Hold.
Once assigned, dialing # returns to the Automated Attendant. Dialing 0 follows the 0
action of the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
By default, no Next Call Routing Mailbox is assigned.

10.

Enable Directory Dialing Mailbox to directly answer an outside call.

Make sure the active Answer Table uses the Call Routing Mailbox programmed as a Directory
Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.
By default, Answer Table 1 routes to Routing Mailbox 000, which is a Call Routing Mailbox.

11.

Enable callers to access Directory Dialing from a Dial Action Table action.
Make sure you have an action in the active Dial Action Table that is a GOTO to the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.
By default, no actions are assigned as a GOTO to a Directory Dialing Mailbox.

Use a Call Routing Mailbox for Directory Dialing

1.

Set up the Directory Dialing Mailbox.

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
Enter the mailbox number for the Call Routing Mailbox. This number must correspond to a

InMail System Guide

2-85

Issue 1.0

Department Group pilot number set up in 11-07-01 Department Group Pilot Numbers.
When using a Call Routing Mailbox as an additional resource (for example, as an extra
Directory Dialing Mailbox), you can perform the following actions:

Assign a pilot number to an unused Department Group in 11-07-01 Department Group

Pilot Numbers.

Set up the Call Routing Mailbox in 47-03 using this pilot number.

When 47-03 programming is complete, remove the pilot number assignment in 11-0701 Department Group Pilot Numbers.

By default, no Call Routing Mailbox numbers are assigned.

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Enter 3 to make the selected Call Routing Mailbox a Directory Dialing Mailbox.
By default, all Call Routing Mailboxes are set up as Call Routing Mailboxes (1).

2.

Set up the name programming and enter names.

47-01-16

Name Format
Determine how extension names should be entered in 15-01-01 Extension Name or via
the telephone. The options are 0 (first name followed by last name) or 1 (last name
followed by first name).
By default, the system expects names to be entered as first name followed by last name
(0).

15-01-01

Extension Name
Enter the name for each extension. The format you use should follow the setting of
47-01-16 Name Format.
By default, STA 101 = Ext 101, STA 102 = Ext 102, etc.

47-15-03

Name Match
Select the portion of the extension name on which the Directory Dialing Mailbox should
route. Enter 0 for first; 1 for last. This option allows for
dial-by-first-name and dial-by-last-name Directory Dialing.
For example, if 47-01-16 Name Format is 0 and the name in 15-01-01 Extension Name is
entered as first name followed by last name, enter 1 in this option to set up last name
dialing.
By default, the Directory Dialing Mailbox routes on the first portion of the name (0).

2-86

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

3.

Set up Directory Lists to control which extensions Directory Dialing can access.

47-02-15

Directory List (Directory List)

Select the Directory List to which the extension belongs. The entries are 1~8 (for lists
1~8), 0 (for no list), or * (for all lists). Directory Dialing to the extension can occur only if the
list entry matches the setting in 47-14-02 Directory List Number to Use for the Directory
Dialing Mailbox.
By default, extensions are not included in a Directory List (0).

47-15-02

Directory List Number to Use

The Directory Dialing Mailbox can route calls only to the members of the Directory List
specified in this option. The entries are 1~8 (for lists 1~8).
By default, the Directory Dialing Mailbox uses list 1.

4.

How many letters of the employees name must the caller dial?

47-14-01

Minimum Number of Letters Required

Specify how many letters of an employees name the caller must dial to use Directory
Dialing. If the caller dials less than the specified minimum number of letters, InMail cannot
route the call. The entries are 1~3 (1~3 letters).
By default, callers must dial at least 1 letter of the employees name (1).

5.

Specify the call routing as a Screened or Unscreened Transfer when Directory Dialing finds a
name match.
Unscreened Transfer

47-15-04

Transfer Option
Enter 1 to route the call as an Unscreened Transfer.
By default, InMail routes the call as a Screened Transfer (0).

Screened Transfer

47-15-04

Transfer Option
Enter 0 to route the call as a Screened Transfer.
By default, InMail routes the call as a Screened Transfer (0).

47-15-05

Screened Transfer Timeout

Set how long a Screened Transfer from the Directory Dialing Mailbox will ring an
unanswered extension before recalling. The entries are 1~255 seconds or 0 for no recall.
By default, the Screened Transfer Timeout interval is 15 seconds.

6.

To change the amount of time Directory Dialing callers have to dial letters:

47-15-06

Time Limit for Dialing Commands

Enter the new timeout duration (0~99 seconds).
If the caller waits too long to dial, the Directory Dialing Message repeats.
By default, Directory Dialing callers have 5 seconds to dial letters.

InMail System Guide

2-87

Issue 1.0

7.

To record a Directory Dialing Message:

The Directory Dialing Message is the Instruction Menu for the Call Routing Mailbox programmed
as a Directory Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Operation on page 2-89.
By default (without a custom message recorded), the Directory Dialing Message is, Please enter one or
more letters of the persons name, then press the pound key.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

This option sets the maximum message length (1~4095 seconds) for Instruction Menus.
By default, this option is 120 seconds.

8.

Enable or disable the ability of the Directory Dialing Mailbox to detect and route incoming faxes.

47-15-07

Fax Detection
Enter 1 to enable Fax Detection; 0 to disable. If enabled, when the Directory Dialing
Mailbox detects incoming fax CNG tone, it routes the call to the fax extension specified in
47-01-06 Fax Extension.
Refer to Fax Detection on page 2-115 for more information.
By default, Fax Detection is disabled (0).

9.

Enable the Directory Dialing Mailbox caller to dial 0 for other options or # to return to the
Automated Attendant:

47-15-08

Next Call Routing Mailbox

Assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox (1~32) to the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
To remove an assignment, press Hold.
Once assigned, dialing # returns to the Automated Attendant. Dialing 0 follows the 0
action of the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
By default, no Next Call Routing Mailbox is assigned.

10.

Enable the Directory Dialing Mailbox to directly answer an outside call.

Make sure the active Answer Table uses the Call Routing Mailbox programmed as a Directory
Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.
By default, Answer Table 1 routes to Routing Mailbox 000, which is a Call Routing Mailbox.

11.

Enable callers to access Directory Dialing from a Dial Action Table action:
Make sure you have an action in the active Dial Action Table that is a GOTO to the Directory Dialing Mailbox.
Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.
By default, no actions are assigned as a GOTO to a Directory Dialing Mailbox.

2-88

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Recording a Directory Dialing Message
Log On to System Administrators mailbox.
SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
I (4)
Select Instruction Menus.
[Instr]
Enter the Directory Dialing Mailbox number.
L (5)
Listen to the current Directory Dialing Message (if any).
[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.
R (7)
Record a new Directory Dialing Message.
[Rec]
Record message.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
D (3)
Delete recording.
[Del]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
D (3)
Delete the Directory Dialing Message.
[Del]
#
Go back to the System Administrator options.
[Back]
#
Go back to the Main Mailbox menu.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

Using Directory Dialing

To use Directory Dialing:

1.
2.

After the Automated Attendant answers, wait for the Directory Dialing Message.
The Automated Attendant may ask you to dial a digit for Directory Dialing.
Dial the letters that correspond to the name of the person you wish to reach + #.
The Directory Dialing Message tells how many letters you need to dial, and whether you should enter the
persons first name or last name.
To exit Directory Dialing without selecting a name, just dial #.
The Automated Attendant announces the name matches, and tells you which digit to dial (1~3) to reach each of
the announced names.
To hear additional name matches (if any), dial 4 instead.
After you make your selection, the Automated Attendant routes your call to the name selected.

3.
4.

Dialing Options Available while Entering a Name

The following table shows the dialing options available to the caller while they are entering a name into a
Directory Dialing Mailbox.
InMail System Guide

2-89

Issue 1.0

By default, the caller can dial the digits 2~9 to enter the name or dial # to return to the Automated
Attendant.

If a Next Call Routing Mailbox is specified, the caller can dial the digits 2~9 to enter a name, dial 0
to follow the 0 action of the Next Call Routing Mailbox, or dial # to route directly to the Next Call
Routing Mailbox.
Directory Dialing Mailbox Name Entry Options
(Options available while entering a name)
Dialed
Digit
1
2~9

47-15-08: Next Call

Routing Mailbox
Not applicable
Not applicable

UND (Not assigned)

1-32 (valid Call Routing

Mailbox)
Not applicable

UND (Not assigned)

Timeout

1~32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)
UND (Not assigned)

Action
Entry is ignored.
Interprets the digit as a letter and waits about 20 seconds for additional input
(i.e., more letters or a # to conclude name entry). If no additional digits are dialed
for 10 seconds, the Directory Dialing Message repeats and then InMail hangs up.
Repeats the Directory Dialing Message (to make a new name entry) each time
the caller dials the digit.
Caller routes according to the 0 action of the Next Call Routing Mailboxs Dial
Action Table.
Repeats the Directory Dialing Message (to make a new name entry) each time
the caller dials the digit.
Routes to the Automated Attendant (i.e., back to the Call Routing Mailbox that
initially answered the call).
Routes to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and plays that mailbox Instruction Menu.
Repeats the Directory Dialing Message (to make a new name entry) up to two
times and then hangs up.

Dialing Options Available for duplicate Employee Names

If the name the caller enters is used by more than one employee, InMail lets the caller select the
employee to which they want to talk. The caller can dial 1, 2 or 3 to select the employee from the first
three name matches, or dial 4 to hear additional name matches.

By default, the caller can also dial * to make a new entry or dial # to return to the Automated
Attendant.

If a Next Call Routing Mailbox is specified, the caller can also dial * to make a new entry, dial 0 to follow
the 0 action of the Next Call Routing Mailbox, or dial # to route directly to the Next Call Routing
Mailbox.
Directory Dialing Mailbox Routing Options
(Options available after a name is entered)
Dialed
Digit

47-15-08 Next Call

Routing Mailbox

1~3

Not applicable

Not applicable

2-90

Action
Route to the respective extension from the list of up to three
announced matches.
If more than three matches for the entered name are found, provides
access to the next set of three matches.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Directory Dialing Mailbox Routing Options (Continued)

(Options available after a name is entered)
Dialed
Digit
5~9
0

Timeout

47-15-08 Next Call

Routing Mailbox
Not applicable
UND (Not assigned)
1~32 (valid Call Routing
Mailbox)
Not applicable
UND (Not assigned)
1~32 (valid Call Routing
Mailbox)
UND (Not assigned)

InMail System Guide

Action
Plays That is an invalid entry and repeats the list of announced
matches each time the caller dials the digit.
Plays That is an invalid entry and repeats the list of announced
matches each time the caller dials the digit.
Caller routes according to the 0 action of the Next Call Routing
Mailboxs Dial Action Table.
Repeats the Directory Dialing Message (to make a new name entry)
each time the caller dials the digit.
Routes to the Automated Attendant (i.e., back to the Call Routing
Mailbox that initially answered the call).
Routes to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and plays that mailboxs
Instruction Menu.
Repeats the list of announced matches (up to two times). If no
response, repeats the Directory Dialing Message (to make a new
name entry) up to three times and then hangs up.

2-91

Issue 1.0

Directory Dialing Mailbox

Description
A Directory Dialing Mailbox is the type of mailbox required to implement Directory Dialing. A Directory
Dialing Mailbox is a Routing Mailbox set as a Directory. Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more
on how to set up a Directory Dialing Mailbox.

Related Features

Directory Dialing
Directory Dialing allows an Automated Attendant caller to reach an extension by dialing the first few letters
in the extension users name.

System Administrator
Only the System Administrator can record the Directory Dialing Message.

Programming
A Directory Dialing Mailbox can be either a Routing Mailbox or a Master Mailbox. The type you choose
depends only on available resources and your programming preference, since they work identically.
1.

Assign a Routing Mailbox as a Directory Dialing Mailbox:

2.

Assign a Master Mailbox as a Directory Dialing Mailbox:

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Enter 3 to make the selected Master Mailbox a Directory Dialing Mailbox.
By default, no Master Mailboxes are assigned as Directory Dialing Mailboxes.

Operation
Turn to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more on how to use Directory Dialing and record a Directory
Dialing Message.

2-92

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Distribution List
Description
A Distribution List is a list of extensions that will receive a message you record and send to a single
Distribution Mailbox. Any message left in the Distribution Mailbox will be automatically sent to all the
mailboxes in the list. Distribution List saves time when you need to send the same message to many coworkers. Rather than recording the message and manually specifying a list of recipients, use a
Distribution List instead.
A Distribution List can consist only of Subscriber Mailboxes. The list is managed in a Distribution
Mailbox, which is a type of Routing Mailbox that contains the actual list of member extensions. The
system allows as many Distribution Lists as there are available Routing Mailboxes (up to 32). Each list
can have up to 20 members. You assign the Distribution Mailbox in system programming, but you can
create the Distribution List and edit the list members from either system programming or a System
Administrators Mailbox. The System Administrator can also record a name for the Distribution List.

Related Features

Distribution Mailbox (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100 Features
and Specifications Manual)
A Distribution Mailbox is a Routing Mailbox that handles Distribution List messages.

System Administrator
The user can edit the members of a Distribution List from a System Administrator Mailbox. The user can
also record a name for the list.

Conditions

When creating a Distribution list there can be no blank destinations within the list. The system
considers a blank entry as the end of the list so entries behind the blank will not be used.

Messages can only be sent to a Distribution List from a subscriber mailbox.

Programming
1.

Assign a Routing Mailbox as a Distribution Mailbox:

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Enter 4 to assign the selected Routing Mailbox a Distribution Mailbox.
By default, no Distribution Mailboxes are assigned.

InMail System Guide

2-93

Issue 1.0

2.

Enter the destination extensions into the Distribution List:

47-17-01

Distribution Mailbox Category

Set the mailbox type. Use Undefined (0) to skip Mailbox Number setting. Use Station
Mailbox (1) for setting Mailbox Number to 1~896 (Program 47-02). Use Group Number (2)
for setting Group Mailbox (1~32) (Program 47-03).

47-17-01

Second Setting Data - Distribution Mailbox Number

Enter the member mailboxes in the Distribution List (20 members maximum). When
setting this data via phone programming or PC/Web Programming, the mailboxes are
entered by their mailbox number (1~896 or 1~32 for Group mailboxes) not by their
extension number. When creating a Distribution list there can be no blank destinations
within the list. The system considers a blank entry as the end of the list so entries behind
the blank will not be used.

Operation
Recording and Sending a Message to a Distribution List
To record and send a message to a Distribution List:

1.

Log onto the Subscriber Mailbox.

2.

[Rec]

Select Record and Send a Message.

Alternately dial RS(77).
Record your message.
[Pause]
Pause recording.

3.

[Resume]

Resume recording if paused.

[Cncl]

4.

Alternately dial * to resume.

Cancel recording.

[Done]

Alternately dial * to pause.

Alternately dial D to delete a recording.

End (accept) the recording.

Alternately dial # to accept the recording.

Dial the Distribution Mailbox extension number.
[Cont]
Send the message to the selected Distribution List.
Alternately dial # to send the recording.
[Mbox]
Back up and reenter the Distribution Mailbox number.

Alternately dial * to back up and reenter.

Return to the Main Menu without sending the message.

Return to the Main Menu after sending the message to the Distribution List.

[Back]
5.

[Back]

Alternately dial # to return to the Main Menu.

Editing a Distribution List and Recording a Name

To edit a Distribution List and record a name:

1.
2.

Log onto a System Administrators Mailbox.

Select the System Administrator features.

[Mgr]

2-94

Alternately dial SA (72).

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Editing a Distribution List and Recording a Name (Continued)

3.

[DList]

Select Distribution List editing. This is the Distribution List Menu.

Alternately dial L (5).

Enter the number of the Distribution List you want to edit (e.g., 008).
[Back]
Return to the System Administrator Menu without selecting a list.
Alternately dial #.
Select one of the following.
a.
[Modfy]
[Modfy] Select to edit the Distribution List member list. (This is the List Modify

4.

5.

Menu.)

Alternately dial M (6).

[Add]
Select to add an extension to the list.
Alternately dial A (2).
The extension you add is inserted at the current position in the
list.
[OK]
Select to accept the entry and return to the List

Modify Menu.

[Clear]

[Back]

[RcNam]

Alternately dial N (6).

[Back] Select to exit the list.

b.

Alternately dial E (3).

Select to go to the next extension in the list without making any

changes.

[Back]

Alternately dial *.

[Del] Select to remove the currently displayed extension from

the list.

[Next]

Alternately dial *.

Select to exit to the List Modify Menu.

[Del]

Alternately dial #.

[Clear] Select to reenter the mailbox number.

Alternately dial #.

[RcNam] Select to record a name for the Distribution List. (This is the Record
Name Menu).
Alternately dial RN (76).
[Back]
Select to listen to the recorded name (if any).
Alternately dial L (5).
[Rec]
Select to record a new name.
Alternately dial R (7).
[Cncl]
Select to cancel without recording and go back to the

[Done]

Record Name menu.

Select to accept the recorded name and go back to
the Record Name Menu.

[Del]

[Back]

Alternately dial #.

Select to exit to the System Administrator Menu.

InMail System Guide

Alternately dial E (3).

[Back] Select to exit to the Distribution List Menu.

[Back]

Alternately dial #.

[Del] Select to delete the recorded name.

Alternately dial #.

2-95

Issue 1.0

Email Notification
Description
Email Notification automatically sends an email notification when a Subscriber Mailbox receives a new
message. The email can optionally include the recorded message as a wav file attachment. To hear the
message, the email recipient double-clicks the wav attachment to have the message play in their wav
player (such as Windows Media Player).
Email Notification uses SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) to deliver messages to the recipients
email account. If the message recipient has a mobile telephone service provider with an SMS (Short
Message Service) portal, they can optionally choose to have text messages delivered right to their cell
phone. In either case, Email Notification does not provide synchronization - the email account and the
voice mailbox operate independently. For example, deleting the voice mail message does not
automatically delete the email and visa-versa.
If Email Notification tries to deliver an email and it doesnt go through because of a connection problem
(i.e., no connection or a dropped connection), it will retry every 15 minutes for 24 hours. If the email still
cant go through, Email Notification cancels the delivery. Email deliveries that fail because authentication
fails or the encryption mode is incorrect are immediately canceled.
Collecting the Email Notification Data
In order for the installation sites InMail to send email notifications, it must have a valid SMTP email
account assigned. To save time during programming, use the following table to help collect the systems
email account information. The email account provider can supply this information.

2-96

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Table 2-1 InMail Email Account Information

Item

Description

SMTP Email Account

The email account that will handle notifications sent from the
InMail (e.g., [email protected]).

SMTP Server Name

The SMTP server (email provider) that will handle email for the
SMTP email account. The SMTP server name is typically similar
to smtp.emailserver.com.

SMTP Port Number

The port the SMTP server uses for SMTP delivery.

SMTP Encryption

Determines whether or not the SMTP server accepts plain text

(unencrypted) or encrypted email (Yes or No).

SMTP Authentication

Enter Yes if the SMTP server requires the SMTP Email

Accounts user name and password each time the system logs
on. Otherwise, enter No.

SMTP User Name

In the SMTP Email Account, this is normally the your-name

portion of [email protected].

SMTP Password

This is the password for the account specified in SMTP Email

Account above.

Email Reply To

If a notification recipient replies to a notification email, this is the

address to which the reply is sent.

Systems Email
Account Data

Explanation of the Message Sender (From) Field

Like any other email client, Email Notification uses the From field to identify the person that left the
message being delivered. In the email message, the data in the From field is formatted as Name [Reply
To], where:

Name identifies the person that left the message.

Reply To 1 is the email address used when the email recipient replies to the message.

This information is not provided in the recipients inbox just the actual email message.

NOTE

For messages left by Intercom callers:

Name is:

The extension name (if programmed).

- OR -

1.

The extension number (if there is no name programmed).

The recipients inbox only shows the Name portion of the From field. The Reply To portion is not included.

InMail System Guide

2-97

Issue 1.0

Reply To 1 is:

The email address of the person that left the message (if programmed).
- OR -

The Reply To Email Address data from Program 47-18-09.

- OR -

The Send From Email Address data from Program 47-18-09.

For messages left by Outside callers:

Name is always the text Outside Caller.

Reply To 1 is:

The Reply To Email Address data from Program 47-18-09.

- OR -

The Send From Email Address data from Program 47-18-09.

Email from Intercom Caller with Programmed Name

When a voice message is left from an extension with a programmed name, Outlook 2007 shows the
following:

Inbox

From The programmed name for the extension that left the message

Subject The text Voice Message from followed by the extension name, followed by the message
duration.

Received The date and time the message was received.

Size The message size, which includes the size of the wav file attachment.

Message Body

From The name programmed for the extension that left the message, followed by the programmed
Reply To information.

Sent The date and time the message was sent from the installation sites SMTP email server.

Subject The same subject information shown in the inbox.

Message The wav file attachment name and the attachment size. In the example below,

2-98

John Hancock is the name of the extension that left the message.

9/19/2011 is the date the message was left.

9:30 AM is the time the attachment was created.

Body text Includes the date and time the voice message was received and the message length.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Figure 2-5 Email with Station Name

Email from Intercom without Extension Name

When a voice message is left from an extension without a programmed name, Email Notification
substitutes the extension number for the name. In this example, Outlook 2007 shows the following:

Inbox

From The number of the extension that left the message.

Subject The text Voice Message from followed by the extension number, followed by the message
duration.

Received The date and time the message was received.

Size The message size, which includes the size of the wav file attachment.

Message Body

From The number of the extension that left the message, followed by the programmed Reply To
information.

InMail System Guide

2-99

Issue 1.0

Sent The date and time the message was sent from the installation sites SMTP email server.

Subject The same subject information shown in the inbox.

Message The wav file attachment name and the attachment size. In the example below,

Extension 103 is the number of the extension that left the message.

09-19-11 is the date the message was left.

9:30 AM is the time the attachment was created.

Body text Includes the date and time the voice message was received and the message length.
Figure 2-6 Email No Station Name

Email from Outside Caller with Caller ID

When a voice message is left by an outside caller and Caller ID was provided, Outlook 2007 shows the
following:

Inbox

From Shows that the message is from an outside caller.

Subject The text Voice Message from followed by the callers number (provided by Caller ID),
followed by the message duration.

2-100

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Received The date and time the message was received.

Size The message size, which includes the size of the wav file attachment.

Message Body

From Shows that the message is from an outside caller, followed by the programmed Reply To
information.

Sent The date and time the message was sent from the installation sites SMTP email server.

Subject The same subject information shown in the inbox.

Message The wav file attachment name and the attachment size. In the example below,

214-262-3939 is the callers number (provided by Caller ID).

09-19-11 is the date the message was left.

9:30 AM is the time the attachment was created.

Body text Includes the date and time the voice message was received and the message length.

Figure 2-7 Email with CID Name

InMail System Guide

2-101

Issue 1.0

Email from Outside Caller without Caller ID

When a voice message is left by an outside caller and Caller ID was not provided, Email Notification
substitutes Outside Caller for the number. Outlook 2007 shows the following:

Inbox

From Shows that the message is from an outside caller.

Subject The text Voice Message from followed by Outside Caller, followed by the message
duration.

Received The date and time the message was received.

Size The message size, which includes the size of the wav file attachment.

Message Body

From Shows that the message is from an outside caller, followed by the programmed Reply To
information.

Sent The date and time the message was sent from the installation sites SMTP email server.

Subject The same subject information shown in the inbox.

Message The wav file attachment name and the attachment size. In the example below,

Outside Caller (since there is no Caller ID number).

09-19-11 is the date the message was left.

9:30 AM is the time the attachment was created.

Body text Includes the date and time the voice message was received and the message length.
Figure 2-8 Email CO No CID

2-102

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

SMS Text Message Delivery to a Cell Phone

The table below shows the basic format of a InMail email notification delivered to a cell phone as an
SMS Text Message. The information is much the same as that delivered to an email account. There may
be more than one text message for each notification, depending on the number of characters the
provider allows in each text message (typically 120-160 characters). SMS will not send the wav file
attachment, even if enabled in programming.

CAUTION

An extension set up for notification via SMS Text Messaging should have the Email Message
as Attachment option disabled in system programming. Attempting to deliver a wav file
attachment to an SMS messaging service may have undesirable results.

SMS Text Message Notification

The following shows a typical SMS Text Message when the InMail is set up to provide email
notification only (no wav file of the actual message). In this case, the provider divided the message
into two parts: one for the message header and one for the message body. This is only an example
your provider may handle similar content differently.
Table 2-2 Typical SMS Notification (No Wav File)

Description

Text
Text Message for Message Header

Text Message Inbox:

InMail [2 OF 2]

Text Message Body: 1

MESSAGE FROM: InMail [2 OF 2]

SENT: 3:51PM 9/17
Text Message for Message Body

Text Message Inbox:

SBJ:VOICE MESSAGE

Text Message Body: 1

MESSAGE FROM: XXXX

SUBJ: VOICE MESSAGE FROM XXXX- (0M6S)
VOICE MESSAGE ARRIVED ON MONDAY, SEPT 17@3:51
PMDURATION: 0M 6S
------------NEC [1 OF 2]
SENT: 3:51PM 09/17

Your cell phone display will automatically break the text lines to best fit the screen.

POP3 Login
InMail Email Notification supports POP3 Login. The logic of this method is that it allows a user to send
e-mail from any location, as long as they can demonstrably also fetch their mail from the same place.
Check with your email provider to see if this type of login is required.

InMail System Guide

2-103

Issue 1.0

Some Common SMTP Settings

Table 2-3 Common Email Notification SMTP Server Settings

Provider

Server Name and

SMTP Port
Account (1105-02, 08) (1105-03)

Encryption Authentication
Updated
(1105-04) (1105-05, 06, 07)

Yahoo

smtp.mail.yahoo.com

465

Yes

Yes

6/28/07

GMail

smtp.gmail.com

465

Yes

Yes

6/28/09

Optimum
Online

mail.optonline.net

587

Yes

Yes

6/28/07

AOL

smtp.aol.com

587

Yes

Yes

6/28/07

Comments
Requires POP
Yahoo! Mail Plus

Some Common SMS Portals

Table 2-4 Some Common Mobile Telephone Service Provider SMS Portals

Provider

Email Address for SMS Text Message

Some Popular Provider-Specific SMS Portals

Alltel

[email protected]

AT&T Wireless

[email protected] -OR- [email protected]

Boost Mobile

[email protected]

Cingular

[email protected] -OR- [email protected]

Nextel

[email protected] -OR- [email protected]

Sprint PCS

[email protected]

T-Mobile

[email protected] -OR- [email protected]

Verizon

[email protected]

Virgin Mobile

[email protected]

A Universal SMS Portal

Teleflip

[email protected]

A More Complete SMS Portal Listing

For a more complete SMS portal list, see http://www.livejournal.com/tools/textmessage.bml?mode=details.

2-104

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Conditions

The Email Notification feature (1014) is licensed on a per mailbox basis.

Email Notification options can only be changed from Web Pro, PC Pro or system programming
for group subscriber mailboxes.

Email Notification options can only be changed from User Pro, Web Pro, PC Pro or system
programming for station subscriber mailboxes.

A mailbox set for Email Notification can use the following settings for the forwarded message.

Save: A forwarded voice message is Archived and kept in the mailbox.

Delete: A forwarded voice message is deleted from the mailbox

No Change: A forwarded voice message is kept as "New" in the mailbox.

Default Settings
Email Notification disabled.

System Availability
Terminals:
All multiline terminals

Required Component(s)

InMail Mailbox License (1012)

InMail Email Client License (1014)

R1 Enhancement License (0411)

System Port License (0300)

Related Features
None

Setting Up the System SMTP Options

1.

Enable SMTP Email Delivery System Wide.

47-18-01

Enable SMTP
Enter 1 to enable SMTP email delivery system-wide.
By default, SMTP email delivery is disabled (0).

InMail System Guide

2-105

Issue 1.0

47-18-08

SMTP EMAIL Address

Specify the email account that the SMTP server will use to process email sent from the
InMail (e.g., [email protected]).
By default, there is no entry for this option.

2.

Specify the sites SMTP server name and port.

90-11-11

DNS Primary Address

Enter the IP address of primary Domain Name Server (DNS).
The DNS (or name server) is the computer connected to the Internet that converts a
domain name (such as www.yahoo.com) to a specific IP address for routing on the
Internet. If you want to use a domain name to identify your SMTP server in the following
option, you must make an entry for this option. The entry is the IP address of your name
server.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

90-11-12

DNS Secondary Address

Enter the IP address of secondary Domain Name Server (if any).
By default, there is no entry for this option.

47-18-02

SMTP Server Name

Enter the name of the SMTP server that will handle email delivery for the installation site.
The SMTP server name is typically similar to smtp.emailserver.com.
If you didnt make a name server entry in the previous entry, you must enter your SMTP
servers IP address in this option (not its name).
By default, there is no entry for this option.

47-18-03

SMTP Port Number

Enter the port (logical connection) the installation sites email server uses for SMTP. Refer
to Some Common SMTP Settings on page 2-104 for setting examples.
By default, SMTP uses port 25.

3.

Does the sites SMTP email server require encryption?

If yes:

47-18-04

SMTP Encryption
Enter 1.
The system negotiates behind the scenes to determine if encryption should be TLS or
SSL, and then adjusts accordingly.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

If no:

47-18-04

SMTP Encryption
Enter 0.
If encryption is disabled, all messaging is in plain text.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

4.

Does the sites SMTP email server require account authentication?

2-106

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

If yes:

47-18-05

SMTP Authentication
To enable SMTP Authentication, enter 1.
To enable POP3 Authentication, enter 2. Refer to Setting Up POP3 Login on page 2-108.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

47-18-06

SMTP Username
Enter the user name of the account on the SMTP server that will process the email sent
from the InMail. For example, if the subscribers email address is
[email protected], the User Name entry would be yourname. Email Notification
delivers all outbound email to this account.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

47-18-07

SMTP Password
Enter the password for the account specified in the previous option. When SMTP
authentication is enabled, this password is required to log onto the email account.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

If no:

47-18-05

SMTP Authentication
Enter 0.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

5.

Enter the email reply data (i.e., the email account to which replies should be sent).

47-18-09

SMTP Reply-to Address

Enter the email reply name.
This is a required entry.
Typically, this is the email account that handles inquiries and administration for the
installation site.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

InMail System Guide

2-107

Issue 1.0

Setting Up POP3 Login

1.

Does the sites SMTP email server require POP3 Login?

If yes:

47-18-05

SMTP Authentication
To enable POP3 Authentication, enter 2.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

47-19-01

POP3 Server Name

Enter the name of the POP3 server that will handle email delivery for the installation site.
The POP3 server name is typically similar to pop.emailserver.com.
If you didnt make an entry in the 90-11-11 and 90-11-12 DNS Server options, this entry
must be the IP address of the POP3 server since there is no way to resolve a name.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

47-19-02

POP3 Port Number

Specify the port (logical connection) the installation sites email server uses for POP3.
Normally, this is port 110.
By default, this option is 110.

47-19-03

POP3 Encryption Method

Enable or disable POP3 SSL encryption for the site's email server. The option you choose
depends on the requirements of the POP3 email server.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

47-19-04

POP3 Username
Enter the POP3 accounts user name. If the subscribers email address is
[email protected], the username would normally be yourname.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

47-19-05

POP3 Password
Enter the password for the account specified in the previous option. When authentication
is enabled, this password is required to log onto the email account.
By default, there is no entry for this option.

If no:

47-18-05

SMTP Authentication
To disable POP3 Authentication, enter either 0 (Authentication disabled) or 1 (SMTP
Authentication enabled).
By default, this option is disabled (0).

2-108

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Setting Up the Subscriber Mailbox Options

1.

Should email notification occur for new voice mail messages left in the Subscriber Mailbox?
If yes:

47-02-20

Enable EMAIL
Enter 1 (Yes).
The subscriber can also do this from their Mailbox Options Menu.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

47-02-21

EMAIL Address
Specify the email address to which the notification for this Subscriber Mailbox should be
delivered.
If the voice message should be included in the email as a wav file attachment, in 47-0222: MESSAGE AS ATTACHMENT, enter 1 (Yes). If not, enter 0 (No).
By default, there is no entry for this option.

If no:

47-02-20

Enable EMAIL
Enter 0 (No).
The subscriber can also do this from their Mailbox Options Menu.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

Setting Up the Group Subscriber Mailbox Options

1.

Should email notification occur for new voice mail messages left in a Group Subscriber Mailbox?
If yes:

47-06-18

Enable EMAIL
Enter 1 (Yes).
The subscriber can also do this from their Mailbox Options Menu.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

47-06-19

EMAIL Address
Specify the email address to which the notification should be delivered.
If the voice message should be included in the email as a wav file attachment, in 47-0620: MESSAGE AS ATTACHMENT, enter 1 (Yes). If not, enter 0 (No).
By default, there is no entry for this option.

If no:

47-06-18

Enable EMAIL
Enter 0 (No).
The subscriber can also do this from their Mailbox Options Menu.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

InMail System Guide

2-109

Issue 1.0

Operation
Table 2-5 Turn Email Notification On or Off

To Turn Email Notification On or Off

1.

Log onto Subscriber Mailbox

2.

[Setup]

Select Mailbox Options.

3.

[Notfy]

Select Notification.

4.

[Email]

Alternately dial N (6)

Select Email.

5.

Alternately dial OP (67)

Alternately dial E (6)

Do one of the following:

a.

[On]

Select to turn email notification on.

b.

[Off]

Select to turn email notification off.

c.

[Back]

Alternately dial O (6)

Alternately dial O (6)

Select to exit without making any changes.

Alternately dial #

Conditions
None

Default Settings
Email Notification disabled.

System Availability
Terminals:
All multiline terminals

Required Component(s)
None

Related Features
None

2-110

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Erasing All Messages

Description
The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox. Erasing All Messages is an
administrators maintenance tool. The administrator may need to use this tool if an employee has left the
company or has an excessive number of messages stored in their mailbox. By deleting the unwanted
messages, the administrator can prevent the InMail recording capacity from being reached (which would
disable many of the InMail messaging features).

Related Features

Message Delete
A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any message left in their mailbox.

System Administrator
Only the System Administrator can delete messages in a coworkers mailbox.

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Erasing All Messages System-Wide
Log On to System Administrators mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
S (7)
Select Subscriber Mailbox Maintenance options.
[Subs]
Enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain.
EA (32)
Delete all Subscriber Mailbox messages.
[Msgs]
#
Go back to System Administrator options.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail System Guide

2-111

Issue 1.0

Exiting a Mailbox
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can dial a code, press a softkey or hang up to exit their mailbox. After exiting,
the subscriber can use their extension for normal call processing.

Related Features
None

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Exiting a Mailbox
To exit your mailbox:
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
XX (99) Exit your mailbox.
[Back] + [Back]

To exit and immediately return to your mailbox:

Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
X# (9#) Exit and return to your mailbox.
[Back] + [Return]
Plays Help message.
0

2-112

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

External Transfer
Description
External Transfer allows an Automated Attendant caller to automatically route to an outside telephone
number. To set this up, assign a Dial Action Table action as a UTRF to a Common Abbreviated Dialing
bin (e.g., #2000 + Pause for common bin 000). When the Automated Attendant answers, the caller dials
the digit and InMail automatically routes them to the outside number contained in the bin. External
Transfer allows your callers to easily reach branch offices and important off-site associates.

Related Features

Dial Action Table

External Transfer uses the active Dial Action Table to route an Automated Attendant caller to an outside
telephone number.

Programming
1.

Assign a Dial Action Table to each active Call Routing Mailbox.

47-08-01

Dial Action Table

The Call Routing Mailbox uses the Dial Action Table assignment to provide dialing options
to callers.
The default Call Routing Mailboxes (1~32) use Dial Action Table 1.

2.

For an available key, set up a UTRF Dial Action Table option for External Transfer.

47-13-01

InMail Dial Action Tables UTRF Action Unscreened Transfer (2) (UTRF)
The corresponding Number option should be 2 followed by the Common Abbreviated
Dialing bin, followed by two pauses (each pause entered by pressing LK4).
Add additional pauses if the entire common bin does not dial out.
For example, to have External Transfer dial common bin 000, enter #2000PP LK4 LK4.
This ability is not assigned by default.

3.

Program the Common Abbreviated Dialing bin for External Transfer.

13-04-01

Speed Dialing Number and Name Speed Dialing Data

The bin should contain just the outside telephone number you want External Transfer to
dial.
Refer to the SV9100 Programming Manual for more information.
No common Abbreviated Dialing numbers are stored by default.

InMail System Guide

2-113

Issue 1.0

4.

Enable Loop Supervision for the trunks you are going to use for External Transfer.

14-01-13

Basic Trunk Data Setup Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer

Enter 1 to enable Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer for each trunk to be used for External Transfer.
By default, this option is enabled for all trunks.

5.

Enable Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer for all InMail extensions.

20-11-14

Class of Service Options (Hold/Transfer Service) Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer

Restriction
For each InMail extension to be used for External Transfer, enter 0 to turn off Trunk-toTrunk Transfer Restriction. (Entering 1 disables Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer).
By default, Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Restriction is Off (0) for all InMail extensions.

20-06-01

Class of Service for Extensions

Assign Class of Service to extensions (1~15).
By default, Extension 101 is Class 15. All other extensions are Class 1

Operation
Operation is automatic once set up in programming.

2-114

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Fax Detection
Description
The Automated Attendant can detect incoming fax calls and transfer them to a fax machine. With Fax
Detection enabled, after the Automated Attendant answers a call it listens for incoming fax CNG tone. If
it detects the tone, it does an unscreened transfer of the call to the specified company fax machine. The
incoming fax then prints out on the company fax machine. If you disable Fax Detection, the Automated
Attendant does not detect and route incoming fax calls.

Related Features
None

Programming
1.

Enable Fax Detection for the active Call Routing Mailbox.

47-08-04

Fax Detection
Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Fax Detection for the Call Routing Mailbox.
By default, this option is 0 (No).

2.

Specify the extension to which InMail should send a fax call when the Automated Attendant detects
fax CNG tone.

47-08-05

Fax Extension
Normally, this is the extension number of the analog port to which the fax machine is
connected.
By default, this option is undefined (entered by pressing Hold).

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-115

Issue 1.0

Find Me Follow Me
Description
Find-Me Follow-Me helps an outside caller locate an extension user who is not at their desk. If their call
is unanswered and is picked up by voice mail, the caller has the option of dialing a digit to try up to three
alternate Find-Me Follow-Me destinations. A destination can be an outside number (such as a cell phone
or home office) or a co-worker's extension.
The Find Me Follow Me destinations are set up in the Notification Schedule. Each of the three entries
can be individually enabled or disabled and provides options for:

Start Hour: The time the destinations become active.

End Hour: The time the destinations become inactive.

Number: The destination telephone, pager, or extension number.

Days of week: The Days of week the destinations are active or inactive.

If the caller chooses the Find-Me Follow-Me option, the system will try each enabled entry that is active
for the current date and time (i.e., in-schedule). The system will not try any entries that are disabled or
are not in-schedule.
When trying the destinations, Find-Me Follow-Me skips an active, in-schedule number that is busy, in
DND, or is unanswered. When all active in-schedule destinations have been tried the caller can then
choose to try Find-Me Follow-Me again or select another option.
You can set up Find-Me Follow-Me for an extension in system programming. In addition, an extension
user can set up Find-Me Follow-Me from their Mailbox Options.

Conditions

Find Me Follow Me can be used for standard subscriber mailboxes and Group Mailboxes set to
subscriber in PRG 47-03-03.

Find-Me Follow-Me requires that Tandem Trunking be enabled on the line that rings into the
Automated Attendant. If Tandem Trunking is not enabled, the Find-Me Follow-Me options are
not available.

Find Me Follow Me does not work for internal callers.

Related Features

Group (Shared) Mailbox

2-116

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming

14-01-13

Basic Trunk Data Setup - Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer/Loop Disconnect Supervision

0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 1

20-11-14

Trunk-toTrunk Transfer Restriction

Make sure this option is disabled, or Find Me Follow Me will not work for CO calls.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-02-24

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Enable find Me Follow Option

0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-06-22

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Enable find Me Follow Option

0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-21-01

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Enable/Disable Find Me Follow Destination

Use this option to enable or disable a Find-Me Follow-Me destination. If enabled, Find-Me
Follow-Me will occur according to the settings for Start Hour, End Hour, and Find-Me FollowMe Phone Number. If disabled, Find-Me Follow-Me will not occur.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-21-02

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me Begin Hour

Use this option to set the hour when Find-Me Follow-Me will start. Find-Me Follow-Me will
occur only between this setting and the End Hour setting.
Two digit number using 24 hour clock.
Default = 0 (no setting

47-21-03

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me End Hour

Use this option to set the hour when Find-Me Follow-Me will end. Find-Me Follow-Me will
occur only between this the Start Hour and this setting.
Two digit number using 24 hour clock.
Default = 0 (no setting

47-21-04

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me Destination Phone Number

Use this option to set the telephone number that Find Me Follow Me will dial. Enter the number
exactly as you want the system to dial it (including a leading 1 for toll calls, if required), but do
not include a line access code (such as 9). If the number you enter is an extension number, it

InMail System Guide

2-117

Issue 1.0

will be an Intercom call. Otherwise, it will be an outside call. (The system decides by referring
to its numbering plan.)
Up to 16 digit number.
Default = Blank

47-21-05

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Sunday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Sunday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-06

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Monday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Monday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-07

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Tuesday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Tuesday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-08

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Wednesday

For the selected entry (1~5), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Wednesday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-09

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Thursday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Thursday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled

2-118

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-10

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Friday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on Friday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-21-11

Station Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Saturday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Saturday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-01

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Enable/Disable Find Me Follow Destination

Use this option to enable or disable a Find-Me Follow-Me destination. If enabled, Find-Me
Follow-Me will occur according to the settings for Start Hour, End Hour, and Find-Me FollowMe Phone Number. If disabled, Find-Me Follow-Me will not occur.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

47-23-02

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me Begin Hour

Use this option to set the hour when Find-Me Follow-Me will start. Find-Me Follow-Me will
occur only between this setting and the End Hour setting.
Two digit number using 24 hour clock.
Default = 0 (no setting)

47-23-03

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me End Hour

Use this option to set the hour when Find-Me Follow-Me will end. Find-Me Follow-Me will
occur only between this setting and the Start Hour setting.
Two digit number using 24 hour clock.
Default = 0 (no setting)

47-23-04

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Find-Me Follow-Me Destination Phone Number

Use this option to set the telephone number that Find Me Follow Me will dial. Enter the number
exactly as you want the system to dial it (including a leading 1 for toll calls, if required), but do
not include a line access code (such as 9). If the number you enter is an extension number, it
will be an Intercom call. Otherwise, it will be an outside call. (The system decides by referring
its numbering plan.
Up to 16 digit number.

InMail System Guide

2-119

Issue 1.0

Default = Blank

47-23-05

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Sunday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Sunday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-06

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Monday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Monday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-07

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Tuesday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Tuesday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-08

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Wednesday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Wednesday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-09

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Thursday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Thursday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

2-120

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-23-10

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Friday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on Friday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

47-23-11

Group Mailbox Find Me Follow Me Options Day of Week Saturday

For the selected entry (1~3), use this option to enable or disable Find Me Follow Me on
Saturday.
There are three separately-programmed Find Me Follow Me entries for each Subscriber
Mailbox.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 1

Operation
Setting Up Find Me Follow Me
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
OP (67)

Access the Mailbox Options menu.

[Setup]
Access the Call Handling Options Menu.
CH (26)
[CallH]
Access the Find Me Follow Me Options Menu.
(1)
[FMFM]
InMail states your Find Me Follow Me status:
On or Off
O (6)
Turn Find Me Follow Me on or off.
[On]
[Off]
D (3)
Change your Find Me Follow Me destinations.
[Dest]
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
(1)
Enter the destination number to change.
(2)
[Dest1]
(3)
[Dest2]
[Dest3]
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
The system will provide the status of the destination selected.
E (3)
Enable selected destination.
[Enbl]
D (3)
Disable selected destination.
[Disbl]

InMail System Guide

2-121

Issue 1.0

Setting Up Find Me Follow Me (Continued)

C (2)

2-122

Change selected destination.

[Chnge]
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
Enter the hour you want Find Me Follow Me to begin for the selected
destination.
o Enter 2 digits for the hour.
o Press * or [Next] to skip to the next setting.
A (2)
Select AM.
[AM]
Select PM.
P (7)
[PM]
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
Enter the destination phone or extension number, up to 16 digits.
OK
Accept entered number.
Clear
Clear entered number.
Next
Skip to next setting.
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
#
Go back to the Mailbox Options menu.
[Back]
#
Go back to the Main Menu.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Flexible Answering Schedules

Description
The Automated Attendant can answer outside calls with different announcements and dialing options,
depending on the time of day and day of week. For example, a company can set up separate schedules
for weekdays, evenings, weekends, and specific holidays. Each schedule can play a different
announcement to callers, as well as provide them with unique dialing options. Once set up in
programming, the schedule operation is automatic.
The Flexible Answering Schedules are determined by the set up of the InMail Answer Tables. Refer to
Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Programming
1.

Determine which Answer Table answers each trunk.

47-10-01

Answer Table Assignment (Answer Table)

For each trunk, enter the number of the Answer Table that handles that trunks Automated
Attendant calls. Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25.
By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-123

Issue 1.0

Flexible Call Routing

Description
The Automated Attendant provides outside callers with a wide variety of dialing (routing) options, such
as customized announcements. Use Flexible Call Routing to eliminate or minimize the need for an
operator or receptionist to handle outside calls.
There are 3 components to Flexible Call Routing.
Answer Table

Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk according to the
time of day and day of the week.
Routing Mailbox

The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action
Table) and announcement are available to Automated Attendant callers.
Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table, which
in turn provides those dialing options to Automated Attendant callers.

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcement are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Programming
Refer to Automated Attendant on page 2-43 for more on how to set up your Flexible Answering
Schedules.

2-124

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-125

Issue 1.0

Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan

Description
Flexible Mailbox Numbering Plan allows you to customize site extension numbers and be assured that
InMail adapts to the new configuration. When you change a port extension number, you can change the
number of the mailbox assigned to that port to match. There is no need to reprogram all of the options
remain intact.

Related Features

Dial Action Table

Be sure the Dial Action Table actions accommodate the revised telephone system numbering.

Programming
Flexible Numbering Plan Example
1.

Optionally change the number of digits in extension numbers.

11-01-01

System Numbering
Optionally change the number of digits required to reach each range of extensions.
By default, 3-digit extension numbers are 100~199.
By default, 4-digit extension numbers are 3101~3961.

2.

Change the extension number associated with a port.

11-02-01

Extension Numbering
Assign extension numbers to extension ports. The telephone programming identity follows
the port number, not the extension number.
By default, extension-to-port assignments are consecutive starting with 101 (e.g., port
1=extensin 101, port 2=extension 102, etc.).

3.

Change the mailbox number to match the new extension number.

47-02-02

Mailbox Number
Change the mailbox number to match the number of the new extension.
By default, mailbox numbers are consecutively assigned. Mailbox 1=101, mailboxes
2~64=102~164, mailboxes 65~896= no entry)

2-126

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

4.

Modify the Dial Action Tables to accommodate the new numbering.

Optionally modify the active Dial Action Table actions for the new extension numbers
Refer to TRF Action - Screened Transfer (1) (TRF) on page 3-68..
For example, to allow Automated Attendant callers to dial extension 5000, for digit 5:
Change the Action to UTRF (2) or TRF (1).

Change the Data to XXXX.

By default (in the above example), the digit 5 is undefined.

2-Digit Extension Numbering Example

InMail Does Not Support 2-Digit Extension Numbers 10-16
CAUTION

When setting up 2-digit extension numbering in a SV9100 with InMail, do not use
extensions 10~32. Although you can set up this application in 11-01-01 System
Numbering and 11-02-01 Extension Numbering, Subscriber Mailboxes assigned in
47-02-02 Mailbox Number do not function. This is because mailboxes 1~32 are reserved
for Routing Mailboxes and cannot be reassigned.

The following example assigns a 2-digit extension number (26) to station port 6 and enables the
Subscriber Mailbox for extension 26. It also changes the * and # digits in the active Dial Action Table to
allow Quick Message and Remote Logon to the new 2-digit extension.
1.

Enable 2-digit extension numbers 20~29.

11-01-01

System Numbering
In 11-01-01 Digit for the digit 2x, enter 2.
In 11-01-01 Type for the digit 2x, enter 2.
By default, the digit 1 is set up as a 3-digit extension number (100~199).

2.

Change the extension number for port 6 to 26.

11-02-01

Extension Numbering
For extension port 6, enter 26.
By default, extension port 6 is assigned to extension 106.

3.

Change the mailbox number to match the new extension number.

47-02-02

Mailbox Number
For mailbox 6, assign mailbox number 26.
By default, mailbox 6 is assigned to mailbox number 106.

InMail System Guide

2-127

Issue 1.0

4.

Modify the Dial Action Tables to accommodate the new numbering.

Refer to TRF Action - Screened Transfer (1) (TRF) on page 3-68.

Make key 1 (digit 1) Action = UTRF (2) and Data = XX.

Make key 11 (*) Action = REC1 (3) and Data = XX.
Make key 12 (#) Action = LOGON (5) and Data = IXX.
By default:
Key 1 is UTRF to XXX.
Key 11 is REC1 to IXXX.
Key 12 is LOGON to IXXX.

Operation
Not applicable

2-128

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Forced Unscreened Transfer

Description
A Subscriber can optionally convert Automated Attendant Screened Transfers to Unscreened Transfers
by enabling this option in the Mailbox user interface.

Calls from the Automated Attendant ring like other transferred calls and display the incoming Caller
ID data (if provided by telco and enabled in programming) as the call is ringing.

As with Screened Transfers, unanswered calls route to the subscribers greeting (recorded or
default) so the caller can leave a message. However, with Unscreened Transfer the caller cannot
dial 2 to reach the Next Call Routing Mailbox options (if programmed).

Related Features

Dial Action Table

If enabled in the Subscriber Mailbox, InMail automatically converts any Screened Transfers (TRFs) to the
subscribers extension to Unscreened Transfers (UTRFs).

Screened Transfer
After the Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail calls (screens) the destination extension to
see if the transfer can go through.

Unscreened Transfer
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail immediately transfers the call to the
extension and hangs up.

Programming
1.

Enable Forced Unscreened Transfer for the Subscriber Mailbox.

47-02-10

Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF)

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable this option to automatically convert Automated Attendant
Screened Transfers to Unscreened Transfers.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-129

Issue 1.0

Getting Recorded Help

Description
If a Subscriber Mailbox user dials an incorrect code or forgets what to dial while in their mailbox, they
can request help from the InMail voice prompts. Recorded Help provides the user with a built-in,
interactive users guide. To get recorded help, the user dials 0.

Related Features
None

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Getting Recorded Help
Log On to your mailbox

2-130

Get recorded help.

Recorded help is always available from the Main Menu.
Recorded help may not be available at all levels.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Go To A Mailbox
Description
An Automated Attendant caller can dial a digit to route to a Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox. This
is called the Go To (GOTO) action. The GOTO action can route directly to a specific Call Routing or
Announcement Mailbox, or allow the Automated Attendant caller to go to a mailbox of their own
choosing. Use the GOTO action to set up a tree of Automated Attendant options.
The block diagram below shows how the Automated Attendant can provide the caller with a tree of
dialing options. Dialing 1 (GOTO 9) routes to Announcement Mailbox 9, which plays the company
directions. Dialing 2 (GOTO 2) routes to Call Routing Mailbox 2, which is set up to give the caller singledigit dialing to Tech Service technicians.

The Announcement Message for Announcement Mailbox 9 tells the caller how to locate the
company.

The Instruction Menu for Call Routing Mailbox 2 instructs the caller which digits to dial for each
technician. The Dial Action Table for Call Routing Mailbox 2 contains the TRF or UTRF actions to
each technicians extension.

Automated Attendant
1

GOTO 9

Company
Directions

Announcement Mailbox 9

2
GOTO 2

Call Routing Mailbox 1

Tech Service
Technicians

Call Routing Mailbox 2

The GOTO action can also log on to a Subscriber Mailbox, although the LOGON action is normally
reserved for this function.

InMail System Guide

2-131

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Dial Action Table

The GOTO action is a Dial Action Table option.

Instruction Menu
Be sure the Instruction Menu for the active Call Routing Mailbox describes how to use the GOTO action.

Programming
1.

Assign a GOTO action to the active Dial Action Table.

47-13-01

Dial Action Table Actions: GOTO Action Go to Mailbox (7) (GOTO)

To have Automated Attendant callers dial a single digit to go to a Call Routing or
Announcement Mailbox, enter the mailbox number in the corresponding Number option.

For example, to have key 1 go to Call Routing Mailbox 2, for key 1 enter GOTO for the
Action and 2 for the corresponding Number.
To have InMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Call Routing or
Announcement Mailbox to go to, enter XXX in the corresponding Number option.
The key you choose must represent the first digit in the mailbox numbers.

For example, to allow callers to go to mailboxes 1~16, for key 0 enter GOTO for the
Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.
To log into any valid Call Routing or Subscriber Mailbox, enter IXXX in the
corresponding Number option.

For example, to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox
number to go to, for key 1 enter GOTO for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding
Number.

By default, there are no GOTO actions assigned.

Operation
Using the Automated Attendant GOTO Action
For the outside caller:
After Automated Attendant answers, the voice prompts will instruct you on which digits to dial.

2-132

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Greeting
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for his mailbox. After the greeting is
recorded, callers hear a prerecorded personalized greeting rather than a default message.
The recorded message can include the following:

Subscriber name

Personal message (such as Hello - I am on vacation this week)

Instructions on leaving a message or using other mailbox options

Next Call Routing Mailbox options, if available

While listening to a mailbox greeting, a caller can dial * to immediately skip the message.
Remote Greetings
A Subscriber Mailbox user can call into the Automated Attendant, access their mailbox, and remotely
record their mailbox greeting.
Following are two of the ways a user can do this:

After the Automated Attendant answers, dial a digit (typically #) followed by their mailbox number.
This method allows outside callers to log into their Subscriber Mailboxes from outside the
company. After logging on to their mailbox, the user can dial G to record a greeting.

If an extension has a Direct Inward Line that is forwarded to voice mail, the caller can dial # and log
on to their mailbox (instead of leaving a message). After they log on to their mailbox, the user can
dial G to record a greeting. This option must be set up in the Next Call Routing Mailbox. To allow
this ability, for example:

Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox # digit as LOGON to IXXX.

While listening to their greeting, the subscriber can dial:

# (to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox), then
# and their mailbox number to log on to their mailbox.

By default, this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1. Additionally, the subscriber should enable a
Security Code for their mailbox to prevent unauthorized logons.

Multiple Greetings
In systems with Multiple Greetings, the mailbox subscriber can record up to three separate greetings
and make any one of the three active. When a caller leaves a message in the subscribers mailbox, they
hear the active greeting. This allows the subscriber, for example, to record separate greetings for work
hours, after work, and during vacation. Instead of revising the recording when they leave the office, they
can activate the after work greeting instead.

InMail System Guide

2-133

Issue 1.0

If an active greeting is not recorded, a caller hears, At the tone, you can leave your message for
(extension number or name).

Related Features

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail sends Automated Attendant calls directly to a subscribers mailbox.
Their phone does not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant.

Dial Action Table

The active Dial Action Table must have a LOGON action assigned to a key to enable Remote Greeting.

Log On to Voice Mail

A Subscriber Mailbox user can record their greeting after remotely logging on to InMail.

Security Code
To prevent unauthorized tampering, the subscriber should enable a Security Code for their mailbox.

System Administrator
With Multiple Greetings, the System Administrators Subscriber Maintenance EG (34) option
simultaneously erases all recorded greetings in a Subscriber Mailbox. Additionally, the active greeting is
reset to 1.

Programming
1.

Set the maximum length of Subscribe Mailbox greetings.

47-01-03

Incoming Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

Set the maximum length of Subscriber Mailbox incoming message. (1-4095 seconds).
This option also sets the maximum length of recorded messages for the following:

Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message.

Extension users leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Outside Automated Attendant callers accessing a mailbox via a GOTO command and
then dialing RS to record and send a message.

Announcement Messages.

Call Routing Mailbox Instruction Menus.

By default, Subscriber Mailbox greetings are 120 seconds long maximum.

47-01-04

Outgoing Message Length

Set the maximum length of Subscriber Mailbox greetings. (1-4095 seconds)
Default value is 120 seconds.

2.

Enable Remote Greeting by programming a LOGON action in the active Dial Action Table.

2-134

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-13

InMail Dial Action Tables

To log directly into a specific Subscriber Mailbox, enter the mailbox number in the
corresponding Number option.

For example, to have key 4 log directly into Subscriber Mailbox 305, for key 4 enter
LOGON for the Action and 305 for the corresponding Number.
To have InMail request Automated Attendant callers to select a Subscriber Mailbox
to log on to, enter N in the corresponding Number option. The key you choose must
represent the first digit in the Subscriber Mailbox numbers.

For example, to have the Automated Attendant request callers to enter the number of
the Subscriber Mailbox into which they wish to log, for key 3 enter LOGON for the
Action and N for the corresponding Number. When callers dial 3, they hear, Please
enter your mailbox number.
To have InMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Subscriber Mailbox to
log on to (without playing an announcement), enter XXX in the corresponding
Number option. The key you choose must represent the first digit in the Subscriber
Mailbox numbers.

For example, to allow callers to log on to mailboxes 101~199, for key 3 enter LOGON
for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.
To log into any valid Subscriber Mailbox, enter IXXX in the corresponding Number
option.

For example, to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Subscriber Mailbox number to log on,
for key 1 enter LOGON for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Number.

By default, key # Action = LOGON and Number = IXXX.

Operation
Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up Auto Attendant
Direct to Voice Mail
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
G (4)

Access the Mailbox Greeting options.

[Greet]
InMail does the following:
Plays a summary of your current settings.
Displays the status of your active Greeting (1-3).
[Greeting N: Recorded], or
[Greeting N: Not Rec]

Shows the Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail status.

[Auto-attendant Dnd: Off], or
[Auto-attendant Dnd: On]
Provides softkeys for each of the 3 greetings.
[Gr1]
[Gr2]
[Gr3]

Select a Greeting (which also makes it active).

(1)[Gr1]
(2)[Gr2]
(3)[Gr3]

InMail System Guide

2-135

Issue 1.0

Recording a Multiple Greeting and Setting Up Auto Attendant

Direct to Voice Mail (Continued)
L (5)

Listen to the active greeting (if recorded).

[Lstn]

R (7)

Record a new greeting (if not recorded), or rerecord the current

greeting.
[Rec]
Record at the tone, then press # when done. [Done]

Pause or restart recording.

[Resume]
[Pause]

E (3)

Delete the greeting.

[Del]

End the recording.

[Done]

Delete the currently recorded greeting (if any).

[Del]

Go back to the Mailbox Greeting options.

[Back]

Change Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail.

O (6)

2-136

Turn Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail off or on.

[Auto-attendant Dnd: On]
[Auto-attendant Dnd: Off]

Go back to mailbox Main Menu.

[Back]

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Group (Shared) Mailbox

Description
Department/Ring Group Mailbox

Group (Shared) Mailbox

A Group Mailbox is a Department Group Mailbox shared by a group of co-workers. It is normally a
Subscriber Mailbox. If a caller leaves a message at any extension in the group that shares the
mailbox, the system stores the message in the shared Group Mailbox. The voice mail key
Message lamp at all keyset extensions in the group flashes to indicate that there is a new voice
mail message waiting. Any extension user in the group can log onto their mailbox to hear and
process the shared message.
Any extension sharing a Group Mailbox can record and activate the Greeting. The system
automatically uses the most recent Greeting, regardless of which member of the group recorded it.
Group Mailboxes are helpful in both residential installations and larger business workgroups, since
extensions share a common voice mailbox. Messages in the Group Mailbox can be listened to,
forwarded, deleted, and otherwise processed by any member of the group.
Group Mailbox uses Department/Ring Group programming. You can separately set up
Department/Ring Group members to have the same Department/Ring Group Mailbox. Since the
system provides 32 Department/Ring Groups, there are a total of 32 Ring Group Mailboxes
available.
The Department/Ring Group Mailbox can optionally be a Routing Mailbox. Refer to Understanding
Group Mailbox Types on page 2-137.

Mailbox for a Ring Group

A Ring Group Mailbox can also be the mailbox for a stand-alone Ring Group in which the members
do not share the mailbox, but have personal mailboxes instead. The following types of unanswered
calls route to this type of Ring Group Mailbox:

Outside calls transferred to the Ring Group master number.

Automated Attendant transfers (UTRF or STRF) to the Ring Group master number.

Direct Inward Lines to the Ring Group master number.

UCD Group Mailbox

If a UCD Group is set to overflow to voice mail, an unanswered call into the group is picked up by the
UCD Group Mailbox. The UCD Group Mailbox can be a Subscriber Mailbox (to allow the caller to leave
a message) or a Routing Mailbox (to provide additional dialing options or an announcement). Refer to
Understanding Group Mailbox Types.
Understanding Group Mailbox Types

If the Group Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox (1):

InMail System Guide

2-137

Issue 1.0

The Group Mailbox has all the features of any other personal Subscriber Mailbox.

If the Group Mailbox redirects to a Call Routing Mailbox (2):

A co-worker attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears: Your
call cannot go through. Goodbye. InMail then hangs up.

An outside caller attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears
the prerecorded Instruction Menu message and can dial options allowed by the associated Dial Action
Table.

If the Group Mailbox user presses their voice mail key, they are asked to enter their mailbox number.
After entering the number, they hear, That mailbox does not exist.

An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leave a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an

extension assigned to the Group mailbox hears, That mailbox does not exist. They then return to the
Auto-mated Attendant.

If the Group Mailbox redirects to an Announcement Mailbox (2):

A co-worker attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears: Your
call cannot go through. Goodbye. InMail then hangs up.

An outside caller attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears
the prerecorded announcement and can use all other Announcement Mailbox features.

If the Group Mailbox user presses their voice mail key, they are asked to enter their mailbox number.
After entering the number, they hear: That mailbox does not exist.

An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leave a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an

extension assigned to the Group mailbox hears, That mailbox does not exist. They then return to the
Automated Attendant.

If the Group Mailbox redirects to a Directory Dialing Mailbox (2):

A co-worker attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears: Your
call cannot go through. Goodbye. InMail then hangs up.

An outside caller attempting to leave a message at an extension assigned to the Group Mailbox hears
the Directory Dialing message and can use any of the options programmed for the Directory Dialing
Mailbox.

If the Group Mailbox user presses their voice mail key, they are asked to enter their mailbox number.
After entering the number, they hear: That mailbox does not exist.

An Automated Attendant caller attempting to leave a Quick Message or do a Remote Logon at an

extension assigned to the Group mailbox hears, That mailbox does not exist. They then return to the
Automated Attendant.

2-138

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Greeting
Any extension sharing a Department Group Mailbox can record and activate the Greeting. The system
automatically uses the most recent Greeting, regardless of which member of the group recorded it.

Voice Mail Overflow

An unanswered DIL to the Department Group master number can be picked up by the Department Group
Mailbox.

Programming
1.

Assign extensions to the Department Group.

11-07-01

Department Group Pilot Numbers

Assigns pilot numbers for Department Group.
By default, this entry is 0 (no pilot number assigned).

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions

Set up the Department Group called by the pilot number and the extension priority when a
group is called.
By default, all extensions are assigned to Department Group 1.

2.

If co-workers should share this mailbox, enter Group as the mailbox type for each extension in the
Department/Ring Group. This step should be skipped for a stand-alone Ring Group.

47-02-01

Mailbox Type
Use this option to enable or disable the mailbox. An extension mailbox is not accessible
when it is disabled (even though its stored messages and configuration are retained in
memory.) If disabled, a user pressing Message initiates a remote logon and is asked to
enter their mailbox number. A voice prompt then announces: That mailbox does not
exist.
Options are: 0 (None), 1 (Personal), 2 (Group)
By default, station mailboxes 1~64 are set to Personal.

3.

For the Department/Ring Group Mailbox that corresponds to the extensions Department/Ring
Group, assign the mailbox type.
For a Subscriber Mailbox:

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions

Set up the Department Group called by the pilot number and the extension priority when a
group is called.
By default, all extensions are assigned to Department Group 1.

InMail System Guide

2-139

Issue 1.0

11-07

Department Group Master Numbers

Check to verify which Department Group the extension belongs (1~32).
By default, Department Groups do not have master numbers assigned.

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
The Group Mailbox Number is the same as the Department Group master (pilot) number.
Use this option to select the Department Group master (pilot) number associated with the
Group Mailbox you are programming.
By default, Department Group Mailbox Numbers are not assigned.

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Enter 1 to assign the mailbox as a Subscriber Mailbox. Use this option to set the Group
Mailbox type. There are two types of InMail mailboxes: Subscriber (1) and Routing (2).
By default, Group Mailboxes are set as Subscriber Mailboxes.

For a Routing Mailbox:

47-02-01

Mailbox Type
Settings are: 0 (None), 1 (Personal), 2 (Group). Set to 2.
By default, station mailboxes 1~64 are set to Personal.

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions

Set up the Department Group called by the pilot number and the extension priority when a
group is called.
By default, all extensions are assigned to Department Group 1.

11-07-01

Department Group Master Numbers

Check to verify which Department Group the extension belongs (1~64).
By default, Department Groups do not have master numbers assigned.

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
The Group Mailbox Number is the same as the Department Group master (pilot) number.
Use this option to select the Department Group master (pilot) number associated with the
Group Mailbox you are programming.
By default, Department Group Mailbox Numbers are not assigned.

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Enter 1 to assign the mailbox as a Subscriber Mailbox. Use this option to set the Group
Mailbox type. There are two types of InMail mailboxes: Subscriber (1) and Routing (2).
By default, Group Mailboxes are set as Subscriber Mailboxes.

47-07

InMail Routing Mailbox Options

Set the type of Routing Mailbox and select the voice prompt language.
By default, all Routing Mailboxes use US English for the voice prompt language.

2-140

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

4.

47-08

Call Routing Mailbox Options

47-09

Announcement Mailbox Options

Set up the Subscriber Mailbox options for the Department Group Mailbox.
For Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail:

47-06-07

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Enable (Yes) or disable (No) Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail for the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is disabled.

47-06-03

Auto Erase/Save of Messages

Set the auto save option for new messages (1 = Save, 0 = Erase).
By default, this option is set to 1 (Save).

47-06-09

Auto Time Stamp

Enable (Yes) or disable (No) Auto Time Stamp for the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is disabled.

47-06-05

Recording Conversation Beep

Enable (Yes) or disable (No) the Conversation Recording Beep for the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is enabled.

47-06-13

Directory List Number

Specify the Directory List number (1~8, 0 = None, * = All lists) to which the Group Mailbox
belongs.
By default, this option is 0.

47-06-08

Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF)

Enable (Yes) or disable (No) Forced Unscreened Transfer for the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is disabled.

47-06-02

Message Playback Order

Set the Group Mailbox message playback order (1 = LIFO, 0 = FIFO).
By default, this option is set to 0.

47-06-04

Message Retention
Set how long the Subscriber Mailbox will retain saved messages.
By default, this option is 0 (indefinite).

47-06-01

Number of Messages
Set the maximum number of messages (0~99) that can be left in the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is 20.

47-06-06

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Enable (Yes) Message Waiting lamping at the extensions sharing the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is enabled.

InMail System Guide

2-141

Issue 1.0

47-06-11

Dialing Option
Enable (Yes) or disable (No) additional dialing options for Next Call Routing Mailbox calls.
By default, this option is disabled.

47-06-12

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CW Mbox)

Optionally assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox (0~32) to the Group Mailbox.
By default, this option is 1.

47-06-10

System Administrator (System Admin)

Enter 1 (Yes) to optionally designate the Group Mailbox as a System Administrator.
By default, this option is (0) disabled.

Operation
Refer to the following features for operation of the specific Group Mailbox type:

Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242

Directory Dialing on page 2-82

Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256

2-142

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Guest Mailbox
Description
An outside party can have their own Guest Mailbox mailbox for receiving and sending messages. A
Guest Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox that does not have an extension associated with it. It is instead
associated with a virtual extension. A Guest Mailbox has many of the InMail features of a Subscriber
Mailbox. A company visitor with a Guest Mailbox could, for example:

Go to any extension, press Speaker + Dial the InMail master number (e.g., 200), then dial their
mailbox number.

Review their messages, leave messages for associates, or record a new greeting for their mailbox.

Use many other features available to a Subscriber Mailbox.

For a brief overview of the features available at a Guest Mailbox, review the Related Features below.
Then, go to the individual feature to find out how it operates and any programming required to make it
work.

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant GOTO and LOGON actions (assigned to the active Dial Action Table) can route
callers to a Guest Mailbox.

Auto Erase or Save

After a guest listens to a message in their Guest Mailbox, InMail can automatically erase or save the
message.

Greeting
A Guest Mailbox can have a recorded greeting that plays to callers leaving a message.

Listening to Messages
Review this feature to learn which features are available to the guest while listening to messages.

Mailbox Name
A Guest Mailbox can have a recorded name.

Make Call
A Make Call callback to a Guest Mailbox is helpful only if an extension has a Call Coverage key for the
virtual extension associated with the Guest Mailbox. Otherwise, the callback cannot be answered.
A Guest Mailbox user can use Make Call to return a call left in the Guest Mailbox.

InMail System Guide

2-143

Issue 1.0

Main Menu
The Main Menu provides assess to the features available to a Guest Mailbox.

Message Listen Mode

Set the type of messages a guest listens to when they dial L (5) after logging into their Guest Mailbox.

Message Notification
Once activated, Message Notification dials a telephone number to let the user know they have new
messages in the Guest Mailbox.

Message Playback Direction

Set the Guest Mailbox message playback order.

Message Record
Review this feature to learn which features are available to the Guest Mailbox while recording and sending
a message.

Message Storage Limit

Set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the mailbox.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides additional dialing options after a caller leaves a message in a
Guest Mailbox.

Security Code
If enabled, a Guest Mailbox caller must enter a security code before logging on to the mailbox.

Transfer to a Mailbox
To transfer an outside call to a Guest Mailbox, the extension user presses Hold + Message (or the Voice
Mail key) + Dials the Guest Mailbox number + Speaker to hang up.

Programming
1.

Set up a virtual extension for the Guest Mailbox.

11-04-01

Virtual Extension Numbering

Assign an unused extension number to an available virtual station port.
For example, assign extension 400 to virtual station port 1.

2.

Activate an unused mailbox for the virtual extension.

47-02-01

Mailbox Type
Enter 1 to activate a personal mailbox for the virtual station port.
Choose a mailbox that is not likely required for an installed extension (e.g., 128).
By default, all mailboxes 1~64 are set to Personal.

2-144

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

3.

Assign a mailbox number to the mailbox you activated for the virtual extension.

47-02-02

Mailbox Number
The mailbox number you choose should be the same as the virtual extension number
(e.g., 400).
By default, mailboxes 1~64 are assigned to extensions 101~164, mailboxes 65~896 no
entry.

4.

Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256 for additional details on Guest Mailbox setup and
operation.

Operation
Logging On to a Guest Mailbox
To log on to a Guest Mailbox:

1. Press Speaker + Dial the InMail master number (e.g., 200).

2. When InMail answers, dial the Guest Mailbox number.

Logging On to a Guest Mailbox from the Automated Attendant

To log on to a Guest Mailbox from the Automated Attendant:

1. After the Automated Attendant answers, dial # + The Guest Mailbox number.
o This ability may be disabled for the Automated Attendant.
o Your automated attendant may have GOTO or LOGON actions assigned to the Guest Mailbox. Check
with your Communications Manager.

Transferring your call to a Guest Mailbox

To transfer your active call to a coworkers mailbox:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Press Hold.
Press Message.
Dial the Guest Mailbox number.
Press Speaker or Voice Mail key to hang up.
o To transfer a call to a coworkers mailbox from a single line telephone, use the following procedure:
Hookflash + Dial *8 + Dial the coworkers mailbox + Hang up.

InMail System Guide

2-145

Issue 1.0

Hang Up
Description
Hang Up is an Automated Attendant option that immediately hangs up the outside call. When setting up
a Dial Action Table, you may want to use Hang Up for unused actions (rather than the caller hearing the
standard error message). You might also want to use the Hang Up action as the Timeout destination for
callers that wait too long to dial after the Automated Attendant answers.

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Dial Action Table

The Hang Up action is a Dial Action Table option.

Programming
1.

Assign the Hang Up action to an available Dial Action Table key.

47-13-01

InMail Dial Action Table Actions: Hang Up Action (6) (HNGUP)

When the outside caller dials the key programmed with the Hang Up action, the
Automated Attendant immediately hangs up.
By default, the digit 9 is assigned as a Hang Up action.

Operation
Not applicable

2-146

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

InMail Upload Download Audio

Description
The InMail Upload Download Audio feature allows the upload of mailbox greetings up to 1MB in size,
recorded on a PC or professionally, to any valid subscriber mailbox in the system. It also allows users to
listen to, download and/or delete voice mail messages from callers. Access to the InMail compact flash
drive is via the HTML User Pro (Web Pro).
The User Admin (UA Mode) can change Routing Mailbox greetings for the following Routing mailbox
types: Instruction (Call Routing), Announcement and Group.
Audio Prompt Format:
In order for uploaded greetings to properly play on the InMail they must be in the proper format. Audio
files not recorded in the proper format may not playback on the InMail. The proper format is:

Bit Rate: 64kbps

Sampling Size:8 bits

Channel:1 (Mono)

Sampling Rate:8 kHz

Audio Format:CCITT u-law

User Pro Access Options:

There are two different User Pro login types available to make changes. To login, open an Internet
browser and enter the IP of the SV9100 LAN port in the address line. At default the IP Address is
192.168.0.10.
1.

User Admin Mode (UA Mode): This mode allows the user admin to access any telephone and
mailbox in the system. This mode must be used to change VRS and Routing Mailbox greetings. At
default the login ID is USER1 and the password is 1111.

2.

User Mode (UB Mode): This mode allows a user to access only their own telephone and mailbox
when logged in. They will not be able to change any other telephone, mailbox, VRS or Routing
Mailbox. At default the login ID is the Extension Number and the password is 1111.

InMail System Guide

2-147

Issue 1.0

Figure 2-9 User Pro Login IDs shows the page layout diagram for the two different User Pro login IDs:
Figure 2-9 User Pro Login IDs

UA Home Page

Telephone Setting
? Individual Extension?

VM messages
and Greetings
(All mailboxes)

VRS messages

UB Home Page
Feature Setup

One Touch Key

Function Key
Assignment

Virtual
Extension Ring

InMail Station
Options

VM messages
(Own subscriber mailbox)

Message Name Format:

Downloaded messages are automatically assigned a name by the SV9100. This name includes the
mailbox number the message was left in, type of message, the message number, the date and time to
the second the message was left. The table below shows how to interpret the message name to
determine this information.
File name format:

BTNNN_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS.wav
(maximum 32 characters)

Mailbox number (max. 8 digit) or VRS for the VRS message.

Message type
Greeting or VRS message
Recorded message

NNN

Message number (3 digits)

YYYY

Year

MM

Month (01~12)

DD

Day (01~31)

HH

Hour (00~23)

MM

Minute (00~59)

SS

Second (00~59)

2-148

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Conditions

Uploading audio files to any type of Call Routing box and Group mailbox greetings can be
uploaded or deleted using End User Web Pro interface with the UA login.

VRS and InMail messages are recorded in an ADPCM format which may not be easily opened
on the support PC.

It is not possible to upload/download/delete multiple files simultaneously.

The mailbox will be inaccessible from the telephone under these conditions:

Mailbox XXX will not be accessible when opening the telephone setup screen of extension
XXX by UA or UB mode in User Pro.

Mailbox XXX will not be accessible when selecting the extension XXX on the file upload/
download screen of UA mode User Pro.

Mailbox XXX will be inaccessible when logging in the UB mode User Pro for extension XXX.

While uploading an audio file via User Pro the greeting is not accessible by telephone.

When downloading/deleting an audio file via User Pro, the file is not accessible by another User
Pro session or from the telephone.

This feature is only supported using a LAN connection.

When uploading an audio file the extension will be checked whether it is WAV or not however,
the format of the uploaded file will not be checked. If the uploaded file is not in the proper
format it may not playback properly.

When a mailbox has a new message and the message is deleted using the User Pro interface
the MWI of the mailbox will NOT be canceled.

The largest allowed upload file size is approximately 1MB. Files larger than this cannot be
uploaded.

There is no size limitation when downloading audio files.

User Pro does not check the uploaded file for correct naming format (i.e.
BTNNN_YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS.wav). The file name will be automatically changed when the
file is written in the CF.

The actual file name of the messages is not displayed in User Pro. The message number,
modified date and file size are displayed instead. If there is not any message file, will be
displayed and the download/delete icon will not be displayed.

The User Pro message page does not refresh automatically, to see new messages the page
must be refreshed. For instance if a new message is received via regular operation on the
system while a user is viewing the upload/download screen. The new message is not shown
until the page is reloaded by clicking the
icon.

InMail System Guide

2-149

Issue 1.0

At default Microsoft Windows will automatically open and play the downloaded WAV. To make
Open or Save selectable, following settings are required:

Windows XP:
1.

Choose file type from Control Panel Folder Options.

2.

Click on File Types tab.

3.

Select WAV extension from the list, then click Advanced.

4.

Check Confirm to open the file after download, then click OK.

5.

Close the folder option by clicking OK again.

Windows Vista: It is not possible to change the save to folder option. So the downloaded file is
always automatically opened for playback.

Troubleshooting
The table below shows possible Error messages and their causes.
Error Message

Cause

Mailbox XXX does not exist.

(XXX = mailbox number)

The mailbox does not exist.

The mailbox is being used by another session.

When the mailbox is being used by another session,

either PC or phone.

There is no available space in the SD.

When there is no available space in the SD.

The file is being used by another session. Please try

again later.

When the file to be downloaded is being used by

another session, either PC or phone.

The selected file has already been deleted.

When the file selected for download has already been

deleted.

The file is being used by another session. Please try

again later.

When the file selected for deletion is being used by

another session.

The selected file has already been deleted.

When the file selected for deletion has already been

deleted.

Cannot upload the file since the original file is being

used by another session. Please try again later.

When the file to be replaced is being used when trying

to upload the replacement.

Related Features
Note

2-150

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming

90-02-01

Programming Password Setup User Name

Set the system user names. By default each mailbox can be accessed using the extension
number as the user name. The User Administrator login user name of USER1.

90-02-02

Programming Password Setup Password

The default password for the User Administrator and mailbox user login is 1111.

90-02-03

Programming Password Setup User Level

Used to set the Set the system password user levels.

Listening to Voice Mail Messages Using User Admin Mode (UA)

All messages stored on the InMail can be accessed via the Mailbox User Mode for playback, or deletion.
1.

To log in, open an Internet browser and enter the IP of the SV9100 LAN port in the address line. At
default the IP Address is 192.168.0.10.

2.

At the login screen, enter username = USER1 and password = 1111.

InMail System Guide

2-151

Issue 1.0

3.

At the main menu, click on the InMail Audio Up/Down Load icon.

4.

Choose the extension number to be changed, and make sure Audio Data is set to Incoming
Messages.

The message numbers correspond to the same message number when accessed via the telephone. Message 1 is the first message, message 2 is the second message, etc.
5.

To delete a message, click on the red X icon to the right of the appropriate message.

2-152

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

6.

To listen to a message, click on the download icon, which is located to the right of the message you
want to hear.

Depending on the settings of your browser, you may get a security prompt.

Click on the menu and choose to allow the file to download.

Depending on the Windows configuration, you may be prompted again to either Open or Save the
message. If you want to listen to the message, click Open and the default .wav file player will play the
message. If you want to save the message, click on the Save icon and you can browse to the location
you want the message saved on the local PC.

Listening to Voice Mail Messages Using Mailbox User Mode (UB)

1.

To log in, open an Internet browser and enter the IP of the SV9100 LAN port in the address line. At
default the IP Address is 192.168.0.10.

InMail System Guide

2-153

Issue 1.0

2.

At the login screen enter username = The Extension Number and password = 1111.

3.

In the Main Menu, click on the InMail Audio Up/Down Load icon.

2-154

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

4.

The message numbers correspond to the same message number when accessed via the
telephone. Message 1 is the first message, Message 2 is the second message, etc.

5.

To delete a message, click on the red X icon to the right of the appropriate message.

InMail System Guide

2-155

Issue 1.0

6.

To listen to a message, click on the download icon, which is located to the right of the message you
want to hear,

Depending on the settings of your browser, you may get a security prompt.

Click on the menu and choose to allow the file to download.

Depending on the Windows configuration, you may be prompted again to either Open or Save the
message. If you want to listen to the message, click Open and the default .wav file player will play the
message. If you want to save the message, click on the Save icon and you can browse to the location
you want the message saved on the local PC.

Changing Mailbox Greetings using User Admin Mode (UA)

Audio files up to 1MB may be uploaded to the InMail for any mailbox greeting. In order for uploaded
greetings to properly play on the InMail they must be in the proper format. Audio files not recorded in the
proper format may not playback on the InMail. The proper format is:

Bit Rate:

64kbps

Sampling Size:

8 bits

Channel:

1 (Mono)

2-156

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Sampling Rate:

8 kHz

Audio Format:

CCITT u-law

1.

To log in, open an Internet browser and enter the IP of the SV9100 LAN port in the address line. At
default the IP Address is 192.168.0.10.

2.

At the login screen, enter username = USER1 and password = 1111.

InMail System Guide

2-157

Issue 1.0

3.

At the main menu, click on the InMail Audio Up/Down Load icon.

4.

Choose the extension number to be changed, and make sure Audio Data is set to Outgoing
Messages.

The greeting numbers correspond to the same greeting number when accessed via the telephone.
Greeting 1 is GR1, Greeting 2 is GR2 and Greeting 3 is GR3. Greeting 7 is the paging greeting used
with the Park and Page feature.

5.

To delete a greeting, click on the red X icon to the right of the appropriate greeting.

6.

To upload a greeting:

2-158

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Under message number, enter the greeting number you want replaced on the VM.

Browse to find the location on the PC where the greeting file is stored.

Click on the upload icon to the right of the selected file name.

Depending on the file size and LAN connection, it may take several minutes to upload the greeting.

InMail System Guide

2-159

Issue 1.0

The uploaded greeting will appear in the assigned location.

Changing Mailbox Greetings using Mailbox User Mode (UB)

Audio files up to 1MB may be uploaded to the InMail for any mailbox greeting. In order for uploaded
greetings to properly play on the InMail they must be in the proper format. Audio files not recorded in the
proper format may not playback on the InMail. The proper format is:

Bit Rate:

64kbps

Sampling Size:

8 bits

Channel:

1 (Mono)

Sampling Rate:

8 kHz

Audio Format:

CCITT u-law

1.

To log in, open an Internet browser and enter the IP of the SV9100 LAN port in the address line. At
default the IP Address is 192.168.0.10.

2-160

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

2.

At the login screen, enter username = The Extension Number and password = 1111.

InMail System Guide

2-161

Issue 1.0

3.

The main menu will display. Click on the InMail Audio Up/Down Load icon. At the main menu, click
on the InMail Audio Up/Down Load icon.

4.

To delete a greeting:

5.

The greeting numbers correspond to the same greeting number when accessed via the telephone.
Greeting 1 is GR1, Greeting 2 is GR2 and Greeting 3 is GR3. Greeting 7 is the paging greeting used
with the Park and Page feature.

Click on the red X icon to the right of the appropriate greeting.

To upload a greeting:

2-162

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Under message number, enter the greeting number you want replaced on the VM.

Browse to find the location on the PC where the greeting file is stored.

Click on the upload icon to the right of the selected file name.

InMail System Guide

2-163

Issue 1.0

Depending on the file size and LAN connection, it may take several minutes to upload the greeting.

The uploaded greeting will appear in the assigned location.

2-164

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Instruction Menu
Description
The Instruction Menu is the announcement that plays to Automated Attendant callers. Normally, the
Instruction Menu greets callers and provides them with the Automated Attendant dialing options. The
Instruction Menu is associated with the active Call Routing Mailbox. Normally, you should have the
System Administrator customize (rerecord) the Instruction Menu to match the dialing options enabled in
the sites Dial Action Table. If a custom Instruction Menu is not recorded, the Automated Attendant
callers hear: If you are calling from a touch tone phone, please dial the extension number you wish to
reach, or dial 0 for assistance. If you are calling from a rotary dial phone, please stay on the line for
assistance.

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls, and assigns the Call Routing
Mailbox to the call.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
Instruction Menu are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Single Digit Dialing

An Automated Attendant caller can press a single key to route to an extension, route to another destination,
or use an InMail feature.

System Administrator
Only the System Administrator can record the Instruction Menu.

Programming
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-165

Issue 1.0

Operation
Recording an Instruction Menu for a Call Routing Mailbox
Log On to System Administrators mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Instruction Menus.
I (4)
[Instr]
Enter the Call Routing Mailbox number.
L (5)

Listen to the current Instruction Menu (if any).

[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.

R (7)

Record a new Instruction Menu.

[Rec]
Record message.

2-166

Pause or restart recording.

[Resume]
[Pause]
Delete recording.
D (3)
[Del]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
Delete the Instruction Menu.
E (3)
[Del]
#
Go back to the Main Menu.
[Back]
Go back to the System Administrator options.
[Back]

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Language Setting
Description
The Language setting feature allows the telephone display language and the InMail mailbox language to
be changed from the telephone. This can be used to change either the user's phone or another specified
telephones display and InMail language if allowed in system programming. Either a dial access code or
Softkey operation is available. The program that controls the default InMail system voice prompt
language is PRG 40-07-01.

Supported Languages:
01 (US English)

13 (Brazilian Portuguese)

02 (UK English)

14 (Japanese)

03 (Australian English)

15 (Mandarin Chinese)

04 (French Canadian)

16 (Korean)

05 (Dutch)

17 (Iberian Portuguese)

06 (Mexican Spanish)

18 (Greek)

07 (Latin America Spanish)

19 (Danish)

08 (Italian)

20 (Swedish)

09 (German)

21 (Thai)

10 (Madrid Spanish)

22 (Taiwan)

11 (Norwegian)

23 (Flemish)

12 (Parisian French)

24 (Turkish)
25 (Reserved)
26 (Russian)

Conditions

The telephone display language can be changed using dial access codes or softkeys only.

The InMail language can be changed using dial access codes, softkeys only or End User Web
Pro.

The ability to change other extensions language options is allowed on a class of service basis in
PRG 20-13-53.

The system will not allow an InMail language to be selected if that language prompt set has not
been loaded onto the InMail CF. When an invalid language is selected an error tone is heard.

InMail System Guide

2-167

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Group (Shared) Mailbox

Programming

11-11-13

Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) - Display Language Selection for
Keyset
Any valid service code
Default = 678

11-11-68

Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) - IntraMail Language Selection for own
Extension
Any valid service code.
Default = Blank

11-11-69

Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) - IntraMail Language Selection for
Specific Extension
Any valid service code
Default = Blank

20-13-53

Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) - Language Selection for Specific
Extension
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

40-07-01

Voice Prompt Language Assignment for VRS

Specify the default language used for InMail prompts.
1= US English

14 = Japanese

2 = UK English

15 = Mandarin Chinese

3 = AU English

16 = Korean

4 = Canadian French

17 = Iberian Portuguese

5 = Dutch

18 = Greek

6 = Mexican Spanish

19 = Danish

7 = Latin America Spanish

20 = Swedish

8 = Italian

21 = Thai

9 = German

22 = Taiwanese

10 = Madrid Spanish

23= Flemish

11 = Norwegian

24 = Turkish

12= Parisian French

25 = (Reserved)

13 = Brazilian Portuguese

26 = Russian

Default = 1

2-168

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Language Setting Operation

From an Idle Display Phone

Down

Press down arrow

Prog

Press Program Softkey

Down
Press down arrow
Down
Press down arrow again
Lang
Press Language Softkey
Disp
To change telephone display language press Display Softkey
Own
To change your own extension display language press
Own Softkey
Choose
Select desired language, press down arrow to
Lang
advance to next page. Press Softkey for
desired language.
Press Speaker to Exit
Other

To change another extension display language press

Other Softkey
Ext #
Enter the extension number to be changed.
Choose
Lang

VMail

Select desired language, press the

down arrow to advance to the next
page. Press Softkey for desired
language.
Press Speaker to Exit
To change spoken InMail mailbox language, press VMail
Softkey
Own
To change your own spoken mailbox language,
press Own Softkey
Change
Select desired language, press
Lang
down arrow to advance to the next
page. Press Softkey for desired
language
Press Speaker to Exit
Other

InMail System Guide

To change another spoken mailbox language,

press Other Softkey
Ext #
Enter the extension number to be
changed
Choose
Select desired language, press
Lang
down arrow to advance to the next
page. Press Softkey for desired
language
Press Speaker to Exit

2-169

Issue 1.0

Leaving a Message
Description
An extension user or outside caller can leave a voice message in a coworkers mailbox if that extension
is busy, unanswered, or in Do Not Disturb. Leaving a voice message is a handy and efficient way to
communicate with coworkers that avoids post-it notes, message pads, and unnecessary email.
Additional Options While Leaving a Message
The following chart shows the additional dialing options a caller may have while listening to the mailbox
greeting prior to leaving a message. What happens depends on the setting of the Next Call Routing and
Dialing Option options.
Dialing Options While Leaving a Message
47-02-14 Next
Call
Routing Mailbox

47-02-13 Dialing
Option

Digit
Dialed

Undefined

No

0
1~9

1~32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

No

2-170

Yes

Trunk Call

Intercom Call

Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, and the greeting

repeats.

InMail hangs up.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Caller follows 0 action in Next

Call Routing Mailbox.

1~9

1~32 (valid Call

Routing Mailbox)

Action

Caller hears, That is an

invalid entry, and the greeting
repeats.

Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, and the greeting

repeats.

Caller routes to the Next Call

Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Caller follows keys action in

Next Call Routing Mailbox.

Caller hears, That is an

invalid entry, and the greeting
repeats.

Caller routes to the Next Call

Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.

InMail hangs up.

Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

1~9

InMail hangs up.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides callers with additional dialing options after they leave a message in
a mailbox (depending on the setting of the Dialing Option option).

Quick Message
Quick Message allows Automated Attendant callers to leave a message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Leaving a Message for a Coworker
To leave a message in the mailbox of an unanswered extension:

1. Press Message.
2. Leave message and hang up.
OR
Leave message and dial #.
Dialing # sends the message and hangs up.

Leaving a Message from Outside the Company

To leave a message in a mailbox:

1. Leave message and hang up.

-ORLeave message and dial #.
Dialing # may provide you with additional dialing options. This depends on how the called mailboxs Next Call
Routing Mailbox is set up.

To leave a message in an extension mailbox, you can be:

Transferred to an extension mailbox by another user.

Automatically routed to a mailbox when the called party does not answer or is unavailable.
Sent to the mailbox from the Automated Attendant after dialing * plus the called partys mailbox number.
Routed from the Automated Attendant after dialing a uniquely programmed digit set up to send you to an extensions
mailbox.

InMail System Guide

2-171

Issue 1.0

Listening to Messages
Description
While or after listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user has many message handling options
from which to choose. The listening options let you quickly and efficiently manage your voice mail
messages, respond to the message sender, or forward the message to a coworker for additional
handling. The following table shows these options.
Message Listen Options
Option

Description

RE (73)

Record a reply.
Refer to Message Reply on page 2-214.

MF (63)

Forward the message to another mailbox.

Refer to Message Forward on page 2-199.

MC (62)

Make a call to the message sender.

Refer to Make Call on page 2-193.

[Reply]
[Redir]
[Call]

TI (84)

Hear the time and date the message was sent.

Refer to Time and Date on page 2-264.

SA (72)

Enter the System Administration menu if allowed.

E (3)

Delete the message.

Refer to Message Delete on page 2-198 for more information.

L (5)
[Next]

Listen to the next message.

B (2)

Back up a few seconds.

[Del]

BB (22)

Back up to the beginning of the message.

[Rpt]

G (4)

Go ahead a few seconds.

Pause/resume recording.

1N (16)
[Not applicable]

Select New Message List

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

1S (17)
[Not applicable]

Select Saved Message List

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

1A (12)
[Not applicable]

Select All Message List

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

#
[Back]
X (9)

Exit the listen mode.

Exit your mailbox.

Dial 0 while listening to hear the list of options.

Conditions

2-172

Auto Play options must be changed from Web Pro, PC Pro or system programming for group
subscriber mailboxes.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Auto Play options can only be changed from User Pro, Web Pro, PC Pro or system
programming for station subscriber mailboxes.

Notes:
If a subscribers mailbox is set to Auto Save messages, InMail archives partially listened-to
messages but does not relamp the keyset for those messages. For example:

A subscriber with new messages calls his mailbox.

The subscriber presses L to listen to a portion of each message and then exits his mailbox.

InMail archives all the messages and turns off the message waiting lamp.

If you hang up before listening to the complete new message, InMail automatically retains the
message as a new message.
Telephone Display while Listening to a Message
While listening to a message, your telephone display shows you important information about the
message. This includes:

The callers telephone number (if available).

The selected Message List.

The message number in the selected list.

The date and time the message was left.

Keyset Display
Callers phone number
(requires Caller ID)

Date message was left

Currently selected
Message List

Message number (in

selected Message List)

Time message was left

Related Features

Auto Erase or Save

When a mailbox user completely listens to a new message and then exits their mailbox, InMail either
automatically archives or deletes the message.

Message Record
While recording a message, an Subscriber Mailbox user has many recording options from which to choose.

InMail System Guide

2-173

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Set the Message Backup/Go Ahead Time.

47-01-05

Message Backup/Go Ahead Time (Msg Bkup/Adv Time)

This interval sets how far InMail backs up (1~60 seconds) when a mailbox user dials B
while recording or listening to their messages.
This interval also sets how far InMail jumps ahead (1~60 seconds) when a user dials G
while listening to messages.
By default, this interval is 5 seconds.

47-02-26

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Auto Play

Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message auto play option. When a
subscriber logs into their mailbox, InMail can automatically play new messages, or not.
By default, this setting is disabled.

Operation
Listening to Messages
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox

L (5)
0

Access the Message Listen mode

[Lstn]
Refer to Message Listen Options on page 2-172 for an explanation of the available options.
Plays Help message

Setting Message as New

Wait until message plays back completely, then dial 66 or press:

[More]
[More]
[More]
66 [New]

Setting Message Playback Order

Log onto Subscriber Mailbox

67 [More]
[Setup]
[More]
1 [Order]
6 or press [FiFo / LiFo]

2-174

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Live Monitor
Description
Live Monitor lets Voice Mail screen their calls, just like their answering machine at home. If activated, the
extensions incoming calls route to the users subscriber mailbox. The Live Monitor feature is supported
for External and Internal calls. Once the mailbox answers, the user hears the callers incoming message.
The multiline terminal user can then:

Let the call go through to their mailbox.

Intercept the call before it goes to their mailbox.

Related Features

Subscriber Mailbox
Subscriber Mailbox users can take advantage of Live Monitoring.

Programming
Assign a Live Monitor Key to the extension.

15-07-01

Programmable Function Keys

Assign a programmable key as a Live Monitor Key (code 91).
By default, no Live Monitor Keys are assigned.
- OR -

20-13-44

1.

Press Speaker.

2.

Dial 751.

3.

Press key to program.

4.

Dial 91.

5.

Press speaker.

Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Live Monitoring Enabling

Turn Off or On an extension ability of Live Monitoring
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = COS 1~15 = 1

InMail System Guide

2-175

Issue 1.0

Operation
Live Monitor
To enable Live Monitor:
1. While phone is idle, press Live Monitor One-Touch key.
2. The One-Touch key begins to flash.
To disable Live Monitor:
1. While phone is idle, press Live Monitor One-Touch key.
2. The One-Touch key stops flashing.
To use this feature:
If enabled, when callers start leaving a message the phone display will show ANSW, SCRN and Exit softkeys, you can
then:
Press SCRN to monitor the caller as they leave a message. While monitoring a caller you can press ANSW and lift
the handset to take the call or EXIT to stop monitoring.
Press EXIT to not monitor the caller as they leave a message.
Press ANSW then lift the handset to take the call. Any message that the caller has left up to that point will be a new
message.

2-176

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Live Record
Description
Live Record allows a subscriber to record their active call as a new message in their mailbox, which they
can review later on. Live Record can be helpful when an extension user is on a call that involves a lot of
detail (such as a technical discussion or extensive directions). Rather than taking notes as the call
progresses, the user can record the conversation and carefully review it later on. InMail broadcasts a
beep and a voice prompt to the callers as Live Record begins. After calling their mailbox, the subscriber
can archive, edit, or delete the recorded conversation.

CAUTION

The use of monitoring, recording, or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve, or record
telephone conversations or other sound activities, whether or not contemporaneous with
transmission, may be illegal in certain circumstances under federal or state laws. Legal advice
should be sought prior to implementing any practice that monitors or records any telephone
conversation. Some federal and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to a
telephone conversation, such as using a beep tone or other notification methods or requiring
the consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to monitoring or recording the
telephone conversation. Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.

Related Features

Subscriber Mailbox
Live Record is available only to subscriber extensions.

Conditions

Once Live Record is started, dialed DTMF digits are no longer sent to the outside system for the
duration of that call.

Programming
1.

Assign a Voice Mail Record Key to the extension.

15-07-01

Programmable Function Keys

Assign a programmable key as a Voice Mail Record Key (code 78).
By default, no Voice Mail Record Keys are assigned.
Optionally assign a Live Record One-Touch key.

To assign the key: Speaker + Dial 751 + Press key + Dial 78 + Speaker.

To use the key: While on a call press the One-Touch key.

By default, no Live Record One-Touch keys are assigned.

InMail System Guide

2-177

Issue 1.0

2.

Enable or disable the Live Record beep.

47-02-07

Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep)

Enable (1) the Live Record beep.
By default, the beep is enabled (1).

45-01-06

Record tone Alert Tone Interval

Optionally set the repeat interval (0~64800 seconds) for the additional Live Record beep
provided by the telephone system. Entering 0 disables the additional beep.
By default, the additional beep interval is 30 seconds (30).

3.

Set the maximum length of recorded conversations.

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

The length of a recorded conversation is 10 times this interval.
The range for this option is 1~4095 seconds.
Since the Live Record time cannot exceed 4095 seconds, any setting in this option larger
than 409 has no effect on the length of recorded conversations.
By default, this option is 120 seconds. This means the default length of recorded
conversations is 1200 seconds (20 minutes).

Operation
Live Record
To record your active call in your mailbox:
1. Press your Voice Mail Record key.
o You hear 2 beeps and your Voice Mail Record key flashes.
o The beeps periodically repeat to remind you that you are recording.
o You and your caller hear the voice prompt recording.
Only one party on a call can use Live Record at any time. This includes Intercom calls and Conference calls.

To turn live record off:

1. Press your Voice Mail Record key.
o Recording stops.
o No options are available while recording (such as pause, resume, and exit).

2-178

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Log On to Voice Mail

Description
A subscriber can log on to their mailbox using a method that best suits their needs and location. While at
their own phone, the subscriber just presses a single key to log on to their mailbox. To use their mailbox
while at a co-workers phone, the subscriber dials the InMail master number, followed by their mailbox
number (which is normally the same as their extension number). If they are away from the office, the
subscriber can still use their mailbox by calling in through the Automated Attendant.
Local (On-site) Logon
An extension user can log on to their mailbox in the following ways:

Press their Message key to log on to their Subscriber Mailbox.

Dial the InMail master number (e.g., 200), followed by their mailbox number. This method is
typically used by Guest Mailbox users, as well as subscribers attempting to log into their
Subscriber Mailbox from a coworkers phone.

Remote Log On
A Subscriber Mailbox user can call into the Automated Attendant and log on to their mailbox. Following
are two of the ways a user can do this:

After the Automated Attendant answers, dial a digit (typically #) followed by their mailbox number.
This method allows outside callers to log into their mailboxes from outside the company. After they
log on to their mailbox, they can use the allowed features in the mailbox main menu.
To avoid unauthorized access to their mailbox, the user can enable his own unique
Security Code.

TIP

If an extension has a Direct Inward Line that voice mail picks up, the caller can dial # during their
greeting to log on to their mailbox (instead of leaving a message). This method allows subscribers
to dial their own number and then use the features of their mailbox. This ability must be set up in
the user Next Call Routing Mailbox.
For example:

Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox # digit as LOGON to IXXX.

While listening to their greeting, the subscriber can dial:

# (to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox), then

# and their mailbox number to log on to their mailbox.

TIP

By default, this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1. Additionally, the subscriber
should enable a Security Code for their mailbox to prevent unauthorized logons

InMail System Guide

2-179

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant allows Subscriber Mailbox users to log into their mailboxes.

Greeting
After remotely logging on to their mailbox, a subscriber mailbox user can remotely record their greeting.

Guest Mailbox
A guest can log on to their mailbox by dialing the InMail master number followed by the Guest Mailbox
number.

Security Code
To avoid unauthorized access to their mailbox (particularly with Remote Log On), the user should enable
their own unique Security Code.

Subscriber Mailbox
A subscriber can log into their mailbox by pressing a key on their telephone, dialing the InMail master
number (followed by their mailbox number), or logging on through the Automated Attendant.

Programming
1.

Log on to a mailbox through the Automated Attendant:

47-13-01

Dial Action Table Actions: LOGON Action Log On to Voice Mail (5) (LOGON)
To log directly into a specific Subscriber Mailbox, enter the mailbox number in the
corresponding Number option.

For example, to have key 4 log directly into Subscriber Mailbox 305, for key 4 enter
LOGON for the Action and 305 for the corresponding Number.
To have InMail request Automated Attendant callers to select a Subscriber Mailbox
to log into, enter N in the corresponding Number option. The key you choose must
represent the first digit in the Subscriber Mailbox number.

For example, to have the Automated Attendant request callers to enter the number of
the Subscriber Mailbox into which they wish to log, for key 3 enter LOGON for the
Action and N for the corresponding Number. When callers dial 3, they hear, Please
enter your mailbox number.
To have InMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Subscriber Mailbox to
log into (without playing an announcement), enter XXX in the corresponding
Number option. The key you choose must represent the first digit in the Subscriber
Mailbox numbers.

For example, to allow callers to log on to mailboxes 101~199, for key 3 enter LOGON
for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

To enter an X, press LK2.

To log into any valid Subscriber Mailbox, enter IXXX in the corresponding Number
option.

2-180

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

For example, to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Subscriber Mailbox number to log on,
for key 1 enter LOGON for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Number.

To enter an I, press LK3.To enter an X, press LK2.

Refer to Automated Attendant on page 2-43 for more on how to set up InMail to answer
outside calls.
By default, key # Action = LOGON and Number = None.

Operation
Logging On to Your Mailbox
To log on to your Subscriber Mailbox:
Press Message.
-ORPress Voice mail key (PGM 15-07 or SC 751: 01 + Pilot e.g. 200).
-ORFrom an on-premise single line telephone, lift handset and dial *8.
To log on to your Guest Mailbox or your Subscriber Mailbox from a coworkers extension:
Press the Speaker key + Dial the InMail master number (e.g., 200) + Dial your mailbox number.

To log on to your Subscriber Mailbox from the Automated Attendant:

1. Wait for the Automated Attendant to answer.
2. Dial # and your mailbox number.
This option may be different in your system. Check with your Communications Manager.

InMail System Guide

2-181

Issue 1.0

Mailbox Announcement Message

Description
The Mailbox Announcement Message is a message, recorded by the System Administrator, that plays to
each subscriber when they log onto their mailbox. The message will play at each log on until it expires, is
deleted, or made inactive by the System Administrator. Similar to the Broadcast Message, the Mailbox
Announcement Message is also used for important company announcements such as weather-related
schedule changes and personnel updates. Unlike the Broadcast Message, the Mailbox Announcement
Message cannot be deleted, forwarded, or archived by the subscriber.
After recording the Mailbox Announcement Message, the System Administrator can choose how long
they want the announcement to last. The choices are a specific number of days or indefinite. Once the
specific number of days passes, the message expires (i.e., is made inactive but not deleted). The
message can be reactivated later on if required. The System Administrator can also make the message
inactive before it expires.
If a subscriber has a Security Code enabled for their mailbox, the Mailbox Announcement Message will
play after they enter their security code.

Related Features

Security Code
The Mailbox Announcement Message will play after the subscriber enters their security code.

System Administrator
Only the System Administrator can record and set up a Mailbox Announcement Message.

Programming
Not applicable

2-182

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Recording a Mailbox Announcement Message
To record a Mailbox Announcement Message:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Log onto System Administrators Mailbox.

[System Admin]
Select the System Administrator Menu.
Alternately dial SA (72).
[Mgr]
[MboxAn]
Select to go to the Mailbox Announcement Message Menu.
Alternately dial 3.
Do one of the following:
a.
[Lstn]
Select to listen to the current Mailbox Announcement Message (if any).
Alternately dial L (5).
Exit the listen mode.
#
b.

[Rec]

Select to record the Mailbox Announcement Message.

Alternately dial R (7).
[Cncl]
Select to delete the recording.

Alternately dial E (3).

[Done]
Select to confirm the recording and exit the recording mode.
Alternately dial #.
If you dont set the Days in step c below, the message is
automatically set to active (i.e., indefinite).
Enter the number of days the Mailbox Announcement Message will be
active (01~99, 00 for inactive).

Alternately dial A (2).

[OK]
Select to confirm your entry.
Alternately dial C (2).
[Clear]
Select to back up to the previous level without
making any changes.
Alternately dial I (4).
[Back]
Select to return to the Mailbox Announcement
Message Menu without making any changes.
Alternately dial #.
[Reset]
Select to make the Mailbox Announcement Message active indefinitely.

c.

[Days]

Alternately dial *.

[OK]

c.

[Del]

d.

[Back]

InMail System Guide

Select to confirm your entry.

Alternately dial C (2).

[Clear]
Select to back up to the previous level without making any
changes.
Alternately dial I (4).
[Back]
Select to return to the Mailbox Announcement Message
Menu without making any changes.
Alternately dial #.
Select to delete the Mailbox Announcement Message.

Alternately dial E (3).

Select to go back to the System Administrator Menu.

Alternately dial #.

2-183

Issue 1.0

Listening to a Mailbox Announcement Message

To listen to a Mailbox Announcement Message:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Log onto Subscriber Mailbox.

Enter your Security Code (if enabled).
You hear the Mailbox Announcement Message.
[Skip]
Optionally select to skip the Mailbox Announcement Message.
When the Mailbox Announcement Message completes, you go to the Mailbox Main Menu.

2-184

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Mailbox Name
Description
A caller leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox can hear the mailboxs prerecorded name instead of
the mailbox number. The prerecorded Mailbox Name gives the subscribers mailbox that personal touch.
Prior to leaving a message, callers hear the name instead of the default extension xxx prompt. The
recorded name can be up to 10 seconds.

Related Features

Subscriber Mailbox
A subscriber can record a name for their mailbox, or have the System Administrator record one for them.

System Administrator
The System Administrator can record names for Subscriber Mailboxes.

Programming
Not applicable

Operation
Recording Your Mailbox Name
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
RN (76)

Access the Mailbox Name Menu.

[RcNam]
L (5)
Listen to the currently recorded name (if any).
[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.
R (7)
Record a new name.
[Rec]
Record message.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
E (3)
Cancel recording.
[Cncl]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
E (3)
Erase the currently recorded name.
[Del]
#
Go back to the Mailbox Main Menu.
[Back]
0
Plays Help message.

InMail System Guide

2-185

Issue 1.0

Recording or Erasing Co-workers Names from a System Administrators Mailbox

Log On to System Administrators Mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Subscriber Mailbox Maintenance options.
S (7)
[Subs]
Enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain.
Delete the mailbox name.
D (3)
[Name]
Record a new mailbox name.
N (6)
[Not applicable]
Listen to currently recorded name (if any).
L (5)
[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.

R (7)

#
0

2-186

Record a new name.

[Rec]
Record message.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
Delete recording.
D (3)
[Del]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
Erase the currently recorded name.
D (3)
[Delete]
Go back to Subscriber Maintenance Menu.
#
[Back]
Go back to System Administrator options.
[Back]

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Mailbox Options Menu

Description
The Mailbox Options Menu is a sub-menu of a subscribers Main Menu that provides access to the Auto
Time Stamp, Mailbox Security Code Delete, and Message Notification features. The chart below
summarizes these options. Auto Time Stamp helps if the subscriber needs to know the time and date of
each message they receive without taking any extra steps. If mailbox security is not an issue, the
subscriber can delete their security code to simplify logging on to their mailbox.
Mailbox Options Menu
Option

Description

S (7)
[Code]

Set or delete the mailboxs Security Code.

Refer to Mailbox Security Code Delete on page 2-189.

N (6)
[Notfy]

Set up Message Notification.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205.

AT (28)
[ATime]

Enable or disable Auto Time Stamp.

Refer to Auto Time Stamp on page 2-41.

To hear the list of Mailbox Options, dial 0.

Related Features

Auto Time Stamp

InMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left.

Mailbox Security Code Delete

The System Administrator can delete the security code for any Subscriber Mailbox.

Message Notification
Message Notification dials a telephone or pager number to let the user know they have new messages in
their mailbox.

Conditions
When migrating an IntraMail CF to a SV9100, the IntraMail mailbox softkeys are replaced with InMail
softkeys. As such, some audio prompts will not match the softkey that is displayed. To match the
audio prompts to the SV9100 softkeys, use the InMail Utility to update the prompt language files.
Greetings and messages stay intact as long as the update prompts option is chosen. For more
information on InMail Utility, Refer to InMail Utility on page 4-1.

InMail System Guide

2-187

Issue 1.0

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Accessing the Mailbox Options Menu
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

OP (67)

Access the Mailbox Options Menu.

[Setup]

2-188

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Mailbox Security Code Delete

Description
The System Administrator can delete the security code for any Subscriber Mailbox. This effectively
unlocks the mailbox. If mailbox security is not necessary, deleting a mailbox security code speeds up
mailbox log on. Without a security code, the subscriber just presses their Message key to immediately
log on to their mailbox.

Related Features

Mailbox Options Menu

Mailbox Security Code Delete is available on the Mailbox Options Menu.

Security Code
Subscriber Mailboxes can have Security Codes.

System Administrator
The System Administrator can delete a mailbox security code.

Conditions
When migrating an IntraMail CF to a SV9100, the IntraMail mailbox softkeys are replaced with InMail
softkeys. As such, some audio prompts will not match the softkey that is displayed. To match the
audio prompts to the SV9100 softkeys, use the InMail Utility to update the prompt language files.
Greetings and messages stay intact as long as the update prompts option is chosen. Refer to InMail
Utility on page 4-1 for InMail Utility information.

Programming
No additional programming required.

InMail System Guide

2-189

Issue 1.0

Operation
Deleting a Mailbox Security Code
Log On to System Administrators Mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Subscriber Mailbox Maintenance options.
S (7)
[Subs]
Enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain.

*7
#
0

2-190

Delete the mailbox Security Code.

[code]
Go to the System Administrator Menu.
[Back]

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Main Menu
Description
After a Subscriber Mailbox user logs into their mailbox, InMail provides them with the Main Menu of
options. The Main Menu provides quick access to the most commonly used mailbox features in a central
location. It includes listening and recording options, as well as additional selections for recording mailbox
names and greetings. The chart below summarizes these options.
Mailbox Main Menu
Option
L (5)
[Lstn]

Listen to messages.
Refer to Listening to Messages on page 2-172.

RS (77)
[LvMsg]

Record and send a message.

Refer to Message Record on page 2-213.

G (4)
[Greet]

Record a mailbox greeting.

Refer to Greeting on page 2-133.

RN (76)
[RcNam]

Record a mailbox name.

Refer to Mailbox Name on page 2-185.

1N (16)
[Not applicable]

Select the New Message List.

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

1S (17)
[Not applicable]

Select the Saved Message List.

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

1A (12)
[Not applicable]

Select the All Message List.

Refer to Message Listen Mode on page 2-203.

OP (67)

Use the Mailbox Options. Refer to the following:

Refer to Security Code on page 2-250.
Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205.
Refer to Auto Time Stamp on page 2-41.

SA (72)

Access the System Administrator options.

Refer to System Administrator on page 2-259.

TI (84)

Check the current time and date.

Refer to Time and Date on page 2-264.

X (9)
[Back]

Exit your mailbox.

Refer to Exiting a Mailbox on page 2-112.

[Setup]

[Mgr]

Description

To hear the complete Main Menu of options, dial 0 while in the Main Menu.

Related Features

Mailbox Main Menu

InMail System Guide

2-191

Issue 1.0

Programming
No additional programming required.

Conditions
When migrating an IntraMail CF to a SV9100, the IntraMail mailbox softkeys are replaced with InMail
softkeys. As such, some audio prompts will not match the softkey that is displayed. To match the
audio prompts to the SV9100 softkeys, use the InMail Utility to update the prompt language files.
Greetings and messages stay intact as long as the update prompts option is chosen. Refer to InMail
Utility on page 4-1 for InMail Utility information.

Operation
Accessing the Mailbox Main Menu
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
You automatically go to the mailbox Main Menu.

Plays Help message which summarizes the Main Menu options.

Refer to Mailbox Main Menu on page 2-191 for the Main Menu options.

2-192

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Make Call
Description
Make Call lets a Subscriber Mailbox user listen to a voice message and dial MC to return the call without
knowing their callers phone number. Make Call automates returning messages since you dont have to
dial the message senders telephone number. Make Call is always available for messages received from
coworkers. Make call is available for messages received from outside callers if the system has Caller ID
enabled (and provided by the connected telco).
While listening to a message, the telephone display shows the callers number (or extension) in addition
to the date and time the message was left.
Automatic Route Selection
Since trunk Caller ID data is always received as 10 digits, you must set up Automatic Route Selection
(ARS) to properly process the digits dialed during a Make Call callout. For example, it may be necessary
to add a leading 1 for all long distance calls or strip the leading 1 and area code from all local calls. Refer
to Automatic Route Selection in the SV9100 Programming Manual for more information. Without ARS,
all Make Call callouts are dialed exactly as the Caller ID data is received.

Related Features

Caller ID
Make Call for outside calls is available only if the telco provides Caller ID to the telephone system and the
telephone system passes that Caller ID data to the InMail voice mail ports.

Message Reply
Message Reply cannot automatically reply to a message left by an outside caller. Use Caller ID with Return
Call instead.

Programming
1.

Be sure the Telco provides Caller ID to the connected telephone system.

2.

Check your telephone system programming to be sure the telephone system is set up to receive
Caller ID and pass it to the InMail voice mail ports.

14-02-10

Analog Trunk Data Setup Caller ID

Enable (1) a trunks ability to receive Caller ID data.
By default, a trunks ability to receive Caller ID data is disabled (0).

InMail System Guide

2-193

Issue 1.0

14-01-22

Basic Trunk Data Setup Caller ID to Voice Mail

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable this option.
By default, this option is disabled.

20-09-02

Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) Caller ID Display

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable the Caller ID display at an extension.
By default, this option is disabled.

20-06-01

Class of Service for Extensions

Assign Class of Service to extensions.
By default, extension 101 has Class 15. All other extensions have Class 1.

3.

Set up Trunk Group Routing.

Make Call callouts use Trunk Group Routing (dial 9) when selecting outbound routes.

47-08-02

Screened Transfer Timeout (Scrn Trf Timeout)

Set how long a Screened Transfer (TRF) from the Automated Attendant rings (0~255
seconds) an unanswered extension before recalling.
Be sure that the 24-02-04 Transfer Recall Time is longer than the setting of this option. If
the Transfer Recall is shorter, Screened Transfers recalls the same as Unscreened
Transfers.
By default, this option is 15 seconds.

14-05-01

Trunk Groups
Assign trunks to trunk groups (1~100).
By default, all trunks are in group 1.

14-06-01

Trunk Group Routing

Set up Trunk Group Routing. There are 100 routing tables, with 4 routes in each table.
By default, the first route in routing table 1 is trunk group 1. No other entries are defined.
This makes trunk group 1 the dial 9 route by default.

4.

Enable Loop Supervision for the trunks on which you are going to allow remote logons to use Make
Call.

14-01-13

Basic Trunk Data Setup Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer

Enter 1 to enable Loop Supervision for each trunk to be used for External Transfer.
By default, this option is enabled for all trunks.

5.

If you are going to allow remote logos to use Make Call, enable Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer for all
InMail extensions.

20-11-14

Class of Service Options (Hold/Transfer Service) Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer

Restriction
For each InMail extension to be used for External Transfer, enter 0 to turn Off Trunk-toTrunk Transfer Restriction. (Entering 1 disables Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer).

20-06-01

Class of Service for Extensions

Assign Class of Service to extensions (1~15).

2-194

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Using Make Call from your Mailbox
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

L (5)

Listen to the message for which you want to make a return call.
[Lstn]
MC (62) Dial this code while listening to the message you want to return.
[Not applicable]
Make Call automatically places a return call to the co-worker that left you the message.
If your system has Caller ID, Make Call can automatically place a return call to your outside
caller.

InMail System Guide

If you hear Your call cannot go through, your systems Caller ID is not properly set up. You
go right back to the listen mode for the message you were listening to when you tried the
Make Call.

2-195

Issue 1.0

Message Count Display

Description
The telephone display provides interactive status updates for the subscribers mailbox. When initially
logged on to the mailbox, the telephone display shows the number of new and archived messages. The
message count automatically updates as the subscriber receives new messages and processes older
messages.
22- and 34-Button Display

If an extension Message key is optionally assigned as a Message Waiting key (refer to Programming on
page 2-197), the telephone display can show the number of new Voice Mail messages without the user
logging on to their mailbox. If the user has 1 new Voice Mail message in their mailbox, for example, they
see the following display:

Enhanced Message Key Operation

When a keyset has 15-02-26 Multiline Telephone Basic Setup: Message Key Operation Mode set to 1,
the Message key provides one-button access to InMail. When the user presses Message, they
immediately call their mailbox.
When a keyset has 15-02-26 Multiline Telephone Basic Setup: Message Key Operation Mode set to 0,
the following occurs:

If a user has new voice mail messages waiting, pressing Message shows the number of waiting
voice mail messages. Pressing Message a second time calls voice mail.

If a user has new Message Waiting indications left, pressing Message shows the extension that left
the Message Waiting. Pressing Message a second time places an Intercom call to the coworker
that left the Message Waiting.

If a user has both new Voice Mail messages and Messages Waiting:

Pressing Message shows the number of new voice mail messages.

Pressing Vol Up and Vol Down scrolls between the voice mail messages count and the Message
Waiting count.

Pressing Message a second time either calls Voice Mail or returns the Message Waiting call, depending
on which count is displayed.

2-196

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features
None

Programming
1.

Optionally assign an extensions MSG key as a Message key.

15-02-26

MSG Key Operation Mode

Enter 0 to optionally assign the Message key as a Message Waiting key.
By default, extensions 101~108 have the Message key assigned for Voice Mail (1). All
other extensions have the Message key assigned for Message Waiting (0).

15-07-01

Programming Function Keys

For one-button access to the Subscriber Mailbox, set up a Voice Mail key (code 01 + *8).
By default, no Voice Mail keys are assigned.

Operation
Using the Message Count Display
Operation is automatic.

InMail System Guide

2-197

Issue 1.0

Message Delete
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any message left in their mailbox. Message Delete lets the
subscriber do their own mailbox maintenance. They can delete messages they no longer need and
archive messages that contain essential information. With Message Delete, the subscriber doesnt have
to rely on the System Administrator to perform these routine mailbox maintenance functions.

Related Features

Erasing All Messages

The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Subscriber Mailbox
A subscriber can log on to their mailbox and delete any of their messages.

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Deleting a Message
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

L (5)

Access Message Listen mode (to listen to the message that you want to delete).
[Lstn]

E (3)

Delete the message.

[Del]
You automatically return to the Message Listen mode.
The message count updates after the user hangs up.

2-198

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Forward
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can forward a message in their mailbox to a coworker or coworkers.
Forwarding is helpful when a subscriber receives a message with which a coworker can assist them.
Rather than sending a new message, the subscriber can just forward the message with which they need
help. If needed, they can send the message to up to 10 other mailboxes. They can also optionally
record a comment before the forwarded message. Typically, the comment would describe the reason for
the message forwarding.
InMail deletes the message in the subscribers mailbox after they forward it. The Message Forward
destination receives the forwarded message as a new message.

Related Features

Call Forward to a Mailbox

An extension user can easily forward calls to their mailbox.

Programming
No additional programming required.

InMail System Guide

2-199

Issue 1.0

Operation
Forwarding a Message
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

L (5)

Access the Message Listen mode (to listen to the message that you want to forward).
[Lstn]
MF (63) Access the Message Forward Menu.
[Redir]
Enter the number of the mailbox to which you want to forward the message.
#
Start recording.
[Cont]
Record a comment that will precede the forwarded message, OR
Dial # to forward without a comment.
While recording a comment for your forwarded message.

2-200

Pause or restart recording.

[Resume]
Cancel the forwarding and exit your mailbox.
E (3)
[Cncl]
#
End the recording.
[Done]
Back
up
and
re-enter the mailbox number.
*
[MBOX]
Go back to the Message Listen mode.
#
[Back]
Exit the Message Listen mode and go to the Mailbox Main Menu.
#
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Length
Description
You can set the maximum message length that can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. When a caller tries to
leave a message that exceeds the limit, they hear, You have reached the recording limit. InMail sends
the portion of the message that fits within the allowed Message Length and hangs up. The Message
Length option helps maximize the storage space reserved for messages. If you find that callers are
leaving unusually long messages, shorten the Message Length. InMail cuts off the message when the
caller reaches the Message Length limit. On the other hand, if you hear that InMail is cutting off callers
messages prematurely, increase the Message Length for more time.

Related Features
None

Programming
1.

Set the maximum length of recorded messages.

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

This option sets the maximum length (1~4095 seconds) of recorded messages for:

Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message.

Extension users leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Outside Automated Attendant callers accessing a mailbox via a GOTO command and
then dialing RS to record and send a message.

Subscriber Mailbox Greetings.

Mailbox Names.

Announcement Messages.

Call Routing Mailbox Instruction Menus.

By default, these messages are a maximum of 120 seconds.

2.

Set the maximum length of recorded Quick Messages.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

This option sets the maximum length (1~4095 seconds) of recorded messages for:

Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick Message in a Subscriber

Mailbox.

Outside callers transferred by an extension user to a Subscriber Mailbox.

By default, these messages are a maximum of 120 seconds.

InMail System Guide

2-201

Issue 1.0

Operation
Not applicable

2-202

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Listen Mode

Description
After logging on to their mailbox, the subscriber can select the category of messages they want to hear.
Then they can listen to just new messages, just archived messages, or all messages. Message Listen
Mode lets the subscriber customize their mailbox to initially play just the list of messages they want to
hear. For example, if a subscriber has many archived messages and just a few new messages, then can
log on to their mailbox and dial 1N to select the new message list. When they press L, they then cycle
through just their new message.
Initially, a Subscriber Mailbox uses the All Message List. If they select a different message list, InMail
reinstates the all Message List the next time they log on to their mailbox.

Related Features

Main Menu
The Message Listen mode options are mailbox Main Menu selections.
When migrating an IntraMail CF to a SV9100, the IntraMail mailbox softkeys are replaced with InMail
softkeys. As such, some audio prompts will not match the softkey that is displayed. To make the audio
prompts match the SV9100 softkeys, the InMail Utility must be used to re-initialize the IntraMail CF turning
it into an InMail. Refer to InMail Utility on page 4-1 for InMail Utility information.

Conditions
When migrating an IntraMail CF to a SV9100, the IntraMail mailbox softkeys are replaced with InMail
softkeys. As such, some audio prompts will not match the softkey that is displayed. To match the audio
prompts to the SV9100 softkeys, use the InMail Utility to update the prompt language files. Greetings and
messages stay intact as long as the update prompts option is chosen. Refer to InMail Utility on page 4-1 for
InMail Utility information.

Programming
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-203

Issue 1.0

Operation
Message Listen Mode
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
[Not applicable]

1N (16)

2-204

Listen to new messages.

[Not applicable]
Listen to archived messages.
1S (17)
[Not applicable]
Listen to all messages.
1A (12)
[Not applicable]
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Notification
Description
Once activated by the Subscriber Mailbox user, Message Notification alerts a telephone number to let
the user know when there are new messages in their mailbox. With Message Notification, a subscriber
who is out of the office does not have keep calling their mailbox remotely to find out if they have new
messages. InMail lets them know automatically. Notification can call extensions, local numbers, long
distance numbers and digital pagers. When a Subscriber Mailbox user sets up Message Notification,
they choose from the following options:

If Message Notification is enabled or disabled.

(Message Notification can only occur if it is enabled.)

The time of day Message Notification should begin and end.

(Callouts only occur between the begin and end times.)

The type of device Message Notification is calling.

(Message Notification can call a normal telephone number or a digital pager.)

The telephone or pager service phone number.

To protect your mailbox from unauthorized access, be sure to record a security code for your mailbox
before enabling Message Notification.
How Message Notification Works to Normal Telephone Numbers
1.

The subscriber activates Message Notification for their mailbox (refer to Operation on page 2-209).

2.

When the subscriber receives a new message, InMail immediately dials the destination that should
receive the Message Notification.

3.

InMail waits up to 30 seconds for ringback, reorder, busy or voice activity from the called number. If
nothing is detected, the callout is considered unanswered.

If the recipient answers, InMail plays the notification message (Hello, I have a message for) and
asks the recipient to dial 1 to log on to their mailbox. The recipient hears the notification message
if:

They say Hello after answering the callout.

- OR -

The system receives answer supervision from the telco after the recipient answers the call.

NOTE

4.

The recipient can skip the announcement by dialing 1 to log on to their mailbox after answering
the callout without saying Hello.

The notification is to a system extension.

After the recipient logs on to the mailbox, the notification is considered acknowledged and does not
reoccur until the subscriber receives new messages.

InMail System Guide

2-205

Issue 1.0

5.

If the recipient doesnt answer, the system retries the callout number. After completing the
programmed number of callout attempts, Message Notification stops.

6.

After the notification process begins, a new message does not restart the process if it is already in
progress. After the process ends (e.g., if the message is acknowledged or the maximum number of
callout attempts is reached), the next new message restarts the process.

How Message Notification Works to Digital Pager Numbers

1.

The subscriber activates Message Notification for their mailbox (refer to Operation on page 2-209).

2.

When subscriber receives a new message, InMail immediately dials the pager service.

3.

InMail waits up to 30 seconds for ringback, reorder, busy or voice activity from the called number. If
nothing is detected, the callout is considered unanswered.

After the pager service answers, InMail sends a dial string which causes the pager display to show
the subscribers mailbox number as well as the number of new messages in the mailbox.

The notification is considered acknowledged if the recipient logs on to the mailbox. Notification does not
reoccur until the subscriber receives new messages.

If the pager service doesnt answer, InMail retries the callout number. Message Notification may
eventually cancel if the callout remains unacknowledged.

Related Features

Security Code
To protect their mailbox from unauthorized access, the subscriber should be sure to record a Security Code
for your mailbox before enabling Message Notification.

Programming
Programming that Applies to All Types of Message Notification
1.

Set up Trunk Group Routing.

Message Notification callouts use Trunk Group Routing (dial 9) when selecting outbound routes.

14-05-01

Trunk Groups
Assign trunks to trunk groups (1~100).
By default, all trunks are in group 1.

14-06-01

Trunk Group Routing

Set up Trunk Group Routing. There are 100 routing tables, with 4 routes in each table.
By default, the first route in routing table 1 is trunk group 1. No other entries are defined.
This makes trunk group 1 the dial 9 route by default.
Refer to Trunk Group Routing in the SV9100 Programming Manual for more information.

2-206

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

2.

Set the maximum number on incomplete callout attempts.

47-01-14

Number of Cascading Attempts (Notify Call Attempt)

Set how many times (1~99 attempts) InMail retries an incomplete Message Notification
callout. This total includes unacknowledged callouts, callouts to a busy destination, and
callouts to an unanswered destination. This option applies to pager and non-pager
callouts.
The default setting for this option is 1 attempt.

3.

Be sure Message Waiting lamp for Subscriber Mailboxes is on.

47-02-08

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Message Waiting lamp.
If Message Waiting lamp is disabled (0), Message Notification will not function.
By default, this option is 1 (Yes).

Unique Programming for Non-Pager Message Notification

1.

Set the intervals InMail waits between incomplete non-pager Message Notification callouts.

47-01-10

Wait Between Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify N-Pgr Intvl)

Set the minimum time (1~255 minutes) between non-pager Message Notification callouts
in which the destination answers, says Hello, dials 1 to acknowledge and then enters the
wrong security code.
The default for this option is 20 minutes.

47-01-11

Wait Between Busy Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify Busy Intvl)

Set how long InMail will wait (1~255 minutes), after it dials a busy non-pager callout
destination, before retrying the callout number.
The default for this option is 15 minutes.

47-01-12

Wait Between RNA Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Intvl)

Set how long InMail will wait (1~255 minutes), after it dials an unanswered non-pager
callout destination, before retrying the callout number. The default setting for this option is
30 minutes.
There are three types of unanswered non-pager callouts:

If the callout rings the destination longer than the 47-01-13 Wait for Answer NonPager Callout Attempts option.

If the destination answers, says Hello (or the system detects answer supervision)
and then hangs up without dialing 1 to log on to their mailbox. This typically happens if
someone unfamiliar with notification answers the callout, or if the callout is picked up
by an answering machine.

If the destination answers and then hangs up without saying Hello. This typically
happens if someone unfamiliar with the notification answers the callout (like the above
example), or if the call is picked up by an answering machine which insufficient
outgoing message volume.

The default for this option is 30 minutes.

2.

Set how InMail determines when a non-pager callout rings without being answered.

InMail System Guide

2-207

Issue 1.0

47-01-13

Wait for Answer Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Rings)

If a non-pager callout rings the destination longer than this option (1~99 rings), InMail
marks the call as unanswered (Ring No Answer) and hangs up.
The default for this option is 5 rings.

Unique Programming for Digital Pager Message Notification

1.

Set up the system-wide options that apply to the digital pager callback number.

47-01-07

Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager CBack)

Set the Digital Pager Callback Number portion of the Message Notification callout number
for a digital pager. This is the portion of the callout number that is appended to the pager
service telephone number.
By default, this option is X*M#, where:

47-01-08

X is the number of the extension that generated the notification.

* is a visual delimiter (to make the pager display easier to read).

M is the number of new messages in the extensions mailbox.

# is the digit normally used by the pager service for positive disconnect.

Delay in Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager Dial Delay)

Set the delay (0~99 seconds) that occurs just before InMail dials the Digital Pager
Callback Number portion of the Message Notification callout number for a digital pager.
Set this delay so the pager service has enough time to connect to the digital pager before
sending the callback number. Your pager service may be able to help you determine the
best value for this option (0~99 seconds). When placing a digital pager notification, the
system:

Seizes the trunk specified by the Trunk Group Routing setup.

Dials the user-entered notification number (in Message + OP + N).

Waits the 47-01-08 Delay in Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number interval.

Dials the number entered in 47-01-07 Digital Pager Callback Number.

The system assumes that the notification number completes dialing approximately 4 seconds
after trunk seizure. This means that, by default, the Digital Pager Callback Number is dialed

into the pager service about 13 seconds after trunk seizure.

Your pager service may be able to help you determine the best value for this option.
By default, this option is 30 seconds.

2-208

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

2.

Set up the system-wide options that apply to digital pager callouts.

47-01-09

Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts (Notify Pager Intvl)

Set the minimum time (1~255 minutes) between unacknowledged or unanswered digital
pager Message Notification callouts. (A subscriber acknowledges a digital pager
notification by logging on to their mailbox.) After this interval expires, InMail tries the
callout again (for up to the number of times set in 47-01-14 Number of Cascading
Attempts).
If the system dials the callout number and the pager service is busy, it retries the number
in one minute.
By default, this option is 15 minutes.

47-01-15

Send Pager Callout Until Acknowledged (Retry Until Ack)

When this option is enabled (1), InMail continues to retry a digital pager Message
Notification callout until the notification is acknowledged. If this option is disabled (0),
InMail retries a digital pager Message Notification the number of times specified in 47-0114 Number of Cascading Attempts. This option does not apply to Message Notification
callouts to telephone numbers.
A digital pager notification is acknowledged when the recipient logs on to the mailbox.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

Operation
Setting Up Message Notification
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.
OP (67)

Access the Mailbox Options menu.

[Setup]
Access the Message Notification Options Menu.
N (6)
[Notfy]
InMail plays a summary of your Message Notification settings.
The your telephone display shows your current notification settings (refer to the sample below).
For telephone numbers
Notify On 8am- 5pm
Number: 12039265400

- OR For Pager Numbers

Notify On 8am- 5pm
Pager: 12039265400
Turn Message Notification on or off.
O (6)
[On]
[Off]
Change your Message Notification setup.
C (2)
[Chnge]
When you see: Notification Begin
Enter the hour you want Message Notification to begin.
Enter 2 digits for the hour
Select AM
A (2)
[AM]
Select PM
P (7)
[PM]
InMail System Guide

2-209

Issue 1.0

Setting Up Message Notification (Continued)

Skip this option without changing your entry.

[Next]
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
#
[Back]
When you see: Notification End
Enter the hour you want Message Notification to end.
Enter 2 digits for the hour.
For 24-hour notification, make the End Time the same as the Start Time.
Select AM
A (2)
[AM]
Select PM
P (7)
[PM]
Skip
this
option
without changing your entry.
*
[Next]
#
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
[Back]
When you see: Notify Via
The notification destination is a telephone number.
N (6)
[Num]
The notification destination is a digital pager.
D (3)
[Pager]
Skip
this option without changing your entry.
*
[Next]
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
#
[Back]
When you see: Number
Enter the Message Notification callout number (16 digits max).
Enter the number exactly as you want the system to dial it (including a
leading 1 for toll calls, if required).
If the number you enter is 4 digits or less, it is an Intercom call. If it is more
than 4 digits, it is an outside call.
Accept the number entered and back up to the
#
previous level.
[OK]
[Clear]
Delete the number you just entered.
Skip this option without changing your entry.
*
[Next]
Back up to the previous level without changing your entry.
#
[Back]
Go back to the Mailbox Options menu.
#
[Back]
Go back to the Main Menu.
#
[Back]
Plays Help message.

2-210

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Answering a Message Notification Callout to a Telephone

To answer a Message Notification to a telephone:

1. Answer the callout at the programmed destination.

o If InMail does not hear your voice (or you do not speak), go to the next step and dial 1 to proceed.
2. Dial 1 to accept the Message Notification.
- OR hang up to have the Message Notification call back later.
3. When you dial 1, you automatically log on to the subscriber mailbox that left you the Message Notification.
o If you do not log on to your mailbox, InMail resends your notification.

Answering a Digital Pager Message Notification Callout

To answer a Digital Pager notification:

1. Operation is automatic.
o If you do not call and log on to your mailbox, InMail resends your pager notification.

InMail System Guide

2-211

Issue 1.0

Message Playback Direction

Description
When a user dials L (5) after logging on to their mailbox, InMail plays their messages in either LIFO (lastin-first-out) or FIFO (first-in-first-out) order. Since Message Playback Direction lets a subscriber listen to
messages in the order they find most helpful, check with them to find out how they want this option set. If
the subscriber prefers to hear their new messages first, enable LIFO (last-in-first-out) listening order. The
newest (last-in) messages are at the top of the message list and the oldest messages are at the bottom
of the list. If the subscriber wants to be reminded of their oldest messages first, enable FIFO (first-in-firstout) listening order. The oldest (first-in) messages are at the top of the message list and the newest
messages are at the bottom.

Related Features

Listening to Messages

Programming
1.

Set the Message Playback Direction for a Subscriber Mailbox.

47-02-04

Message Playback Order

The options are:
0 - FIFO (first-in-first-out, or oldest messages first).
1 - LIFO (last-in-first-out, or newest messages first).
By default, this option is 0 (FIFO, or first-in-first-out).

Operation
Not applicable

2-212

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Record
Description
Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-239.

Related Features

Record and Send a Message

Programming
Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-239.

Operation
Refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-239.

InMail System Guide

2-213

Issue 1.0

Message Reply
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can reply to a message from a coworker by dialing RE, without knowing the
callers extension or mailbox number. Message Reply saves the subscriber valuable time since they
dont need to know the senders extension number or send a separate message to respond. The
subscriber can just listen to the coworkers message, dial a code, and record their answer. The message
sender receives the reply as a new message.

Related Features

Make Call
Message Reply does not apply to outside calls. If the telephone system provides Caller ID information to
InMail, a subscriber can use Make Call (MC) to call the person back.

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Message Reply
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

L (5)

Listen to your messages.

[Lstn]

While listening to a message.

RE (73) Reply to the message.
[Reply]
If the mailbox does not exist, you are prompted to enter the mailbox number to receive
the reply. This can occur if you dial RE while listening to a message from an outside
caller.
Start recording.
#
[Cont]
Options available while recording.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
Delete recording.
E (3)
[Cncl]
#
End the recording.
[Done]
Back up and re-enter the mailbox number.
*
[MBOX]

2-214

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Reply (Continued)

#
0

[Back]
Exit without recording and go back to the Message Listen menu.
Exit and go back to the mailbox Main Menu.
[Back]

Plays Help message

InMail System Guide

2-215

Issue 1.0

Message Storage Limit

Description
Message Storage Limit sets how many messages can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox. Message Storage
Limit is another invaluable tool for managing InMails voice message storage space. To conserve
storage space and make it available for new messages, decrease the Message Storage Limit. If storage
space is not an issue, increase the Message Storage Limit so subscribers can store additional
messages. Be sure to let the subscribers know how many messages their mailboxes can hold. By
default, InMail can store up to 99 messages in System Admin mailbox 101 and 20 messages in all other
Subscriber Mailboxes.

Related Features

Erasing All Messages

The System Administrator can delete all messages in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Message Delete
A Subscriber Mailbox user can delete any messages left in their mailbox.

Programming
1.

Set the maximum number of messages that can be left in a Subscriber Mailbox.

47-02-03

Number of Messages
Enter the maximum number of messages the mailbox can store (0~99).
If a caller tries to leave a message after the maximum number is reached, they hear: That
mailbox is full. InMail then hangs up.
By default, the maximum number of messages that can be left is 99 for extension 101 and
20 for all others.

Operation
Not applicable

2-216

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Waiting Lamp

Description
An extensions Message Waiting (MSG) lamp flashes on the telephone to indicate that the user has new
messages waiting in their mailbox. After InMail is properly installed and programmed, telephone
Message Waiting Lamp operation is automatic. The lamp flashes fast when new messages are in the
extension users mailbox. The Message Waiting Lamp is a visual reminder of new messages. The
subscriber does not have to call their mailbox and listen to the voice prompts to find out when they have
new messages.

Related Features
None

Programming
1.

Turn Message Waiting lamp for Subscriber Mailboxes on or off.

47-02-08

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Enter 0 (No) to disable Message Waiting lamp.
Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Message Waiting lamp.
If Message Waiting lamp is disabled (0), Message Notification does not function.
By default, this option is 1 (Yes).

2.

Select Message Waiting Lamp color.

15-02-28

Message Waiting LED Color

Enter 0 = Flashes Green
Enter 1 = Flashes Red
By default, this option is set to 1 (Flashes Red).

15-02-28

Message Waiting LED Color

Set up various message wait lamp cycle options for lamp color.
0 = Green
1 = Red
By default, this option is set to 1 (Red).

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-217

Issue 1.0

Multiple Company Greetings

Description
The Automated Attendant can answer each individual trunk (outside line) with a unique greeting and
unique set of dialing options. Since there are a total of 16 Answer Tables, this allows up to 16 companies
or departments to share a single InMail. Callers to each company hear the company greeting (Instruction
Menu) and can dial options that may be only available to that specific company. Set this up as follows:

Assign a unique Answer Table (1~16) to each trunk that you want to have an individual greeting.

For each Answer Table, assign the Call Routing Mailbox that handles the call.

For each assigned Call Routing Mailbox, set up the dialing options (Dial Action Table) and record
an Instruction Menu.

If multiple companies or departments share an InMail, messaging and calling between the workers of
each company or department is not restricted.

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

2-218

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Assign an Answer Table to each trunk.

47-10-01

Answer Table Assignment (Answer Table)

Assign an Answer Table (1~16) to each trunk that the Automated Attendant should
answer.
By default, all trunks are assigned to Answer Table 1.

2.

Refer to the following features for more information.

Answer Table on page 2-25.

Automated Attendant on page 2-43.

Dial Action Table on page 2-77.

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-219

Issue 1.0

NetLink
Description
NetLink Networking, using an IP network, provides for a seamless connection; joining multiple SV9100
communication servers into a virtual single communication server. A unified numbering plan allows
users to access any extension in the network as if they were in the same location. The InMail can be
used for the Centralized Voice Mail portion of that feature. Refer to the Univerge SV9100 Networking
Manual for more information.

Conditions

When using InMail for centralized voice mail in a NetLink network, replication should be
scheduled during non-peak hours of operation.

Up to 16 ports of InMail are supported.

InMail voice mail is NOT supported for centralized voice mail in a KTS to KTS network for KCCIS.

When using InMail in a CCIS or NetLink network, 8-digit extensions and mailboxes are not
supported.

Related Features
None

Programming
Refer to the Univerge SV9100 Networking Manual for information on configuring NetLink.

2-220

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Next Call Routing Mailbox

Description
The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a
Subscriber Mailbox recorded, or the default greeting. It also provides additional dialing options to callers
routed to an Announcement Mailbox. Next Call Routing Mailbox lets the caller choose how InMail should
handle their call. For example, if an Automated Attendant caller dials a subscribers extension and hears
the greeting, Next Call Routing Mailbox (if programmed) allows them to dial other options instead of
hanging up.
Subscriber Mailbox Options
The following chart shows the additional dialing options a caller has while listening to a Subscriber
Mailbox recorded or default greeting. The digits the caller can dial depends on the setting of the Next
Call Routing Mailbox and Dialing Option options. For an explanation of the options a caller can dial while
recording, refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-239.
Dialing Options while Listening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting
47-02-14 Next
Call
Routing
Mailbox

47-02-13
Dialing Option

Digit
Dialed

Undefined

No

0
1~9
#

1~32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

Action

No

Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, and the greeting repeats.

InMail hangs up.
Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Caller follows 0 action in Next

Caller hears, That is an invalid
Call Routing Mailbox.
entry, and the greeting repeats.
Caller hears, That is an invalid entry, and the greeting repeats.

1~9
#

Yes

Intercom Call

1~32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

Trunk Call

0
1~9
#

Caller routes to the Next Call

InMail hangs up.
Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.
Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.
Caller follows key action in Next
Call Routing Mailbox.

Caller hears, That is an invalid

entry, and the greeting repeats.

Caller routes to the Next Call

InMail hangs up.
Routing Mailbox and hears its
Instruction Menu.
Caller skips greeting and can immediately start recording.

Logging On to a Subscriber Mailbox while Listening to the Greeting

A subscriber who wishes to log on to their mailbox while listening to their greeting must have the option
set in their Next Call Routing Mailbox. To allow this ability, for example:
Program the Next Call Routing Mailbox # digit as LOGON to IXXX.
InMail System Guide

2-221

Issue 1.0

While listening to their greeting, the subscriber can dial:

# (to route to their Next Call Routing Mailbox), then
# and their mailbox number to log on to their mailbox.
By default, this option is provided in Call Routing Mailbox 1. Additionally, the subscriber should enable a
Security Code for their mailbox to prevent unauthorized logons.
Announcement Mailbox Options
The following charts show how an Announcement Mailbox handles Automated Attendant calls.
The first chart explains what happens when the outside call is directly answered by the Announcement
Mailbox. This happens when the Answer Table uses an Announcement Mailbox for routing instead of a
Call Routing Mailbox.
The second chart explains what happens when the outside call is answered by a Call Routing Mailbox
and then routed to the Announcement Mailbox. This can happen, for example, when a caller dials a digit
to hear an announcement of company directions.

For more information, refer to Answer Table on page 2-25.

2-222

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing

(If the outside caller routes directly to the Announcement Mailbox)
47-09-01 Next
Call
Routing
Mailbox

47-09-02
Repeat Count

Undefined

0 (No repeats)

1~32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

0 (No repeats)

47-09-03
Hang Up
After
0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent
0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent
0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

Undefined

1~32 (valid Call

Routing
Mailbox)

x (x number of
repeats)

x (x number of
repeats)

Action

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

InMail System Guide

If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement InMail

hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement,
InMail says That is an invalid entry and hangs up.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement InMail
hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement,
InMail says That is an invalid entry and aborts the
announcement. The announcement repeats (if allowed
by the Repeat Count) and then InMail hangs up.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then route to the Next Call Routing
Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.

2-223

Issue 1.0

Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing

(If outside caller routes to Announcement Mailbox from Call Routing Mailbox)
47-09-01 Next
Call
Routing
Mailbox

47-09-02
Repeat Count

Undefined

0 (No repeats)

47-09-03
Hang Up
After

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

1~32 (valid
Call Routing
Mailbox)

0 (No repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent
0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

Undefined

Action

x (x number of
repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

1~32 (valid
Call Routing
Mailbox)

x (x number of
repeats)

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

0 = None
1 = Goodbye
2 = Silent

2-224

If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement the caller

goes back to the initial Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail
says That is an invalid entry and routes the caller goes
back to the initial Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement InMail
hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail
says That is an invalid entry and hangs up.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement they route
to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If the caller doesnt dial, after the announcement InMail
hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then go back to the initial Call
Routing Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail
says That is an invalid entry and aborts the
announcement. The announcement repeats (if allowed by
the Repeat Count) and then InMail routes back to the initial
Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, InMail
says That is an invalid entry and aborts the
announcement. The announcement repeats (if allowed by
the Repeat Count) and then InMail hangs up.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then route to the Next Call Routing
Mailbox.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.
If caller doesnt dial, they hear the announcement x
number of times and then InMail hangs up.
If the caller dials a digit during the announcement, they
route to the Next Call Routing Mailbox.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Call Forward to a Mailbox

The Next Call Routing Mailbox dial options also apply to a subscribers Direct Inward Line while it is
forwarded to their mailbox.

Record and Send a Message

Turn to this feature for an explanation of the options a caller can dial while recording.

Programming
Programming Subscriber Mailboxes
1.

Assign the Next Call Routing Mailbox to a Subscriber Mailbox (if required).

47-02-14

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox)

Specify the Routing Mailbox (1~32) that should provide the caller leaving a message with
additional dialing options.
By default, this option is 1 (Call Routing Mailbox 1). Call Routing Mailbox numbers are
1~32.

2.

Optionally allow the caller to dial additional digits (not just 0) once in the Next Call Routing Mailbox.

47-02-13

Dialing Option
Enter 1 to enable additional dialing options.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

Programming Announcement Mailboxes

1.

Assign the Next Call Routing Mailbox for the Announcement Mailbox (if required).

47-09-01

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox)

Specify the Routing Mailbox (1~32) to which the caller should route after hearing the
Announcement Mailbox message.
By default, this option is 0 (Undefined).

2.

Enter the number of times the Announcement Mailbox message should repeat before routing to the
Next Call Routing Mailbox.

47-09-02

Repeat Count
Specify the number of Announcement Mailbox message repeats (1~10, or 0 for no
repeats).
By default, this option is 0 (no repeats).

InMail System Guide

2-225

Issue 1.0

3.

Be sure the Announcement Mailbox does not hang up after playing its message.

47-09-03

Hang Up After (HangUp)

Enter 0 (None) to disable this option.
By default, this option is disabled (0).

Operation
Not applicable

2-226

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Park and Page

Description
InMail Park and Page can automatically Park a call at an extension and Page the user with a recorded
Paging Message announcing the parked call. The called extension user can then go to any telephone
and implement Personal Park to pick up the call. With InMail Park and Page, InMail tries to locate the
person instead of just sending the call to their mailbox. Additionally, there is no need for an operator or
receptionist to manually answer the call, park it, and then try to track down the employee.
The Paging Message is usually recorded in the users own voice and typically says something like, Mike
Smart, you have a call. If the Paging Message is not recorded for the extension, a built-in message
announces the called partys name or extension number (if the name is not recorded).
InMail Park and Page is available for all trunk calls that are redirected to voice mail via forwarding or
overflow, including transferred calls, Direct Inward Lines, and Direct Inward Dialing. Park and Page is
also available for Automated Attendant Screened (STRF) and Unscreened (UTRF) Transfers.
Optionally, an extension can have calls from the Automated Attendant immediately Park and Page
without trying their extension first.
When InMail Park and Page intercepts the call, it normally offers the caller three options:
1.

Dial 1 to leave a message in the called extensions mailbox.

(The caller hears the mailbox Greeting, if recorded.)

2.

Dial 2 to Park and Page.

(The caller returns to these options if the Park is not picked up.)

3.

Dial 3 for Find Me Follow Me if enabled.

(The caller returns to these options if the none of the destinations choose to take the call.)

4.

Dial 4 for other options.

(Normally, this routes to the extensions Next Call Routing Mailbox.)

InMail Park and Page is available at Personal and Group Subscriber Mailboxes, and can be enabled
through system programming or via the subscribers Mailbox Options Menu. InMail Park and Page is
not applicable to Intercom calls.
Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail (DVM)
When an extension has Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail (DVM) enabled, all calls from the
Automated Attendant go directly to the subscribers mailbox. The extension does not ring for Automated
Attendant calls. The caller hears the mailbox greeting and can leave a message, but unlike Park and
Page is not normally offered any other routing options. A subscriber typically turns on DVM when they
need to work at their desk undisturbed by outside calls from the Automated Attendant.

InMail System Guide

2-227

Issue 1.0

DVM can be enabled by the installer from system programming or by the extension user from their
Mailbox Options Menu.
Keep in mind that DVM does not block Intercom calls from co-workers or any other outside call not
routed through the Automated Attendant. For example, with DVM enabled, Direct Inward Lines and
transferred outside calls to an extension work normally.

Conditions

The Park and Page feature uses the extensions personal park location only.

Enabling Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail (DVM) for a mailbox bypasses the Park and
Page feature.

The Park and Page feature uses the All Zone paging only; this cannot be changed or
configured.

Default Setting
Park and Page and Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail are disabled.
For transferred outside calls, direct inward lines and direct inward dialing refer to Table 2-6 Park
and Page Call Handling.
Table 2-6 Park and Page Call Handling
Park and Page (Call Handling)
For Transferred Outside Calls, Direct Inward Line and Direct Inward Dialing
47-02-14: Next Call
Routing Mailbox

47-02-13: Dialing
Option

47-02-17: Enable
Park and Page

Undefined

0 (No)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting and can leave a

message.

Undefined

0 (No)

1 (Yes)

If unanswered, caller can dial 1 to leave a message or 2 to

Park and Page.

Undefined

1 (Yes)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting and can leave a

message.

Undefined

1 (Yes)

1 (Yes)

If unanswered, caller can dial 1 to leave a message or 2 to

Park and Page.

Defined

0 (No)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting and can leave a

message.

Defined

0 (No)

1 (Yes)

If unanswered, caller can dial 1 to leave a message, 2 to

Park and Page, and 4 for other options (from the Next Call
Routing Mailbox.

Defined

1 (Yes)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting, can leave a

message, and dial options (from the Next Call Routing
Mailbox).

2-228

Result

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Table 2-6 Park and Page Call Handling (Continued)

Park and Page (Call Handling)
For Transferred Outside Calls, Direct Inward Line and Direct Inward Dialing
47-02-14: Next Call
Routing Mailbox

47-02-13: Dialing
Option

47-02-17: Enable
Park and Page

Defined

1 (Yes)

1 (Yes)

Result
If unanswered, caller can dial 1 to leave a message, 2 to
Park and Page, and 4 for other options (from the Next Call
Routing Mailbox.

For automated attendant unscreened (UTRF) and screened (STRF) transfers refer to Table 2-7
Park and Page Call Handling.
Table 2-7 Park and Page Call Handling
Park and Page (Call Handling)
For Automated Attendant Unscreened (UTRF) and Screened (STRF) Transfers
47-02-17: Enable
Park and Page

47-02-18: Paging
Option

47-02-09: Auto Att

Direct to VM

0 (No)

0 (RNA)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting and can leave a

message.

0 (No)

0 (RNA)

1 (Yes)

Caller immediately hears greeting and can leave a message.

0 (No)

1 (IMM)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller hears greeting and can leave a

message.

0 (No)

1 (IMM)

1 (Yes)

Caller immediately hears greeting and can leave a message.

1 (Yes)

0 (RNA)

0 (No)

If unanswered, caller can dial 1 to leave a message, or 2

Result

to Park and Page.1

1 (Yes)

0 (RNA)

1 (Yes)

Dial 1 to leave a message and 2 for Park and Page.1

1 (Yes)

1 (IMM)

0 (No)

Park and Page occurs immediately.

1 (Yes)

1 (IMM)

1 (Yes)

Dial 1 to leave a message and 2 for Park and Page.1

For a Screened Transfer (STRF) & unscreened transfer (UTRF) with a Next Call Routing Mailbox assigned, caller can dial
1 to leave a message, or 2 to Park and Page, and 4 for other options.

InMail System Guide

2-229

Issue 1.0

System Availability
Terminals
All Terminals

Required Component(s)
GCD-CP10 and InMail port license.

Related Features

Park and Page

Paging, Internal (For more information on this feature, please refer to the SV9100 Features and
Specifications Manual)

Programming
Setting Up Park and Page for Extension:

24-02-04

Transfer Recall Time

An unanswered, transferred call recalls to the extension that initially transferred it after this
time.
0~64800 (sec)
Default = 30

47-02-09

InMail Station Mailbox Options Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Enable/Disable Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail. When a subscriber enables this option,
an Automated Attendant caller routes directly to the mailbox. For Subscriber Mailboxes you
should enable this option. For Guest Mailboxes you should disable this option.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-02-14

InMail Station Mailbox Options Next Call Routing Mailbox

Assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This provides callers with
additional dialing options while listening to a subscriber Mailbox recording or default greeting.
The digits the caller can dial depend on the setting of the Next Call Routing Mailbox and
Alternate Next Call Routing Mailbox options.
1~32
Default = 1
By default Call Routing Mailboxes numbers are 01~32.

2-230

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

47-02-17

InMail Station Mailbox Options Enable Paging

Enable the paging option for the appropriate mailbox. This call can also be changed via
telephone in the extension's mailbox options.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default = 0

47-02-18

InMail Station Mailbox Options Paging Option

Determine if calls from auto attendant ring the phone first or go directly to the Park and Page
feature options. This setting can be overridden by Program 47-02-09.
0 = RNA (Ring No Answer)
1 = Immediately
Default = 0

Setting Up Park and Page for a Group Mailbox:

47-06-07

Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Enable/Disable Auto Attendant Direct to VM. When enabled, an Auto Attendant caller routes
directly to the mailbox, hears the greeting, and is asked to leave a message. A subscriber can
enable this option while recording their mailbox greeting.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-06-12

Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Next Call Routing Mailbox

Assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This provides additional dialing
option while listening to a Subscribe Mailbox recording or default greeting. The digits the
caller can dial depends on the setting of the Next Call Routing Mailbox or alternate Next Call
Routing Mailbox options.
1~ 32
Default = 1
By default, Call Routing Mailbox numbers are 01~32

47-06-15

Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Enable Paging

Enable the paging option for the appropriate Group Mailbox. This call can be changed via
telephone in the extension mailbox options.
0 = Disable (No)
1 = Enable (Yes)
Default = 0

47-06-16

Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Paging Option

Determine if calls from auto attendant ring the Group first or go directly to the Park and Page
feature options. This setting can be overridden by Program 47-06-07.
0 = RNA (Ring No Answer)
1 = Immediate
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

2-231

Issue 1.0

Operation
To record your paging message follow the steps in the following table.
Recording Your Paging Message

In these Instructions:
[Telephone Softkey]

To record your Paging Message:

1.
2.
3.

Log onto your Subscriber Mailbox.

[More> + More> +
Select Paging Message.
Page]
Alternately dial PG (74).
Do one of the following:
a.
[Lstn]
Select to listen to the current Paging Message (if any).
Alternately dial L (5).
Exit the listen mode.
#
b.

[Rec]

c.

[Del]

d.

[Back]

Select to record the Paging Message.

Alternately dial R (7).
[Pause]
Select to pause recording.

Alternately dial .
[Resume] Select to resume recording (if paused).

Alternately dial .
[Cncl]
Select to delete the recording.
Alternately dial E (3).
[Done]
Select to confirm the recording and exit the recording mode.
Alternately dial #.
Select to delete the Paging Message.
Alternately dial E (3).
Select to go back to the Mailbox Main Menu.
Alternately dial #.

To set your call handling options refer to the step in the following table.
Setting the Call Handling Options

In these Instructions:
[Telephone Softkey]

To set your Call Handling options:

This includes Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail as well as Park and Page.

1.
2.

3.

2-232

Log onto your Subscriber Mailbox.

[More> + Setup]
Select Mailbox Options. (You are at the Mailbox Options Menu).
Alternately dial OP (67).
[CallH]
Select Call Options. (You are at the Call Handling Options Menu).
Alternately dial CO (26).
Do one of the following:
a.
[DVM]
Select to turn Automated Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on or off.
Alternately dial O (6).
[Paging]
Select to turn Park and Page on or off.
Alternately dial E (3).
[Back]
Select to go back to the Mailbox Options Menu.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

To retrieve a call parked in a personal parked refer to the steps in the following table.
Picking Up a Parked Call

In these Instructions:
[Telephone Softkey]

To retrieve a call parked in a Personal Orbit:

1.

Dial **.

2.

Dial the number of the extension at which the call is parked.

InMail System Guide

2-233

Issue 1.0

Programming Voice Mail

Description
You can program (customize) InMail using the PCPro and WebPro programming applications. You can
also do limited programming from the System Administrators mailbox. Check with NTAC for availability
of updated versions of these programs for SV9100.
Figure 2-10 PCPro and WebPro Login Screens

2-234

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Related Features

System Administrator
The System Administrator can do limited InMail programming, such as recording Automated Attendant
announcements, recording mailbox names, and deleting messages from mailboxes.

Programming
Refer to description at the beginning of this feature.

Operation
Refer to description at the beginning of this feature.

InMail System Guide

2-235

Issue 1.0

Quick Message
Description
Quick Message is a Dial Action Table action that allows Automated Attendant callers to dial a digit
(normally *) followed by a mailbox number to leave a message in a Subscriber Mailbox. Since Quick
Message is enabled by default, it is an efficient way for experienced Automated Attendant callers to
leave messages. There is no need to dial an extension first. To make this option more readily available
to all Automated Attendant callers, consider having the active Instruction Menu describe how to use the
Quick Message option.
There are two Quick Message Dial Action Table actions:

Quick Message with Greeting (REC1)

The caller hears the mailbox greeting followed by a beep and can leave message. If the greeting is
not recorded, the caller hears, At the tone, you can leave your message for extension xxx (or
name if recorded). Start recording at the tone. When you are done, press the # key or hang up.

Quick Message without Greeting (REC2)

The caller bypasses the mailbox greeting (hearing Recording and a beep instead) and can leave
a message. This is typically used with a Next Call Routing Mailbox when the caller is asked to dial
a digit (e.g., 1) to leave a message. Otherwise, the mailbox greeting (if recorded) is heard again.

Related Features

Dial Action Table

After the Automated Attendant answers, the Dial Action Table provides the dialing options to callers. Each
digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action (function) in the Dial Action Table. The dial action used
depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox, which in turn depends on the Answer Table
setup.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Quick Message without Greeting option (REC2) is typically used when the Next Call Routing Mailbox
option allows the caller to dial a digit to leave a message. Otherwise, the caller hears the mailbox greeting
twice (once when initially accessing the mailbox and again when routed by the Next Call Routing Mailbox).

2-236

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Optionally set up a Quick Message with Greeting (REC1) Action.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: REC1 Action Quick Message With Greeting (3) (REC1)
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a specific extension, the corresponding
Number option should be the extension number.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller-dialed extension, the
corresponding Number option should be IXXX.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller-dialed extension in a specific range,
the corresponding Number option should be XXX.

For example, to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 101~199, for key 3
enter REC1 for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

By default, key 3 Action is REC1 and Number is IXXX.

2.

Optionally set up a Quick Message without Greeting (REC2) Action.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: REC2 Action Quick Message Without Greeting (4) (REC2)
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a specific extension, the corresponding
Number option should be the extension number.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller-dialed extension, the
corresponding Number option should be IXXX.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller-dialed extension in a specific range,
the corresponding Number option should be XXX.

For example, to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 101~199, for key 3
enter REC2 for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

By default, key 3 Action is REC1 and Number is IXXX.

3.

Set the maximum message length for callers leaving a Quick Message in a mailbox.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

Set the maximum length (1~4095 seconds) of recorded messages for:

Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick Message in a Subscriber

Mailbox.

Outside callers transferred by an extension user to a Subscriber Mailbox.

By default, this option is 120 seconds.

InMail System Guide

2-237

Issue 1.0

Operation
Leaving a Quick Message
To leave a Quick Message after the Automated Attendant answers:

1. Dial *.
2. Dial the Subscriber Mailbox number.
3. Leave message and hang up.
- OR Leave message and dial #.
o Dialing # may provide you with additional dialing options. This depends on how the called mailbox Next
Call Routing Mailbox is set up.

2-238

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Record and Send a Message

Description
A Subscriber Mailbox user can record and send a message to any other Subscriber Mailbox. Record and
Send a Message is the heart of the InMail voice messaging system. It allows coworkers to efficiently stay
in touch and exchange essential information without relying on message slips, memos, or email.
Recording Options
While recording a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user has many recording options from which to
choose. The following table shows these options.
Message Recording Options
Option

Description

Options available while recording:

*
D (3)
#

Pause/resume recording.
Delete the recording.
End recording.

Dial 0 while recording to hear the list of options.

Related Features

Listening to Messages
While or after listening to a message, an extension user has many message handling options from which to
choose.

Programming
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-239

Issue 1.0

Operation
Record and Send a Message
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

RS (77)

Record and send a message.

[LvMsg]
Enter the number of the mailbox to receive the message.

Start recording.
[Contd]
Options available while recording.

2-240

Pause or restart recording.

[Resume]
[Pause]
Delete recording.
D (3)
[Cncl]
#
End the recording.
[Done]
Back
up
and
re-enter the mailbox number.
*
[MBOX]
[Back]
Exit without recording and go back to the Mailbox Main Menu.
Exit without recording and go back to the Mailbox Main Menu.
[Back]

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Remote Programming
Description
You can remotely program (customize) InMail using the PCPro and WebPro programming applications.
You can also do limited remote programming from the System Administrators mailbox. Check with
NTAC for availability of updated versions of these programs for SV9100. Refer to InMail system
documentation for more information.

Related Features
None

Programming
None

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-241

Issue 1.0

Routing Mailbox
Description
The Call Routing Mailbox, associated with an Answer Table, specifies which dialing options (Dial Action
Table) and announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers. By default, InMail provides 32
Call Routing Mailboxes (1~32). However, you can assign any Routing Mailboxes as a Call Routing
Mailbox. The Call Routing Mailbox is an integral part of the Automated Attendant. The Automated
Attendant can automatically answer the telephone system incoming calls, play an Instruction Menu
message, and provide dialing options to callers. There are three major Automated Attendant
components:

Answer Table
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk,
according to the time of the day and day of the week that the call is ringing. The Answer Table
divides the time of day and day of the week into individual schedules, which in turn assign a Call
Routing Mailbox to each call. When a specific schedule is not in effect, the Answer Table uses its
Default Mailbox to determine routing.

NOTE

By default, all trunks use Answer Table 1. Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs
Monday through Friday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242

A Call Routing Mailbox is a mailbox associated with an individual Answer Table schedule or the
Default Mailbox. It specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) are available to callers. It also
provides the Instruction Menu to callers which typically greets the callers and describes the dialing
options.

NOTE

By default, Answer Table 1 has a single schedule that runs Monday through Friday from
8:30AM to 5:00PM. This schedule and the Default Mailbox both use Call Routing Mailbox
531.

Dial Action Table

After the Automated Attendant answers, the Dial Action Table provides the dialing options to
callers. Each digit a caller can dial is assigned a specific action (function) in the Dial Action Table.
The dial action used depends on the setting in the active Call Routing Mailbox, which in turn
depends on the Answer Table setup.

By default, Call Routing Mailbox 1 uses Dial Action Table 1.

NOTE

2-242

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

The block diagram below shows the default InMail Automated Attendant configuration.
DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)
22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail
Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-03 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

InMail System Guide

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30 AM-5:00 PM
Default Mailbox active all other times

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or O for the
operator.

2-243

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Answer Table
The Call Routing Mailbox associates specific dialing options (Dial Action Table) with an Answer Table.

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can automatically answer the telephone systems incoming calls, play an
Instruction Menu message, and provide dialing options to callers.

Routing Mailbox
The Call Routing Mailbox provides the dialing instructions (Dial Action Table) and announcements to
Automated Attendant Callers.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

System Administrator
The System Administrator can record the Instruction Menu for a Call Routing Mailbox. Refer to Operation
on page 2-245.

Programming
1.

Set up the Call Routing Mailbox.

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Enter 1 to assign the mailbox as a Call Routing Mailbox.
By default, Routing Mailboxes 1-8 are Call Routing Mailboxes and 9-32 are
Announcement Mailboxes.

2.

Record an Instruction Menu for the Call Routing Mailbox:

Refer to Operation on page 2-245.
The default Instruction Menu is: If you are calling from a touch tone phone...

3.

Assign Dial Action Table to provide dialing options for this Call routing Mailbox:

47-08-01

Dial Action Table

Enter the Dial Action Table (e.g., 1) that provides the dialing options.
By default, all Call Routing Mailboxes use Dial Action Table 1.

2-244

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

4.

Change the amount of time Automated Attendant callers have to dial options:
Refer to Automated Attendant on page 2-43 for more information.

47-08-03

Time Limit for Dialing Commands (Dialing Timeout)

Enter the new timeout duration (0-99 seconds).
By default, Automated Attendant callers have 5 seconds to dial commands.
When the timeout duration is exceeded or is not programmed, the following actions occur:

5.

When a Timeout action is programmed, the call routes to that destination.

When a Timeout action is not programmed, the Instruction Menu repeats 3 times and
then InMail hangs up.

Set the Maximum Length of Instruction Menus:

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

This sets the maximum message length (1-4095 seconds) for Instruction Menus.
The default setting is 120 seconds.

Operation
Recording an Instruction Menu for a Call Routing Mailbox
Log On to System Administrators mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Instruction Menus.
I (4)
[Instr]
Enter the Call Routing Mailbox number (001~032).
Listen to the current Instruction Menu (if any).
L (5)
[Lstn]
#
Exit listen mode.
Record a new Instruction Menu.
R (7)
[Rec]
Record message.
Pause or restart recording.
*
[Resume]
[Pause]
Delete recording.
D (3)
[Cncl]
#
Exit recording mode.
[Done]
Delete the Instruction Menu.
E (3)
[Del]
#
Go back to the System Administrator options.
[Back]
#
Go back to the System Administrator options.
[Back]
Plays Help message.

InMail System Guide

2-245

Issue 1.0

Screened Transfer
Description
Screened Transfer is an Automated Attendant option that allows callers to directly dial system
extensions. Screened Transfer (and its related feature Unscreened Transfer) allows the InMail
Automated Attendant to transfer outside calls to system extensions without the need for a live
receptionist or operator. It is similar to telephone system screened transfers in which the transferring
party controls the transfer. After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail calls (screens)
the destination extension to see if the transfer can go through.

If the destination is busy or in DND, the Automated Attendant doesnt extend the call and
immediately provides the caller with additional options.

If the destination is available, the Automated Attendant rings it. If the destination answers, the call
goes through. If the destination doesnt answer within a preset interval, the Automated Attendant
does not extend the call and provides the caller with additional options.

Screened vs. Unscreened Transfer

Both Screened and Unscreened Transfer allow Automated Attendant callers to directly dial system
extensions. The following summarizes the differences between these two types of Automated Attendant
transfer.

When set for Unscreened Transfer, calls from the InMail ring at the extension like other transferred
calls and display the incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in programming)
while the phone is ringing.

When set for Screened Transfers, calls from the InMail ring like Intercom calls but do not display
incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in programming) until after the call is
answered.

Both Screened and Unscreened Transfers route unanswered calls to the subscribers greeting
(recorded or default) so the caller can leave a message. However, only Screened Transfer allows
the caller to dial 2 to reach the Next Call Routing Mailbox options (if programmed).

Screened Transfer and Inactive Mailboxes

Screened Transfer to an extension can occur only if the destination extension has an active mailbox. If
the extensions mailbox is inactive, the Automated Attendant caller hears: That is an invalid entry, and
returns to the Automated Attendant.

2-246

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Screened Transfer (TRF) Operation

Call = Call answered by the Automated Attendant.
Extension = Extension dialed by Automated Attendant caller.
If Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail is off, refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38 for more information.

Extension Idle
With Active
Greeting Recorded

1. Places a screened
(Intercom) call to extension.
If answered, transfers call.
2. If unanswered1:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, caller hears
greeting and can leave a
message.

With Active Greeting

Not Recorded

When busy:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, caller hears
greeting and can leave a
message.

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

1. Places a screened
(Intercom) call to extension.
If answered, transfers call.
2. If unanswered1:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, InMail prompts
caller to leave a message.

Extension Busy

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

When busy:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, InMail prompts
caller to leave a message.

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

Extension in DND
When in DND:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, caller hears
greeting and can leave a
message.

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

When in DND:
With no Next Call Routing
Mailbox, caller hears
greeting and can leave a
message.

With a Next Call Routing

Mailbox, caller can dial 1 to
leave a message or 22 for
other options.

If Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail is on, refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38 for more information.

Extension Idle
With Active Greeting
Recorded or not
recorded

Extension Busy

Extension in DND

1. Sends call immediately to mailbox:

Plays greeting.
Prompts caller to start recording.

After 47-08-02 Screened Transfer Timeout interval.

Dialing 2 routes the call to the Next Call Routing Mailbox for additional dialing options. Refer to Next Call Routing Mailbox
on page 2-221.

InMail System Guide

2-247

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.
You cannot program a Call Routing Mailbox as a Screened Transfer (TRF) Dial Action Table destination.

Caller ID
InMail provides Caller ID data for a Screened Transfer call after it is answered.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Forced Unscreened Transfer

The Subscriber Mailbox can optionally convert Automated Attendant Screened Transfers to Unscreened
Transfers.

Unscreened Transfer
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail immediately transfers the call to the
destination and hangs up.

Programming
1.

Assign the TRF action to a key on the active Dial Action Table.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: TRF Action Screened Transfer (1) (TRF)

Normally, the corresponding Number option should be XXX. Note the key you choose for
this action is the first digit of the called extension.

For example, to allow callers to place Screened Transfers to extensions 101~199, for
key 3 enter TRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

To have Screened Transfer call a specific extension, the corresponding Number option
should be that extension number. The caller then dials that single digit to reach the
extension.

For example, to have callers dial 8 to reach extension 303, for key 8 enter TRF for the
Action and 303 for the corresponding Number.

By default, key 1 Action is UTRF and Number is XXX. This means that Automated
Attendant callers can place Unscreened Transfers to extensions 101~199.

2-248

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

2.

Set how long a Screened Transfer rings an unanswered extension before recalling to the
Automated Attendant.

47-08-02

Screened Transfer Timeout (Scrn Trf Timeout)

Set how long a Screened Transfer (TRF) from the Automated Attendant rings (0~255
seconds) an unanswered extension before recalling.
Be sure that the 24-02-04 Transfer Recall Time is longer than the setting of this option. If
the Transfer Recall is shorter, Screened Transfers recalls the same as Unscreened
Transfers.
By default, this option is 15 seconds.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-249

Issue 1.0

Security Code
Description
A mailbox can have a security code to protect it from unauthorized access. A Security Code must have 4
digits, using 0~9. If a subscriber wants to keep their mailbox private, they can enter a Security Code. No
one else can use the subscriber's mailbox, unless they know the code.
Starting with v4.00 software, after a subscriber sets their Security Code, they can choose to make it
required for all logons or just remote logons. When enabled for all logons the subscriber must always
enter their Security Code to access voice mail, even from their own extension. If enabled just for remote
logons, the subscriber can go right into voice mail from their own telephone. However, the Security Code
is still required from another extension or from outside the system.
The Security Code logon option is a convenience for those who normally leave their office locked or
otherwise secure. Those who work in open areas should normally set their mailbox to always require a
Security Code.

Conditions

Security Code settings can be changed using the Telephone Mailbox Option Interface or via
End User Web Pro.

Related Features

System Administrator
The System Administrator can delete a mailbox security code.

2-250

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming

47-02-25

InMail Station Mailbox Options - Security Code Option

0 = Always
1 = Remote Logon only
Default = 0

47-06-23

InMail Group Mailbox Options - Security Code Option

0 = Always
1 = Remote Logon only
Default = 0

Operation
Changing or Deleting a Security Code (From your Subscriber Mailbox)
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

OP (67)

Access the Mailbox Options Menu.

[set up]
Access the Security Code options.
S (7)
[code]
Enter new Security Code (4 digits).
Accept security code and require security code entry for remote log
only. [NoReq]
Accept security code and require security code entry for both internal
R (7)
and remote log on. [Req]
[Back]
Exit to the Mailbox Options menu without changing your
Security Code.
Optionally delete your Security Code and go back to the Mailbox Options Menu.
[Del]
Exit to the Mailbox Options Menu without making any changes to your Security
Code.
[Back]

N (6)

*
#

Plays Help message

InMail System Guide

2-251

Issue 1.0

Deleting a Security Code (From your System Administrators Mailbox)

Log On to System Administrators mailbox.

SA (72)

Access System Administrator options.

[Mgr]
Select Subscriber Mailbox Maintenance options.
S (7)
[Subs]
Enter the number of the Subscriber Mailbox you want to maintain.

*
#
0

2-252

Delete mailbox Security Code.

[Del]
Go back to System Administrator options.
[More], [Back]

Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Single Digit Dialing

Description
An Automated Attendant caller can press a single key to route to an extension, route to another
destination, or use an InMail feature. Single Digit Dialing simplifies the Automated Attendant since the
caller dials a single digit to reach an extension or use an option. If you set up Single Digit Dialing, be sure
to customize the active Instruction Menu so it describes which digits the caller should dial to use the
available options.
All of the features in the following Dial Action Table Key Action Summary table are accessible from a
single Dial Action Table digit.
Dial Action Table Key Action Summary
Action

Description

Feature Reference

Screened Transfer (1)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened
Transfer to an extension. InMail calls (screens) the destination
to see if the call can go through.

Screened Transfer on page 2-246

Unscreened Transfer on page 2-270

UTRF

Unscreened Transfer (2)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened
Transfer to an extension.InMail transfers the call the destination
and then hangs up.

Quick Message on page 2-236

REC1

Quick Message with Greeting (3)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message
at an extension. The caller hears the extension personal
greeting.

Quick Message on page 2-236

REC2

Quick Message without Greeting (4)

Allows an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message
at an extension. The caller does not hear the extension
personal greeting.
Log On to Voice Mail (5)
Allows an Automated Attendant caller to log on to a mailbox,
either directly or one of their choosing.

Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-179

LOGON
Hang Up

Hang Up (6)
InMail says Goodbye and hangs up.

Hang Up on page 2-146

Go to a Mailbox, (7)
Allows an Automated Attendant caller to route to another
mailbox.

Go To A Mailbox on page 2-131

Undefined Routing (0)

This action provides no routing.

Not applicable

TRF

GOTO
UND

InMail System Guide

2-253

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Instruction Menu
The active Instruction Menu should describe the Single Digit Dialing options.
Also refer to Dial Action Table Key Action Summary on page 2-253.

Programming
Refer to Dial Action Table Key Action Summary on page 2-253.

Operation
Refer to Dial Action Table Key Action Summary on page 2-253.

2-254

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Station Mailbox
Description
Station Mailbox is one of three mailbox categories: Personal, Group and Undefined. Personal Mailbox is
the category of mailboxes assigned to stations (extensions). All Personal Mailboxes are Subscriber
Mailboxes.
For more on the options available to Station Mailboxes, refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256.

Related Features

Group (Shared) Mailbox

Group Mailbox is a category of mailboxes normally used for Department Group overflow.

Programming
Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256.

Operation
Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256.

InMail System Guide

2-255

Issue 1.0

Subscriber Mailbox
Description
A Subscriber Mailbox is the mailbox assigned to a telephone system extension. The telephone assigned
to the Subscriber Mailbox is called the subscribers extension. When an extension user accesses their
voice mail, they are using their Subscriber Mailbox. It provides the InMail voice messaging services. For
a brief overview of the features available at a Subscriber Mailbox, review the Related Features below.
Then, go to the individual feature to find out how it operates and what programming is required to make
it wor64
At system startup, InMail automatically assigns a Subscriber Mailbox to extensions 101~164. All other
extensions do not have Subscriber Mailboxes automatically assigned. Refer to Programming on
page 2-257.

Related Features

Automated Attendant
The Automated Attendant can route callers to a Subscriber Mailbox.

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail sends Automated Attendant calls directly to a subscribers mailbox.
Their phone does not ring for calls from the Automated Attendant.

Auto Erase or Save

After a subscriber listens to a message in their Subscriber Mailbox, InMail can automatically delete or
archive the message.

Live Record
Enable or disable the Live Record beep for the Subscriber Mailbox.

Greeting
A Subscriber Mailbox user can record a personalized greeting for their mailbox. Callers to the users
mailbox hear the prerecorded personalized greeting.

Listening to Messages
Review this feature to learn which features are available to a subscriber while listening to messages.

Make Call
To simplify returning outside calls, InMail can ask the caller leaving a message to enter their phone number
prior to leaving the message. The subscriber can then dial MC to call the person back.

Main Menu
The Main Menu provides access to the features available to a Subscriber Mailbox.

2-256

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Message Listen Mode

Set the type of messages a subscriber will listen to when they dial L (5) after logging on to their Subscriber
Mailbox.

Message Notification
After activation, Message Notification dials up to 3 telephone numbers to let the user know they have new
Mailbox messages.

Message Playback Direction

Set the subscriber Mailbox message playback order.

Message Record
Review this feature to learn which features are available to a subscriber while recording and sending a
message.

Message Storage Limit

Set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the mailbox.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Next Call Routing Mailbox provides additional dialing options after a caller leaves a message in a
Subscriber Mailbox.

Security Code
If enabled, a subscriber must enter a security code before logging on to their Subscriber Mailbox.

System Administrator
A Subscriber Mailbox designated as a System Administrator provides the subscriber with unique system
administration abilities through the SA menu.

Unscreened Transfer
The Subscriber Mailbox can optionally convert Automated Attendant Screened Transfers to Unscreened
Transfers.

Programming
1.

Set up a Subscriber Mailbox.

47-02-01

Mailbox Type
Activate (1) the Personal Mailbox.
By default, Personal Mailboxes 1~64 are active (1). All other Station Mailboxes are
inactive (0).

47-02-02

Mailbox Number
Assign the mailbox number to each active Subscriber mailbox. Normally, the mailbox
number is the same as the extension number.
By default, mailboxes 1~64 correspond to mailbox numbers 101~164.
Mailboxes 65~896 = No entry.

InMail System Guide

2-257

Issue 1.0

2.

Check to be sure message waiting lamp is enabled for the Subscriber Mailbox.

47-02-08

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Enter 1 (Yes) to enable Message Waiting lamp for each Subscriber Mailbox.
By default, this option is 1 (Yes).

3.

Set the maximum length of recorded messages left in the Subscriber Mailbox.

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

Set the maximum length (1~4095 seconds) of recorded messages for:

Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message.

Extension users leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Outside Automated Attendant callers accessing a mailbox via a GOTO command and
then dialing RS to record and send a message.

Subscriber Mailbox Greetings.

Announcement Messages.

Call Routing Mailbox Instruction Menus.

By default, these messages are a maximum of 120 seconds.

4.

Set the maximum length of recorded Quick Messages left in the Subscriber Mailbox.

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

Set the maximum length (1~4095 seconds) of recorded messages for:

Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick Message in a Subscriber

Mailbox.

Outside callers transferred by an extension user to a Subscriber Mailbox.

By default, these messages are a maximum of 120 seconds.

Operation
Not applicable

2-258

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

System Administrator
Description
The System Administrator is a Subscriber Mailbox that has unique system administration features such
as recording Menus and deleting messages in a coworkers mailbox. The System Administrator features
are an essential part of InMail setup since they allow the recording of the system-wide messages and
provide Subscriber Mailbox maintenance. After logging on to their Subscriber Mailbox, the System
Administrator can use all of the features in the SA menu. The System Administrator Options table below
shows these options.
System Administrator Options
Menu
Option

1st Sub
Menu

2nd Sub
Menu

SA (72)
[Mgr]
I (4)
[Instr]
A (2)
[Annc]
S (7)
[Subs]
EA (32)
[Msgs]
EG (34)
[Greet]
EN (36)
[Name]
S (7)
[Code]
N (6)
[RcNam]
V (8)
[Info]
O (6)
[Sched]
L (5)
[Dlist]
3 [MboxAn]

Description
Access the System Administration
Options.
Record, listen to or delete an Instruction
Menu.
Record, listen to or delete an
Announcement Menu.
Access the Subscriber Maintenance
Menu.
Delete all messages in a mailbox.

For more, refer to:

Instruction Menu on page 2-165.

Announcement Message on
page 2-19.

Erasing All Messages on page 2-111.

Delete the Greeting.

Greeting on page 2-133.

Delete the Mailbox name.

Mailbox Name on page 2-185.

Delete the Mailbox security code.

Mailbox Security Code Delete on

page 2-189.
Mailbox Name on page 2-185.

Record, listen to or delete the mailbox

name.
Hear InMail prompt version number.
To change the Answering Schedule
Override for a table.
Create, delete and edit Message
Distribution Lists.
Record, listen to or delete a Mailbox
Announcement message.

Answer Schedule Override on

page 2-20.
Distribution List on page 2-93.
Mailbox Announcement Message on
page 2-182.

Related Features

Subscriber Mailbox
Only a Subscriber Mailbox can be a System Administrator.

InMail System Guide

2-259

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Designate a Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator.

47-02-12

System Administrator
Enter 1 (Yes) to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator.
By default, this option is 1 (Yes) at extension 101 and 0 (No) at all other extensions.

Operation
Refer to the individual features referenced in the System Administrator Options on page 2-259.
Accessing the System Administrator Options
Log On to System Administrators Mailbox.

SA (72)
0

2-260

Access the System Administrator Menu.

[Mgr]
Turn to System Administrator Options on page 2-259 for more information.
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

System Administrator Mailbox

Description
A System Administrator Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox in which you have enabled the System
Administrator option. This provides the subscriber with system administration abilities. InMail can have
multiple System Administrator Mailboxes. Turn to System Administrator on page 2-259 for more
information.

Related Features

Subscriber Mailbox
Only a Subscriber Mailbox can be a System Administrator.

System Administrator
The System Administrator has unique system administration functions, such as recording Welcome
Messages and Instruction Menus, and deleting messages in a coworkers mailbox.

Programming
1.

Designate a Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator.

47-02-12

System Administrator
Enter 1 (Yes) to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator.
By default, this option is 1 (Yes) at extension 101 and 0 (No) at all other extensions.

2.

Refer to System Administrator on page 2-259 for more programming details.

Operation
Refer to Accessing the System Administrator Options on page 2-260.

InMail System Guide

2-261

Issue 1.0

System Re-initialization
Description
Initializing the telephone system automatically initializes all InMail programming. You may want to do this
if the site requirements significantly change and it is easier to start over from default than remove all your
custom programming. Re-initializing InMail returns all programmed options to their default values.
Re-initializing the telephone system returns all programmed options to their factory set (default)
values. Any site specific programming you have done is erased following re-initialization.

CAUTION

To initialize (erase) Subscriber Mailbox Security Codes and all recordings, use a System Administrator
Mailbox.

Related Features

System Administrator
The System Administrator can delete Subscriber Mailbox security codes as well as InMail recorded
messages.

Programming
To initialize (Cold Start) the telephone system:
1.

Make sure the system (not InMail) CompactFlash card is not installed.
The system does not boot correctly if the system CompactFlash card is installed.
IMPORTANT

2.

Push the power button to Off.

3.

Wait 10 seconds before going to the next step.

This gives the system time to complete the shutdown process.

NOTE

4.

Press and hold the Load button, then turn the power switch to On.

5.

Continue to hold down the Load button for at least 3 seconds.

2-262

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

6.

Release the Load button.

NOTE

The system restarts in about 2 minutes.

When the system restarts, the Live LED flashes red.

To delete recorded messages and Subscriber Mailbox Security Code refer to System Administrator on
page 2-259.

The recorded messages include:

Instruction menus

Announcement Mailbox messages

Messages left in a Subscriber Mailbox

Subscriber Mailbox greetings

Subscriber Mailbox names

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-263

Issue 1.0

Time and Date

Description
Since InMail is completely integrated with the telephone system software, the InMail time and date is the
same as the phone system time and date. Since time and date is used on telephone displays and with
the Auto Time Stamp and Time and Date Stamp features, be sure to set it accurately. To change the
time and date, use the system programmable options. Refer to Programming on page 2-264. The Time
and Date is retained if the telephone system power should fail or the system resets.
In addition, a Subscriber Mailbox user can hear the time and date when they call their mailbox.

Related Features

Auto Time Stamp

After a user listens to a message, InMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left.

Time and Date Stamp

An extension can listen to a message and dial TI to hear the time the message was sent.

Programming
1.

To set the system time and date from system programming:

10-01-01

Time and Date

Set the system Time and Date.

2.

To set the system time from a system telephone:

Press Speaker.

Dial 728.

Dial two digits for the hour (24 hour clock, 13 = 1:00 PM).

Dial two digits for the minutes (00-60).

Press Speaker to hang up.

2-264

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Operation
Hearing the Current Time and Date
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

TI (84)
0

Access the Time and Date option.

InMail plays the time and date, and then returns you to the mailbox Main Menu.
Plays Help message.

InMail System Guide

2-265

Issue 1.0

Time and Date Stamp

Description
While listening to a message, a Subscriber Mailbox user can dial TI to hear the Time and Date the
message was left. This is a handy option while reviewing messages. The subscriber can just dial a code
to find out when the message arrived.
Time and Date Stamp with Caller ID
With Caller ID installed, a mailbox user can dial TI while listening to a message to hear the time the
message was sent, as well as the callers number.

Related Features

Auto Time Stamp

After a user listens to a message, InMail can optionally announce the time and date the message was left.

Caller ID
With Caller ID installed and programmed, the Time and Date Stamp also includes the callers number.

Listening to Messages
Turn to this feature for additional listening options.

Time and Date

You can set the system time from system programming or from a system extension. You can set the date
only from system programming.

Programming
To get Time and Date Stamp with Caller ID, be sure Caller ID is properly installed and programmed in
the connected telephone system.

Operation
Hearing the Time and Date a Message was Left
Log On to Subscriber Mailbox.

L (5)

2-266

Access the Message Listen mode.

[Lstn]
Hear the time and date the message was sent.
TI (84)
Turn to Listening to Messages on page 2-172 for more on your listening options.
Plays Help message.

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Transfer to a Mailbox
Description
An extension user can transfer their active call to a coworkers mailbox. This lets the caller leave a
personal message for the coworker. Transfer to a Mailbox is one of the big conveniences of InMail since
the caller can state their business and not have to call back later. It saves the caller time and cuts down
on unnecessary telephone system call processing. Transfer to a Mailbox is frequently used by
attendants and receptionists as well as other coworkers.

Related Features

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

When enabled, Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail automatically sends all calls from the Automated
Attendant to the subscribers mailbox.

Screened Transfer
Automated Attendant Screened Transfers can automatically transfer an outside caller to an extension.

Unscreened Transfer
Automated Attendant Unscreened Transfers can automatically transfer an outside caller to an extension.

Programming
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-267

Issue 1.0

Operation
Transferring your call to a Coworkers Mailbox
To transfer your active call to a coworkers mailbox:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Press Transfer.
Press Message.
Dial your coworkers mailbox number (e.g., 101 for extension 101).
Press Speaker to hang up.
o To optionally transfer a call to coworker mailbox without first ringing their phone, press Message
before dialing their mailbox number. (This is the only procedure you can use to transfer to a Guest
Mailbox.)
o To transfer a call to a coworker mailbox from a single line telephone, use the following procedure:
Hookflash + Dial *8 + Dial the coworkers mailbox + Hang up.

To transfer your active call and leave a message:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Press Transfer.
Dial your coworkers mailbox number (e.g., 101 for extension 101).
Dial 8.
Leave a message and hang up.
This procedure can be used for any telephone.

2-268

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Undefined Routing
Description
An Automated Attendant Undefined Routing is a Dial Action Table key assignment for which there is no
routing defined. When an Automated Attendant caller dials a digit and no routing is assigned, InMail
plays: That is an invalid entry. InMail then repeats the dialing options (Instruction Menu) to the caller. If
a Dial Action Table key assignment has no function, you should normally leave it undefined. By default,
keys 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 have Undefined Routing.

Related Features

Dial Action Table

Undefined Routing is a Dial Action Table Action.

Instruction Menu
The active Call Routing Mailboxs Instruction Menu repeats after a caller dials a digit with an Undefined
Routing.

Programming
1.

To set up an Undefined Routing for a Dial Action Table:

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: UND Action Undefined Routing (0) (UND)

For a key that should have an Undefined Routing, the Action entry should be UND. There
is no corresponding Number option entry.
By default, keys 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 have Undefined Routing.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-269

Issue 1.0

Unscreened Transfer
Description
Unscreened Transfer is an Automated Attendant option that allows callers to directly dial system
extensions. Unscreened Transfer (and its related feature Screened Transfer) allows the InMail
Automated Attendant to transfer outside calls to system extensions without a live receptionist or
operator. It is similar to telephone system unscreened transfers in which the transferring party
immediately extends the call. After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail transfers
the call to the destination and hangs up. Any recalls or additional routing are handled by the telephone
system just as with any other unscreened transfer.
Screened vs. Unscreened Transfer
Both Screened and Unscreened Transfer allow Automated Attendant callers to directly dial system
extensions. The following summarizes the differences between these two types of Automated Attendant
transfer.

When set for Unscreened Transfer, calls from the InMail ring at the extension like other transferred
calls and display the incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in programming)
while the phone is ringing.

When set for Screened Transfers, calls from the InMail ring like Intercom calls but do not display
incoming Caller ID data (if provided by Telco and enabled in programming) until after the call is
answered.

Both Screened and Unscreened Transfers route unanswered calls to the subscribers greeting
(recorded or default) so the caller can leave a message. However, only Screened Transfer allows
the caller to dial 2 to reach the Next Call Routing Mailbox options (if programmed).

Unscreened Transfer and Inactive Mailboxes

An Unscreened Transfer goes through to the destination extension even if the destination doesnt have
an active mailbox. If the Unscreened Transfer is unanswered at the destination, the call returns to the
Automated Attendant.

2-270

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Unscreened Transfer (UTRF) Operation

Call = Call answered by the Automated Attendant.
Extension = Extension dialed by Automated Attendant caller.
If Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail is off, refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38.

Extension Idle
With Active Greeting
Recorded

Transfers call to extension.

If answered, connects call
(just like a phone system
transfer).
If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays
greeting (so caller can start
recording).2
Transfers call to extension.
If answered, connects call
(just like a phone system
transfer).

With Active Greeting

Not Recorded

Extension in DND
1. Transfers call to extension.

2. Retrieves call.

2. Retrieves call.

3. If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays greeting
(so caller can start
recording).2

3. If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays
greeting (so caller can start
recording).2

Transfers call to extension.

If answered, connects call
(just like a phone system
transfer).

Transfers call to extension.

If answered, connects call
(just like a phone system
transfer).

If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays name
(if recorded) or extension
number. InMail then
prompts caller to leave a
message.2
If Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail is on, refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38.

If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays name
(if recorded) or extension
number. InMail then prompts
caller to leave a message.2

Extension Busy
1. Transfers call to extension.

Extension Idle
With Active Greeting
Recorded
With Active Greeting
Not Recorded
1
2

If unanswered1 in a default
phone system, plays name
(if recorded) or extension
number. InMail then prompts
caller to leave a message.2

Extension Busy

Extension in DND

Sends call immediately to mailbox:

Plays greeting.
Prompts caller to start recording.

After 24-02-04 Transfer Recall Time.

Custom phone system programming may redirect the unanswered call (for example, to a hunt group or another extension).

InMail System Guide

2-271

Issue 1.0

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.

Caller ID
InMail provides Caller ID data for an Unscreened Transfer as the call is ringing.

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.
You cannot program a Call Routing Mailbox as an Unscreened Transfer (UTRF) Dial Action Table
destination.

Forced Unscreened Transfer

The Subscriber Mailbox can optionally convert Automated Attendant Screened Transfers to Unscreened
Transfers.

Next Call Routing Mailbox

The Next Call Routing settings for a Subscriber Mailbox may provide additional options after the caller
leaves a message.

Screened Transfer
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail calls (screens) the destination extension to
see if the transfer can go through.

2-272

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Programming
1.

Assign the UTRF action to a key on the active Dial Action Table.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: UTRF Action Unscreened Transfer (2) (UTRF)

Normally, the corresponding Number option should be XXX. Note that the key you choose
for this action is the first digit of the called extension number.

For example, to allow callers to place Unscreened Transfers to extensions 101~199,

for key 3 enter UTRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

To have Unscreened Transfer call a specific extension, the corresponding Number option
should be that extensions number. The caller then dials that single digit to reach the
extension.

For example, to have callers dial 8 to reach extension 303, for key 8 enter UTRF for
the Action and 303 for the corresponding Number.

By default, key 0 and TIMEOUT are both UTRF actions to 101. In addition, key 3 is an
UTRF action to XXX.

2.

Optionally set the telephone system Transfer Recall interval.

24-02-04

Transfer Recall Time

Unanswered Unscreened Transfers route to the extension mailbox after this interval
(0~64800 seconds).
By default, this interval is 30 seconds.

Operation
Not applicable

InMail System Guide

2-273

Issue 1.0

Voice Mail Overflow

Description
The telephone system can automatically reroute unanswered outside calls to the InMail Automated
Attendant. Voice Mail Overflow ensures that InMail picks up calls that do not go through. This allows
callers to leave a message rather than having to call back later. Voice Mail can be the overflow
destination for the following types of calls:

Direct Inward Line (DIL) Overflow

A trunk that directly rings an extension can overflow to that extensions mailbox if not answered.

Incoming Ring Groups

A trunk ringing an extensions line keys can overflow to the InMail Automated Attendant.

Department Calling Groups

A call to a Department Group master (pilot) number can overflow to InMail if unanswered. The
overflow destination is the Group Mailbox assigned to the Department Group. The Group Mailbox
can be a:

Call Routing Mailbox

This gives the Department Group caller additional dialing options if their call is unanswered.

Announcement Mailbox
This plays a prerecorded announcement to the Department Group caller if their call is unanswered. The
Announcement Mailbox can then hang up or provide additional dialing options.

Subscriber Mailbox
The Department Group caller can leave a message in the groups master mailbox. A Member of the
group can then retrieve the message later on.

The call into the Department Group can be one of the following:

A Direct Inward Line to the Department Group master (pilot) number.

A Screened Transfer from the InMail Automated Attendant to the Department Group master (pilot)
number.

An Unscreened Transfer from the InMail Automated Attendant to the Department Group master (pilot)
number.

Related Features

Answer Table
Determines how the Automated Attendant answers outside calls on each trunk.

Automated Attendant
The Answer Table determines how the Automated Attendant answers calls.

Routing Mailbox
The mailbox associated with an Answer Table that specifies which dialing options (Dial Action Table) and
announcements are available to Automated Attendant callers.

2-274

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Dial Action Table

Defines the dialing options for the Call Routing Mailbox chosen by the active Answer Table.

Group (Shared) Mailbox

Use Group Mailboxes for Department Calling Group Overflow.

Screened Transfer
A Screened Transfer from the InMail Automated Attendant to a Department Group master number can
overflow to the group Mailbox.

Unscreened Transfer
An Unscreened Transfer from the InMail Automated Attendant to a Department Group can overflow to the
group Mailbox.

Programming
Programming DIL Overflow
1.

Set up Direct Inward Lines.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a separate entry for each
Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each trunk designated as a DIL above, enter the extension number of the DIL
destination (e.g., 306). Make a separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, no DIL destinations are programmed.

2.

Assign InMail as the overflow (no answer) destination.

22-08-01

DIL/IRG No Answer Destination

For each trunk assigned as a DIL above, enter the InMail Department Group pilot number
to make InMail the overflow (no answer) destination.
By default, the overflow (no answer) destination is Incoming Ring Group 1.

3.

Set the interval after which unanswered calls should route to the overflow destination.

22-01-04

DIL No Answer Recall Time

Enter the interval (0~64800 seconds) after which unanswered calls should overflow to the
programmed overflow (no answer) destination.
By default, this interval is 0 (no overflow).

InMail System Guide

2-275

Issue 1.0

Programming Incoming Ring Group Overflow

1.

Set up the Incoming Ring Group trunks.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 0 (Normal) to each Incoming Ring Group trunk. Make a separate
entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

2.

Assign InMail as the overflow (no answer) destination.

22-08-01

DIL/IRG No Answer Destination

For each trunk assigned as an Incoming Ring Group trunk above, enter the InMail
Department Group pilot number to make InMail the overflow (no answer) destination.
By default, the overflow (no answer) destination is Incoming Ring Group 1.

3.

Set the interval after which unanswered calls should route to the overflow destination.

22-01-04

DIL No Answer Recall Time

Enter the interval after which unanswered calls should overflow to the programmed
overflow (no answer) destination.
By default, this interval is 0 (no overflow).

Programming Department Calling Group Overflow for Screened Transfers (TRFs)

1.

Set up the Department Group.

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions.

Assign telephone extensions to a Department Group.
By default, telephone extensions are assigned to Department Group 1.
Assign the InMail extensions to a unique Department Group (e.g., 2).
No other extensions should be in this group.
These extensions are the extensions the system assigns to the InMail.
Do not use Department Group 1.
Be sure to set up the Department Group in order. (For example, the first extension should
be order 1, the second order 2, etc.)

11-07-01

Department Group Pilot Numbers

Assign master (pilot) numbers to Department Groups.

2.

In the active Dial Action Table, assign a Screened Transfer (TRF) Action to the Department Group
master number.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: TRF Action Screened Transfer (1) (TRF)

The corresponding Number option should be the Department Group master number.
For example, to allow callers to place Screened Transfers to Department Group 1 (600),
enter TRF for the Action and 600 for the corresponding Number.
By default, two TRF actions are assigned to Department Groups.

2-276

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

3.

Set how long the call will ring in the Department Group before overflow occurs.

47-08-02

Screened Transfer Timeout (Scrn Trf Timeout)

For the active Call Routing Mailbox, set how long (0~255 seconds) the Screened Transfer
from the InMail Automated Attendant rings in the Department Group before overflow
occurs.
By default, this interval is 15 seconds.

4.

Set up the Department Group Mailbox.

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
The Group Mailbox number must be the same as the Department Group master number.
By default, no Group Mailbox numbers are assigned.

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Assign the Group Mailbox category (2 = Routing, 1 = Subscriber, 0 = Undefined).
By default, the Group Mailbox type is 1 (Subscriber).

5.

Set up the options for the Group Mailbox used for Department Group overflow.
If you entered 2 (Call Routing) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

47-07 : InMail Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-41

47-08 : Call Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-43

47-09 : Announcement Mailbox Options on page 3-46

If you entered 1 (Subscriber) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

47-06-01 Number of Messages on page 3-33

47-06-02 Message Playback on page 3-33

47-06-03 Auto Erase/Save of Messages on page 3-34

47-06-05 Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep) on page 3-34

47-06-06 Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp) on page 3-35

47-06-07 Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 3-35

47-06-08 Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF) on page 3-35

47-06-09 Auto Time Stamp on page 3-36

47-06-10 System Administrator (System Admin) on page 3-36

47-06-11 Dialing Option on page 3-36

47-06-12 Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox) on page 3-37

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys on page 3-2

For each Department Group member, assign a Voice Mail key (code 77) for the group master number. This allows group members to easily retrieve the overflow messages.

InMail System Guide

2-277

Issue 1.0

Programming Department Calling Group Overflow for Unscreened Transfers (UTRFs)

1.

Set up the Department Group.

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions

Assign telephone extensions to a Department Group.
Assign the InMail extensions to a unique Department Group (e.g., 2).
No other extensions should be in this group.
These extensions are the extensions the system assigns to the InMail.
Do not use Department Group 1.
Be sure to set up the Department Group in order. (For example, the first extension should
be order 1, the second order 2, etc.)

11-07-01

Department Group Pilot Numbers

Assign master (pilot) numbers to Department Groups.

2.

In the active Dial Action Table, assign an Unscreened Transfer (UTRF) Action to the Department
Group master number.

47-13-01

Dial Action Tables: UTRF Action Unscreened Transfer (2) (UTRF)

The corresponding Number option should be the Department Group master number.

For example, to allow callers to place Screened Transfers to Department Group 1

(600), enter UTRF for the Action and 600 for the corresponding Number.

By default, two UTRF actions are assigned to Department Groups.

3.

Set how long the call will ring in the Department Group before overflow occurs.

24-02-04

Transfer Recall Time

Set how long (0~64800 seconds) the Unscreened Transfer from the InMail Automated
Attendant rings in the Department Group before overflow occurs.
By default, this interval is 30 seconds.

4.

Set up the Department Group Mailbox.

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
The Group Mailbox number must be the same as the Department Group master number.
By default, no Group Mailbox numbers are assigned.

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Assign the Group Mailbox category (2 = Routing, 1 = Subscriber, 0 = None).
By default, the Group Mailbox type is 1 (Subscriber).

5.

Set up the options for the Group Mailbox used for Department Group overflow.
If you entered 2 (Call Routing) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

on page 3-41.

47-08 : Call Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-43.

47-09 : Announcement Mailbox Options on page 3-46.

2-278

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

If you entered 1 (Subscriber) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

47-06-01 Number of Messages on page 3-33.

47-06-02 Message Playback on page 3-33.

47-06-03 Auto Erase/Save of Messages on page 3-34.

47-06-05 Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep) on page 3-34.

47-06-06 Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp) on page 3-35.

47-06-07 Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 3-35.

47-06-08 Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF) on page 3-35.

47-06-09 Auto Time Stamp on page 3-36.

47-06-10 System Administrator (System Admin) on page 3-36.

47-06-11 Dialing Option on page 3-36.

47-06-12 Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox) on page 3-37.

Programming Department Calling Group Overflow for a DIL to the Master Number
1.

Set up the Department Group.

16-02-01

Department Group Assignment for Extensions

Assign telephone extensions to a Department Group.
Assign the InMail extensions to a unique Department Group (e.g., 2).
No other extensions should be in this group.
These extensions are the extensions the system assigns to the InMail.
Do not use Department Group 1.
Be sure to set up the Department Group in order. (For example, the first extension should
be order 1, the second order 2, etc.)

11-07-01

Department Group Pilot Numbers

Assign master (pilot) numbers to Department Groups.

2.

Set up a DIL for the Department Group.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a separate entry for each
Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each DIL you want to ring the Department Group directly, enter the Department Group
master number.
By default, no DIL destinations are programmed.

22-08-01

DIL/IRG No Answer Destination

For each DIL to the Department Group master number, enter 102 to make InMail the
overflow (no answer) destination.
By default, the overflow (no answer) destination is Incoming Ring Group 1.

InMail System Guide

2-279

Issue 1.0

3.

Set how long a DIL rings in the Department Group before overflow occurs.

22-01-04

DIL No Answer Recall Time

Set how long (0~64800 seconds) the DIL rings in the Department Group before overflow
occurs.
By default, this interval is 0 (no overflow).

4.

Set up the Department Group Mailbox.

47-03-02

Group Mailbox Number (Mailbox Number)

The Group Mailbox number must be the same as the Department Group master number.
By default, no Group Mailbox numbers are assigned.

47-03-03

Group Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Assign the Group Mailbox category (2 = Routing, 1 = Subscriber, 0 = None).
By default, the Group Mailbox type is 1 (Subscriber).

5.

Set up the options for the Group Mailbox used for Department Group overflow.
If you entered 2 (Call Routing) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

47-07 : InMail Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-41.

47-08 : Call Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-43.

47-09 : Announcement Mailbox Options on page 3-46.

If you entered 1 (Subscriber) for 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type:

47-06-01 Number of Messages on page 3-33.

47-06-02 Message Playback on page 3-33.

47-06-03 Auto Erase/Save of Messages on page 3-34.

47-06-05 Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep) on page 3-34.

47-06-06 Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp) on page 3-35.

47-06-07 Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 3-35.

47-06-08 Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF) on page 3-35.

47-06-09 Auto Time Stamp on page 3-36.

47-06-10 System Administrator (System Admin) on page 3-36.

47-06-11 Dialing Option on page 3-36.

47-06-12 Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox) on page 3-37.

Operation
Not applicable

2-280

InMail Features

Issue 1.0

Volume Control
Description
Since InMail is completely integrated with the telephone system software, Volume Control is available at
a subscribers keyset any time while listening to a message, greeting, or prerecorded voice prompt.
Volume Controls let the user interactively adjust the loudness of the InMail messages and prompts to a
comfortable level.

Related Features
None

Programming
No additional programming required.

Operation
Volume Control
To adjust the volume while using any mailbox feature:
1. Press VOL Up or VOL Down.

InMail System Guide

2-281

Issue 1.0

2-282

InMail Features

UNIVERGE SV9100

Programming

SECTION 1

Chapter 3

BEFORE YOU START PROGRAMMING

The InMail programmable options allow you to customize the way the features
associated with an option work. This Programming chapter provides detailed
information to enable you to accomplish the following:

Find out about each option.

Review the list of features that an option affects.

Learn how to enter the option data into system memory.

When you want to customize a feature, refer to information in the Chapter 2

Features, Section 3 Feature Descriptions on page 2-9. The Feature Descriptions tells
you what options you have to change to get the feature operation you want. Then,
look up the options in this section and customize them as required.
Start-Up Programming
Default Programming

SECTION 2

START-UP PROGRAMMING (DEFAULT)

Every SV9100 has the InMail built in on the system. When a system is defaulted the
InMail will be automatically programmed and work in the system.
The following settings are made automatically on a defaulted system. If needed, they
can be changed but it is recommended that the default values be kept.
Subscriber Mailboxes are enabled for extensions 101~164. The mailbox numbers are
the same as the extension numbers.

InMail System Guide

The Automated Attendant does not answer outside calls.

The Department group pilot for InMail extensions in PRG 11-07-01 is 3999.

All InMail extensions are assigned to Department group 64 in PRG 16-02-01.

The extension numbers for the InMail ports are 3898-3913.

The voice mail Department group is set to 64 in PRG 45-01-01.

InMail extensions 3898-3913 are set to DP in PRG 15-03-01.

InMail extensions 3898-3913 are set to Special in PRG 15-03-03.

3-1

Issue 1.0

2.1

Optional InMail Start-Up Programming

To program Voice Mail keys on system extensions.

15-07-01

Programming Function Keys

Voice Mail keys are code 77.
Normally, the additional data is the number of the extension you are
programming.
You can optionally set up an extension Message key for Voice Mail
access in the next step.
Keysets can also have Voice Mail keys for Virtual Extensions, a
co-worker, or an uninstalled extension (for Message Center
operation).
Extension users can use Service Code 751 to set up their own
Voice Mail keys.
By default, no Voice Mail keys are assigned.

2.2

Set up Automated Attendant to Answer Outside Calls

To have Automated Attendant answer outside calls, perform the following:

3-2

Set trunks to Direct Inward Lines (DILs) in PRG 22-02-01.

Terminate DIL trunks to InMail by setting PRG 22-07-01 to pilot of

InMail, at default 3999.

After the DILs to InMail are set up, all calls are answered by Call
Routing Mailbox 1 and Dial Action Table 1.

Answer Table 1 Runs Monday-Friday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM, and uses

Call Routing Mailbox 1.

At all other times, the Default Mailbox answers also using Call Routing
Mailbox 1.

Dial Action Table 1 enables the following usage:

Dial system extensions (if installed) 101~199, 3101~3257 and

3301~3457.

Dial 0 for an operator (extension 101).

Dial * + Extension to leave a Quick Message in a mailbox.

Dial # + Extension to remotely log on to their mailbox.

Wait on the line to be automatically routed to the operator.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Make the following programming changes:

1.

Set up trunks as DILs.

22-02-01

Incoming Call Trunk Setup

Assign Service Type 4 to each trunk you want to be a DIL. Make a
separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, trunks are Service Type 0 (Normal).

2.

Have the DILs terminate to InMail Extension.

22-07-01

DIL Assignment
For each trunk you designate as a DIL, enter the InMail group pilot
number. Make a separate entry for each Night Service mode.
By default, no DIL destinations are programmed.

SECTION 3

PROGRAM OPTIONS
This sections lists the programs and available programming options.

InMail System Guide

3-3

Issue 1.0

Program 15 : Extension, Basic Setup

15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup
Level:
SA

Description
Program 15-01 Basic Extension Data Setup defines the basic settings for each extension.
Use 15-01-01 Extension Name to enter an extension name for Directory Dialing. You can also enter an
extension name from the telephone.

REFERENCE

For information on the other 15-01 Basic Extension Data Setup options, refer to the
SV9100 Programming Manual.

Programming

15-01-01

Extension Name
Enter the name for each extension, using up to 12 characters, A~Z, upper and lower case
letters. Do not use non-alpha characters. To separate a first name from a last name, enter a
space or comma as a delimiter. You can enter names in any of the following formats:

First

Last

First (space) Last

Last (space) First

You can also use Name Programming from the telephone to enter extension names
(Speaker + 700 or PRG 15-07/SC 751 + 55).
For help with programming names, refer to 15-01 Program Entry.
Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82.
Entering Names
Refer to Table 3-1 Keys for Entering Names on page 3-5 when entering names.
Name format:

Characters (12 maximum, using upper and lower case letters).

Use a space or comma as the delimiter between the first and last name.

Default: No extension names entered

3-4

Programming

Issue 1.0

Table 3-1 Keys for Entering Names

Use this keypad digit . . . When you want to. . .

1

Enter characters:

1 @ [ ] ^ _ ` { | }

Enter characters: A-C, a-c, 2.

Enter characters: D-F, d-f, 3.

Enter characters: G-I, g-i, 4.

Enter characters: J-L, j-l, 5.

Enter characters: M-O, m-o, 6.

Enter characters: P-S, p-s, 7.

Enter characters: T-V, t-v, 8.

Enter characters: W-Z, w-z, 9.

Enter characters:

InMail System Guide

&

Enter characters:

<

>

# = Accepts an entry (only required if two letters on the same key

are needed ex: TOM). Pressing # again = Space. (In system
programming mode, use the right arrow Softkey instead to accept
and/or add a space.)

Conf

Clear the character entry one character at a time.

Hold

Clear all the entries from the point of the flashing cursor and to the
right.

3-5

Issue 1.0

15-01 Program Entry

15-01 Basic Extension Data Setup Program Entry
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 1501 + Option.
01

Extension Name (12 characters max., A-Z using upper and lower case letters) [No entry]
Use a space or comma as the delimiter between the first and last name.

02

Outgoing Trunk Line Preference (0=Off, 1=On) [0]

03

SMDR Printout (0=Do not print on SMDR report, 1=Include on SMDR report) [1]

04

ISDN Caller ID (0=Disable, 1=Enable) [1]

05

Restriction for Outgoing Disable on Incoming Line (0=Disable, 1=Enable) [0]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next
prompt without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Answer

3-6

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 41 : Contact Center Setup

41-01 : System Options for Contact Center
Level:
IN

Description
Use Program 41-19 Voice Mail Delay Announcement to assign InMail Call Routing Mailboxes (PRG
47-09) as Contact Center Delay Announcement Mailboxes. Refer to Figure 3-1 Contact Center Delay
Announcement Flowchart on page 3-10 for programming example. Also, refer to the SV9100 Contact
Center Manual for more information.
Conditions

The KSU must be licensed for Contact Center and InMail in order for this feature to work.

Call Routing Mailboxes used for Delay Announcements cannot be used for other features.

Call Routing boxes used for dial options cannot be used for other features.

When Voice Mail Delay Announcements are being played, InMail talk paths (ports) are used.

InMail cannot be used for Contact Center Night Announcement.

If a caller chooses to dial out of a queue during the delay announcement the caller is immediately
removed from the queue.

Programming

41-19-01

Delay Message Start Timer

Determine the time the system waits before playing the first Delay Message.
Assigned Data
0~64800 seconds
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-7

Issue 1.0

41-19-02

Mailbox Number for 1st Announcement Message

Assign Voice Mail Contact Center Announcement Mailbox as the message source for the 1st
Announcement Message.
Assigned Data
Dial (Up to eight digits)
Default = No Setting

41-19-03

1st Delay Message Sending Count

Determine the 1st Delay Message Sending Count. This entry must be set to 1 or higher in
order for the message to play.
Assigned Data
0 = No Message Played, 1~255
Default = 0

41-19-04

Mailbox Number for 2nd Announcement Message

Assign Voice Mail Contact Center Announcement Mailboxes as the message source for the
2nd Announcement Message.
Assigned Data
Dial (Up to eight digits)
Default = No Setting

41-19-05

2nd Delay Message Sending Count

Determine the 2nd Delay Message Sending Count. This entry must be set to 1 or higher in
order for the message to play.
Assigned Data
0 = No Message Played, 1~255
Default = 0

41-19-06

Wait Tone Type at Message Interval

Determine what the caller will hear between the messages.
Assigned Data
0 = Ring Back Tone
1 = Music On Hold Tone
2 = Background Music Source
Default = 0

41-19-07

Contact Center Forced Disconnect Time After 2nd Announcement

Assign the time the system should wait after the end of the Contact Center delay message
before disconnecting.
Assigned Data
0~64800 seconds
Default = 0

3-8

Programming

Issue 1.0

41-19-08

Delayed Message Interval Time

Set the timer for the interval between the Delayed Messages
Assigned Data
0~64800 seconds
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-9

Issue 1.0

Figure 3-1 Contact Center Delay Announcement Flowchart

3-10

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 45 : Voice Mail Integration

45-01 : Voice Mail Integration Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use Program 45-01 Voice Mail Integration Options to customize certain voice mail integration options.

Programming

45-01-01

Voice Mail Department Group Number

Assign which Extension (Department) Group number is to be assigned as the voice mail
group (non-networked system).
Assigned Data
0~64
0 = No Voice Mail
Default = 0

45-01-02

Voice Mail Master Name

Enter the Voice Mail master name.
Assigned Data
Up to 12 Characters
Default = Voice Mail

45-01-04

Park and Page

Enable/Disable the system ability to process the Voice Mail Park and Page () commands.
You should normally enable this option.
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 1

InMail System Guide

3-11

Issue 1.0

45-01-05

Message Wait
Enable/Disable the system ability to process the Voice Mail Message Wait (#) commands.
You should normally enable this option. If enabled, be sure that the programmed Message
Notification strings dont contain the code for trunk access.
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 1

45-01-06

Record Alert Tone Interval Time

Set the time between voice Mail Conversation Record alerts.
Assigned Data
0~64800 (sec)
Default = 30

45-01-14

CCIS Centralized Voice Mail Number

Assign the pilot number to Centralized Voice Mail over CCIS Link. This is assigned only in
the remote switches.
Assigned Data
Dial (up to 8 digits)
Default = No Setting

45-01-15

Analog Voice Mail Protocol Selection

Assign whether fixed codes are used or the codes used in PRG 45-04 are used for analog
voice mail protocol.
Assigned Data
0 = Fixed
1 = Program
Default = 0

45-01-16

Voice Mail Fax Digit Add Assignment

Assign up to four digits in front of the station number sent to the SLT port when a call is
forwarded.
Assigned Data
Up to four digits
Default = None

45-01-17

Reply Mailbox Number

Whether or not to include the mailbox number in the analog voice mail protocol.
Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 1

3-12

Programming

Issue 1.0

45-01-18

Trunk Number Mapping

Assign the digits of trunk number mapping.
Assigned Data
2~3
Default = 2

Conditions
None

Feature Cross Reference

Voice Mail Integration (Analog) (Please refer to the SV9100 Features and Specifications Manual
for information on this feature)

InMail System Guide

3-13

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-01 : InMail System Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use Program 47-01 InMail System Options to set up the InMail system-wide options.

Programming

47-01-02

InMail Master Name

Use this option to modify the name for all InMail ports. The system briefly displays this name
when a display multiline terminal user calls a Voice Mail port, either by pressing Message,
the voice mail key, or by dialing the master number. You should always end the name with
the ## characters. The system substitutes the port number for the last #. Using the default
name InMail ## for example, the telephone display shows InMail #1 when calling port 1. The
CD-CPOO-US be reset for a change to this program to take effect.

Refer to Table 3-1 Keys for Entering Names on page 3-5.

Assigned Data

Consider leaving the option at its default setting.

Default = InMail ##
(The system substitutes the port number for the last # when calling the port).

47-01-03

Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length)

Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded messages for:

Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message.

Extension users leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Outside Automated Attendant callers accessing a mailbox via a GOTO command and then
dialing RS to record and send a message. Subscriber Mailbox Greetings.

Announcement Messages.

Call Routing Mailbox Instruction Menus.

3-14

The length of a Conversation Record is 10 times the Subscriber Message Length.

Since the Conversation Record time cannot exceed 4095 seconds, any settings in
Subscriber Message Length larger than 4095 has no effect on the length of
recorded conversations.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Refer to the following for more information:

Announcement Message on page 2-19

Automated Attendant on page 2-43

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242

Live Record on page 2-177

Greeting on page 2-133

Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256

Assigned Data

1~4095 seconds
Default = 120 seconds

47-01-04

Non-Subscriber Message Length (Mbox Msg Length)

Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded messages for:

Automated Attendant callers leaving a message or Quick Message in a Subscriber Mailbox.

Outside callers transferred by an extension user to a Subscriber Mailbox.

Refer to the following for more information:

Automated Attendant on page 2-43

Message Length on page 2-201

Quick Message on page 2-236

Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256

Assigned Data

1~4095 seconds.
Default = 120 seconds

47-01-05

Message Backup/Go Ahead Time (Msg Bkup/Adv Time)

Use this option to set the backup/go ahead interval. This interval sets how far InMail backs up
when a user dials B while listening to a message. This interval also sets how far InMail jumps
ahead when a user dials G while listening to a message.

Refer to the following for more information:

Listening to Messages on page 2-172

Message Length on page 2-201

Assigned Data

1~60 Seconds.
Default = 5

InMail System Guide

3-15

Issue 1.0

47-01-07

Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager CBack)

Use this option to set the Digital Pager Callback Number portion of the Message Notification
callout number for a digital pager. This is the portion of the callout number that is appended to
the pager service telephone number. Normally, this option is XM#, where:

X is the number of the extension that generated the notification.

is a visual delimiter (to make the pager display easier to read).

M is the number of new messages in the extension mailbox.

# is the digit normally used by the pager service for positive disconnect.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

Digits (12 maximum, using 0~9, # and )

M (Number of messages - entered by pressing LK1)
X (Extension number - entered by pressing LK2)
InMail automatically replaces the X command with the number of the extension that initially
received the message.
Default = XM#

47-01-08

Delay in Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager Dial Delay)

Use this option to set the delay (0~99 seconds) that occurs just before InMail dials the Digital
Pager Callback Number portion of the Message Notification callout number for a digital
pager. Set this delay so the pager service has enough time to connect to the digital pager
before sending the callback number. Your pager service may be able to help you determine
the best value for this option (0~99 seconds). By default, this option is 30 seconds. When
placing a digital pager notification, the system:
1.

Seizes the trunk specified.

2.

Dials user-entered notification number (in Message + OP + N).

3.

Waits the 47-01-08 Delay in Dialing Digital Pager Callback Number interval.

4.

Dials number entered in 47-01-07 Digital Pager Callback Number.

The system assumes that the notification number completes dialing approximately 4 seconds
after trunk seizure. This means that, by default, the Digital Pager Callback Number is dialed
to the pager service about 13 seconds after trunk seizure.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~99 seconds
Default = 30

3-16

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-01-09

Wait Between Digital Pager Callout Attempts (Notify Pager Intvl)

Use this option to set the minimum time (1~255 minutes) between unacknowledged or
unanswered digital pager Message Notification callouts. (A subscriber acknowledges a
digital pager notification by logging onto their mailbox.) After this interval expires, InMail tries
the callout again (for up to the number of times set in 47-01-14 Number of Cascading
Attempts).
If the system dials the callout number and the pager service is busy, it retries the number in
one minute.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~255 minutes
Default = 15

47-01-10

Wait Between Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify N-Pgr Intvl)

Use this option to set the minimum time (1~255 minutes) between non-pager Message
Notification callouts in which the destination answers, says Hello, dials 1 to acknowledge
and then enters the wrong security code.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~255 minutes
Default = 20

47-01-11

Wait Between Busy Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify Busy Intvl)

Use this option to set how long InMail waits (1~255 minutes), after it dials a busy non-pager
callout destination, before retrying the callout number.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~255 minutes
Default = 15 minutes

InMail System Guide

3-17

Issue 1.0

47-01-12

Wait Between RNA Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Intvl)

Use this option to set how long InMail waits (1~255 minutes), after it dials an unanswered
non-pager callout destination, before retrying the callout number.
There are three types of unanswered non-pager callouts:

If the callout rings the destination longer than the 47-01-13 Wait for Answer Non-Pager
Callout Attempts option.

If the destination answers, says Hello (or the system detects answer supervision) and then
hangs up without dialing 1 to log on to their mailbox. This typically happens if someone
unfamiliar with notification answers the callout, or if the callout is picked up by an answering
machine.

If the destination answers and then hangs up without saying Hello. This typically happens if
someone unfamiliar with the notification answers the callout (like the above example), or if the
call is picked up by an answering machine with insufficient outgoing message volume.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~255 minutes
Default = 30

47-01-13

Wait for Answer Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify RNA Rings)

If a non-pager callout rings the destination longer than this interval (1~99 rings), InMail marks
the call as unanswered (Ring No Answer) and hangs up.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~99 rings
Default = 5

47-01-14

Number of Cascading Attempts (Notify Call Attmpt)

Use this option to set how many times (1~99 attempts) InMail retries an incomplete Message
Notification callout. This total includes unacknowledged callouts, callouts to a busy
destination, and callouts to an unanswered destination. This option applies to pager and nonpager callouts.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~99 attempts
Default = 1 attempt

3-18

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-01-15

Send Pager Callout Until Acknowledged (Retry Until Ack)

When this option is enabled (1), InMail continues to retry a digital pager Message Notification
callout until the notification is acknowledged. If this option is disabled (0), InMail retries a
digital pager Message Notification the number of times specified in 47-01-14 Number of
Cascading Attempts. This option does not apply to Message Notification callouts to
telephone numbers.
A digital pager notification is considered acknowledged when the recipient logs on to the
mailbox.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default =0

47-01-16

Name Format
Use this option to determine how extension names should be entered in 15-01-01 Basic
Extension Data Setup Extension Name or via the telephone. The options are 0 (1st last)
and 1 (last 1st).
If you enter 0 (first-last), the system assumes that all names are entered in the following
format:
M

First

Last
Delimiter
(space or comma)

If you enter 1 (last-first), the system assumes that all names are entered in the following
format:
J

Last

First
Delimiter
(space or comma)

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more.

Assigned Data

0 (1st Last)
1 (Last 1st)
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-19

Issue 1.0

47-01-18

Play PAD Control

Assigned Data
1~57 (-15.5dBM~+12.5dBm)
Default =32

47-01-19

Record PAD Control (for Networking)

Assigned Data
1~57 (-15.5dBM~+12.5dBm)
Default = 32

47-01 Program Entry

47-01 InMail System Options Program Entry
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4701 + Option.

3-20

01

DSPDB VM Type (0=InMail, 1=VRS) [0]

LK1=InMail, LK2=VRS

02

InMail Master Name (refer Table 3-1 Keys for Entering Names on page 3-5) [InMail ##]

03

Subs Msg Length (1~4095) [120]

04

Mbox Msg Length (1~4095) [120]

05

Msg Bkup/Adv Time (1~60) [5]

06

Fax Extension (Extension number or no entry, entered by pressing Hold) [No entry]

07

Pager CBack (Digits, M=Number of messages, X=Extension number) [X*M#]

LK1=M, LK2=X

08

Pager Dial Delay (0~99) [9]

09

Notify Pager Intvl (1~255) [15]

10

Notify N-Pgr intvl (1~255) [20]

11

Notify Busy Intvl (1~255) [15]

12

Notify RNA Intvl (1~255) [30]

13

Notify RNA Rings (1~99) [5]

14

Notify Call Attmpt (1~99) [5]

15

Retry Until Ack (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

16

Name Format (0=1st Last, 1=Last 1st) [0]

18

Set Play PAD Control 1~57 [32]

19

Set Record PAD Control 1~57 [32]

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-01 InMail System Options Program Entry (Continued)

(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Answer

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).

InMail System Guide

Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

3-21

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-02 : InMail Station Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-02 InMail Station Mailbox Options to set up a station/extension mailbox. Station mailboxes are
automatically assigned as Subscriber Mailboxes. You can also set up Group Mailboxes as Subscriber
Mailboxes.

Normally, InMail Station Mailbox numbers 1~26 correspond to extensions 101~126.

NOTE

There are three Station Mailbox categories:

Station

Routing

Master

Refer to Group (Shared) Mailbox on page 2-137 and Station Mailbox on page 2-255.

Programming

47-02-01

Mailbox Type
Use this option to enable or disable the mailbox. An extension mailbox is not accessible
when it is disabled (even though stored messages and configuration are retained in memory.)
If disabled, a user pressing Message initiates a remote logon and be asked to enter their
mailbox number. A voice prompt then announces: That mailbox does not exist.

To make programming easier, consider associating a mailbox number with a station port.

For example, mailbox 1 could correspond to port 1, which in turn corresponds to extension
101.

Refer to Section 2 Start-Up Programming (Default) on page 3-1 for more information.

Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 = None
1 = Personal
2 = Group

3-22

Programming

Issue 1.0

Default = Mailboxes 1~64 = 1

47-02-02

Mailbox Number
Use this option to select the extension number associated with the mailbox you are
programming. Normally, mailbox 1 should use Mailbox Number 101, mailbox 2 should use
Mailbox Number 102, etc.

To make programming easier, consider associating a mailbox number with a station port. For
example, mailbox 1 could correspond to port 1, which in turn corresponds to extension 101.

Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256 for more information.

Assigned Data

Digits (8 maximum, using 0~9).

Default = Mailboxes 1~64 = 101~164, Mailboxes 65~896 = No Entry

47-02-03

Number of Messages
Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber
Mailbox. If a caller tries to leave a message once this limit is reached, they hear, That
mailbox is full. InMail then hangs up.

Refer to Message Storage Limit on page 2-216 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~99 messages
To conserve storage space, enter 0 for all unused mailboxes.
Default = 99 messages for mailbox 1; 20 messages for all other mailboxes.

47-02-04

Message Playback Order

Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order. When a subscriber
listens to their messages, InMail can play the oldest messages first (first-in-first-out, or FIFO),
or the newest messages first (last-in-first-out, or LIFO).

Refer to Message Playback Direction on page 2-212 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 (FIFO - first-in/first-out, or oldest messages first).

1 (LIFO - last-in/first-out, or newest messages first).
Default = 0

47-02-05

Auto Erase/Save of Messages

Use this option to determine what happens when a Subscriber Mailbox user completely
listens to a new message and then exits their mailbox without either saving (SA) or erasing
(E) the message. Depending on the setting of this option, InMail either automatically archives
or deletes the message. If the mailbox user hangs up before listening to the entire new
message, InMail retains the message as a new message.

Refer to Auto Erase or Save on page 2-40.

Assigned Data

0 = Erase
After the subscriber listens to the entire new message and hangs up, InMail deletes the
message.
1 = Save

InMail System Guide

3-23

Issue 1.0

After the subscriber listens to the entire new message and hangs up, InMail archives the
message.
Default = 1

47-02-06

Message Retention
Use this option to determine how long a subscriber mailbox retains held and archived
messages. If a message is left in a subscriber mailbox longer than this interval, InMail deletes
it.
Assigned Data
1~99 days, 0 = Indefinite
Default = 0

47-02-07

Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep)

Use this option to enable or disable the Conversation Record beep. If enabled, all parties on
a call will hear the voice prompt Recording followed by a single beep when the extension
user initiates Conversation Record. If disabled, the voice prompt and beep will not occur.
When you disable the Conversation Record beep, the following voice prompts do not occur
while InMail records the conversation:

Recording (followed by a beep)

That mailbox is full (if the mailbox message storage capacity is reached)

You have reached the recording limit (if the recorded message is too long)

The SV9100 telephone system software provides an additional Conversation Record beep.
This beep repeats according to the setting of Program 45-01-06 Voice Mail Integration
Options: Record Alert Tone Interval Time (0~64800 seconds). To disable the SV9100
telephone system Conversation Record beep, enter 0 for this option.

Refer to Live Record on page 2-177 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 1

47-02-08

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Use this option to enable or disable Message Waiting lamp at the extension associated with
the Subscriber mailbox. For Subscriber Mailboxes, leave this option enabled. For Guest
Mailboxes, leave this option disabled.

Refer to Guest Mailbox on page 2-143 for more information.

Disabling this option also disables Message Notification.

Refer to Message Notification on page 2-205 for more information.

Refer to Message Waiting Lamp on page 2-217 for more information.

Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 1

3-24

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-02-09

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail (Auto-ATT DND)

Use this option to enable or disable Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb. When a subscriber
enables Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb, an Automated Attendant caller routes directly to the
mailbox, hears the greeting, and is asked to leave a message. A subscriber can also enable
Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb while recording their mailbox greeting.

Refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-02-10

Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF)

Use this option to enable or disable Automated Attendant Forced Unscreened Transfer for
the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled, each Screened Transfer (TRF) to the extension is
converted to an Unscreened Transfer (UTRF). If disabled, Screened Transfers from the
Automated Attendant occur normally.

Refer to Forced Unscreened Transfer on page 2-129 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No ( Disabled)
Default = 0

47-02-11

Auto Time Stamp

Use this option to enable or disable Auto Time Stamp for the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled,
after the subscriber listens to a message InMail will announce the time and date the message
was left. Auto Time Stamp will also announce the message sender (if known).
A subscriber can also enable Auto Time Stamp from their mailbox.

Refer to Auto Time Stamp on page 2-41 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No ( - Disabled)
Default = 0

47-02-12

System Administrator
Use this option to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator. This allows
the subscriber to use the SA options after logging on to their mailbox.

Refer to System Administrator on page 2-259 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes = Enabled
0 = No = Disabled
Default = Mailbox 1 (101) = 1; All other mailboxes = 0

InMail System Guide

3-25

Issue 1.0

47-02-13

Dialing Option
Dialing Option provides additional dialing options for Next Call Routing Mailbox calls (refer to
47-02-14 Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox) below). If enabled, a caller who
accesses the Subscriber Mailbox to leave a message can dial any option in the Next Call
Routing Mailboxs Dial Action Table. If disabled, the caller can dial only 0 (to use the Next
Call Routing Mailbox 0 action).

Refer to Next Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-221 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-02-14

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox)

Use this option to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This
provides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a Subscriber Mailbox
recorded or default greeting. The digits the caller can dial depends on the setting of the Next
Call Routing Mailbox and Alternate Next Call Routing Mailbox options.

For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these two programs, refer to Dialing
Options while Listening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting on page 2-221.

For an explanation of the options a caller can dial while recording, refer to Record and
Send a Message on page 2-239.

Refer to the following for more information:

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38.

Call Forward to a Mailbox on page 2-49.

Exiting a Mailbox on page 2-112.

Leaving a Message on page 2-170.

Next Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-221

Assigned Data

Call Routing Mailbox Number (up to three digits)

No entry - 0 (Entered by pressing Hold)
Default = 1 (Call Routing Mailbox 1)
By default, Call Routing Mailbox numbers are 1-32.

47-02-15

Directory List Number

Use this option to specify the Directory List to which the Subscriber Mailbox belongs. When setting
up Directory Dialing Mailboxes, you must specify which Directory List you want the Directory
Dialing Mailbox to use. The Directory Dialing Mailbox can only call Subscriber Mailboxes that
belong to the list it is programmed to use. The entries for this option are 1~8 (lists 1~8), 0 (belongs to
no lists), or * (belongs to all lists).

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~8 (Directory List 1~8)

= All ; 0 = None
Default = 0

3-26

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-02-16

Voice Prompt Language

Use this option to specify the language used for each Subscriber Mailbox. The InMail comes
with all language prompts installed. Each mailbox can use any one of these languages.
Assigned Data
01 (US English)

13 (Brazilian Portuguese)

02 (UK English)

14 (Japanese)

03 (Australian English)

15 (Mandarin Chinese)

04 (French Canadian)

16 (Korean)

05 (Dutch)

17 (Iberian Portuguese)

06 (Mexican Spanish)

18 (Greek)

07 (Latin America Spanish)

19 (Danish)

08 (Italian)

20 (Swedish)

09 (German)

21 (Thai)

10 (Madrid Spanish)

22 (Taiwan)

11 (Norwegian)

23 (Flemish)

12 (Parisian French)

24 (Turkish)
25 (Arabic)
26 (Russian)

Default = 01 (US English)

47-02-17

Enable Paging
Assigned Data
1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-02-18

Paging Option
Assigned Data
1 = Immediately
0 = RNA
Default = 0

47-02-19

Telephone User Interface Type

Use this option to set if caller hear options in Numeric (press 1 for yes) or Mnemonic (press L
to listen to messages).
Assigned Data
0 = Numeric
1 = Mnemonic
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-27

Issue 1.0

47-02-20

Enable E-mail Notification

Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

47-02-21

E-mail Address
Assigned Data
Up to 48 characters
Default = No setting

47-02-22

Include Message as Attachment

Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 1

3-28

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-02 Program Entry

47-02 InMail Station Mailbox Options Program Entry
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4702 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Station Mailbox 1.
There are 128 available mailboxes (1~128).
01

Mailbox Active (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1 for 101~108, 0 for all others]
LK1-No, LK2=Yes

02

Mailbox Number (Digits, 7 max using 0~9) [1~8 = 101~108, No entry for all others]

03

Number of Messages (0~99) [99 for mailbox 1, 20 for all others]

04

Message Playback (0=FIFO, 1=LIFO) [0]

LK1=FIFO, LK2=FIF0

05

Auto Erase/Save (0=Erase, 1=Save) [1]

LK1=Erase, LK2=Save

07

Rec Conv Beep (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

08

Update MW Lamp (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

09

Auto-ATT DND (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

10

Forced UTRF (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

11

Auto Time Stamp (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

12

System Admin (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1 (Enabled) for Mailbox 1 (101), 0 (Disabled)
for all others]
LK1=No, LK2=Yes

13

Dialing Option (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

14

Next CR Mbox (1~32, Hold=No entry) [1]

15

Directory List (1~8=Lists 1~8, 0=No list, *=All lists) [0]

16

Select Language [01 = Us English]

17

Enable Paging [Disabled]

18

Set Paging Option 0 = RNA, 1 = Immediately [0]

19

Set Telephone User Interface 0 = Numeric, 1 = Mnemonic {[0]

20

Enable E-mail Notification 0 = No, 1 = Yes [0]

21

Set E-mail Address Up to 48 Characters [No Setting]

22

Include Message as Attachment 0 = No, 1 = Yes [1]

InMail System Guide

3-29

Issue 1.0

47-02 InMail Station Mailbox Options Program Entry (Continued)

(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

3-30

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-03 : InMail Group Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-03 Group Mailbox Options to set up the 32 Group Mailboxes (1~32). A Group Mailbox is used
for Department Group overflow and can be a Subscriber, Call Routing, Announcement, or Directory
Dialing Mailbox.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Programming

47-03-02

Mailbox Number
The Group Mailbox Number is the same as the Department Group Master (pilot) number.
Use this option to select the Department Group Master (pilot) number associated with the
Group Mailbox you are programming.
When using a Group Mailbox as an additional resource (for example, as an extra Directory
Dialing Mailbox), you can do the following:

Assign a pilot number to an unused Department Group in 11-07-01 Department Group Pilot
Numbers.

Set up the Group Mailbox in 47-03, using this pilot number in 47-03-02 Group Mailbox
Number.

When 47-03 programming is complete, remove the pilot number assignment in 11-07-01
Department Group Pilot Numbers.

Refer to the following:

Directory Dialing on page 2-82.

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242

Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274.

Assigned Data

Digits (eight maximum, using 0~9).

No Setting (Entered by pressing Hold)
Default = No Setting.

InMail System Guide

3-31

Issue 1.0

47-03-03

Mailbox Type
Use this option to set the Group Mailbox type. There are three types of InMail mailboxes:
None (0), Subscriber (1), Routing (2).

If the Group Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox (1), go to 47-03 Program Entry on page 3-32 to
set up the Group Mailbox options.

If the Group Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox (1), go to 47-03 : InMail Group Mailbox Options
on page 3-31 to set up the Group Mailbox options.

If the Group Mailbox is a Routing Mailbox (2), go to 47-15 : Routing Directory Mailbox Options
on page 3-76 to set up the Group Mailbox options.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274.

Assigned Data

0 = None
1 = Subscriber
2 = Routing
Default = 1 (Subscriber)

47-03 Program Entry

47-03 InMail Group Mailbox Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4703 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Group Mailbox 1.
There are 32 available Group Mailboxes (1~32).
02

Mailbox Number (Digits, 8 max using 0~9) [No Setting]

03

Mailbox Type (0 = None, 1=Subscriber, 2 = Routing) [1]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next
prompt without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number.

Answer

3-32

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).

Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-06 : Group Mailbox Subscriber Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-06 Group Mailbox Subscriber Options to set up a Group Mailbox assigned as a Subscriber
Mailbox in 47-03-03 Group Mailbox Type.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Programming

47-06-01

Number of Messages
Use this option to set the maximum number of messages that can be left in the Subscriber
Mailbox. If a caller tries to leave a message after this limit is reached, they hear, That
mailbox is full. InMail then hangs up.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Message Storage Limit on page 2-216 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~99 messages
To conserve storage space, enter 0 for all unused mailboxes.
Default = 20

47-06-02

Message Playback
Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message playback order. When a subscriber
listens to their messages, InMail can play the oldest messages first (first-in/first-out, or FIFO),
or the newest messages first (last-in/first-out, or LIFO).

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Message Playback Direction on page 2-212 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 = FIFO (first-in/first-out, or oldest messages first)

1 = LIFO (last-in/first-out, or newest messages first)
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-33

Issue 1.0

47-06-03

Auto Erase/Save of Messages

Use this option to determine what happens when a Subscriber Mailbox user completely
listens to a new message and then exits their mailbox without either saving (SA) or erasing
(E) the message. Depending on the setting of this option, InMail will either automatically
archive or delete the message. If the mailbox user hangs up before listening to the entire new
message, InMail retains the message as a new message.

Refer to Auto Erase or Save on page 2-40 for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 = Erase
After the subscriber listens to the entire new message and hangs up, InMail deletes the
message.
1 = Save
After the subscriber listens to the entire new message and hangs up, InMail archives the
message.
Default =1

47-06-04

Message Retention
Use this option to determine how long a Subscriber mailbox retains held and archived
messages. If a message is left in a Subscriber mailbox longer than the interval, InMail deletes
it.
Assigned Data
0 (Indefinite)
1~99 days
Default = 0

47-06-05

Recording Conversation Beep (Rec Conv Beep)

Use this option to enable or disable the Conversation Record beep. If enabled, all parties on
a call hear the voice prompt Recording followed by a single beep when the extension user
initiates Conversation Record. If disabled, the voice prompt and beep do not occur. When
you disable the Conversation Record beep, the following voice prompts do not occur while
InMail records the conversation:

Recording (followed by a beep)

That mailbox is full (if the mailbox message storage capacity is reached)

You have reached the recording limit (if the recorded message is too long)

The SV9100 telephone system software provides an additional Conversation Record beep.
This beep repeats according to the setting of Program 45-01-06 Voice Mail Integration
Options: Record Alert Tone Interval Time (0~64800 seconds). To disable the SV9100
telephone system Conversation Record beep, enter 0 for this option.

Refer to Live Record on page 2-177 for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 1
3-34

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-06-06

Message Waiting Lamp (Update MW Lamp)

Use this option to enable or disable Message Waiting lamp at the extension associated with
the Subscriber mailbox. For Subscriber Mailboxes, you should leave this option enabled. For
Guest Mailboxes, leave this option disabled.

Refer to Guest Mailbox for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Message Waiting Lamp on page 2-217 for more information.

Refer to Subscriber Mailbox on page 2-256 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 1

47-06-07

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail

Use this option to enable or disable Auto Attendant Do Direct to Voice Mail. When a
subscriber enables this PRG, an Automated Attendant caller routes directly to the mailbox,
hears the greeting, and is asked to leave a message. A subscriber can also enable this PRG
while recording their mailbox greeting.

Refer to Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38 for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-06-08

Forced Unscreened Transfer (Forced UTRF)

Use this option to enable or disable Automated Attendant Forced Unscreened Transfer for
the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled, each Screened Transfer (TRF) to the extension is
converted to an Unscreened Transfer (UTRF). If disabled, Screened Transfers from the
Automated Attendant occur normally.

Refer to Forced Unscreened Transfer on page 2-129 for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-35

Issue 1.0

47-06-09

Auto Time Stamp

Use this option to enable or disable Auto Time Stamp for the Subscriber Mailbox. If enabled,
after the subscriber listens to a message InMail announces the time and date the message
was left. Auto Time Stamp also announces the message sender (if known).
A subscriber can also enable Auto Time Stamp from their mailbox.

Refer to Auto Time Stamp on page 2-41 for more information.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No = (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-06-10

System Administrator (System Admin)

Use this option to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator. This allows
the subscriber to use the SA options after logging onto their mailbox.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Refer to System Administrator on page 2-259 for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

47-06-11

Dialing Option
Dialing Option provides additional dialing options for Next Call Routing Mailbox calls (refer to
47-06-12 Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox). If enabled, a caller who accesses the
Subscriber Mailbox to leave a message can dial any of the options in the Next Call Routing
Mailboxs Dial Action Table. If disabled, the caller can only dial 0 (to use the Next Call
Routing Mailboxs 0 action).

Refer to Routing Mailbox for more information .

Refer to Next Call Routing Mailbox for more information.

Refer to Voice Mail Overflow for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No (Disabled)
Default = 0

3-36

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-06-12

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox)

Use this option to assign a Next Call Routing Mailbox to the Subscriber Mailbox. This
provides callers with additional dialing options while listening to a Subscriber Mailbox
recorded or default greeting. The digits the caller can dial depends on the setting of the Next
Call Routing Mailbox and Alternate Next Call Routing Mailbox options.

Refer to Dialing Options while Listening to a Subscriber Mailbox Greeting on page 2-221.

For options to dial while recording, refer to Record and Send a Message on page 2-239.

Refer to the following features and related program:

Auto Attendant Direct to Voice Mail on page 2-38

Call Forward to a Mailbox on page 2-49

Exiting a Mailbox on page 2-112

Leaving a Message on page 2-170

Next Call Routing Mailbox on page 2-221

Voice Mail Overflow on page 2-274

47-07 : InMail Routing Mailbox Options on page 3-41

Assigned Data

Call Routing Mailbox Number (0~32)

No entry (entered by pressing CLEAR)
Default = 1 (Call Routing Mailbox 1)
By default, Call Routing Mailbox numbers are 1~32.

47-06-13

Directory List Number

Specify the Directory List number to which the Group Mailbox belongs.
Assigned Data
0 = None
1~8 = List Number
= All
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-37

Issue 1.0

47-06-14

Voice Prompt Language

Use this option to specify the language used for each Subscriber Mailbox. The InMail comes
all language prompts installed. Each mailbox can use any one of these languages.
Assigned Data
01 (US English)

14 (Japanese)

02 (UK English)

15 (Mandarin Chinese)

03 (Australian English)

16 (Korean)

04 (French Canadian)

17 (Iberian Portuguese)-

05 (Dutch)

18 (Greek)

06 (Mexican Spanish)

19 (Danish)

07 (Latin America Spanish)

20 (Swedish)

08 (Italian)

21 (Thai)

09 (German)

22 (Mandarin Chinese)

10 (Madrid Spanish)

23 (Flemish)

11 (Norwegian)

24 (Turkish)

12 (Parisian French)

25 (Arabic)

13 (Brazilian Portuguese)

26 (Russian)

Default = 01

47-06-17

Telephone User Interface Type

Use this option to set if caller hear options in Numeric (press 1 for yes) or Mnemonic (press L
to listen to messages).
Assigned Data
0 = Numeric
1 = Mnemonic
Default = 0

47-06-18

Enable E-mail Notification

Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

47-06-19

E-mail Address
Assigned Data
Up to 48 characters
Default =No setting

47-06-20

Include Message as Attachment

Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 1

3-38

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-06 Program Entry

47-06 Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Program Entry
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4706 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Group Subscriber Mailbox 1.
There are 32 available Group Mailboxes (1~32).
01

Number of Messages (0~99) [20]

02

Message Playback (0=FIFO, 1=LIFO) [0]

LK1=FIFO, LK2=FIF0

03

Auto Erase/Save (0=Erase, 1=Save) [1]

LK1=Erase, LK2=Save

05

Rec Conv Beep (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

06

Update MW Lamp (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [1]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

07

Auto-ATT DND (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

08

Forced UTRF (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

09

Auto Time Stamp (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

10

System Admin (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

11

Dialing Option (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1=No, LK2=Yes

12

Next CR Mbox (1~32, Hold = No entry) [1]

13

Directory List (1~8 = Lists 1~8, 0=None, = All) [0]

14

Set Telephone User Interface (0 = Numeric, 1 = Mnemonic) [0]

InMail System Guide

3-39

Issue 1.0

47-06 Group Mailbox Subscriber Options Program Entry (Continued)

(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

3-40

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-07 : InMail Routing Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-07 InMail Routing Mailbox Options to set up the 32 Routing Mailboxes. Routing Mailboxes can
be either Announcement or Call Routing Mailboxes.
Refer to the following:

Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242

Programming

47-07-02

Routing Mailbox Type (Mailbox Type)

Use this option to set the Routing Mailbox type: Call Routing (1) or Announcement (2).
Assigned Data
0 (None)
1 (Call Routing)
2 (Announcement)
3 (Directory)
4 (Distribution)
Default = Mailboxes 1~8 = 1; Mailboxes 9~32 = 2

47-07-03

InMail System Guide

Voice Prompt Language

Use this option to specify the language used for each Subscriber Mailbox. The InMail comes
with three language prompts: US English, Mexican Spanish and Canadian French. Each
mailbox can use any one of these languages. Additional languages can be licensed on the
CCPU and the prompt sets downloaded from the support web page.
Assigned Data
01 (US English)

14 (Japanese)

02 (UK English)

15 (Mandarin Chinese)

03 (Australian English)

16 (Korean)

04 (French Canadian)

17 (Iberian Portuguese)-

05 (Dutch)

18 (Greek)

06 (Mexican Spanish)

19 (Danish)

3-41

Issue 1.0

07 (Latin America Spanish)

20 (Swedish)

08 (Italian)

21 (Thai)

09 (German)

22 (Mandarin Chinese)

10 (Madrid Spanish)

23 (Flemish)

11 (Norwegian)

24 (Turkish)

12 (Parisian French)

25 (Arabic)

13 (Brazilian Portuguese)

26 (Russian)

Default = 01

47-07-04

Telephone User Interface

Use this option to set if caller hear options in Numeric (press 1 for yes) or Mnemonic (press L
to listen to messages).
Assigned Data
0 = Numeric
1 = Mnemonic
Default = 0

47-07 Program Entry

47-07 InMail Routing Mailbox Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4707 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Routing mailbox 1.
There are 32 available Routing Mailboxes (1~32).
02

Mailbox Type (1 = Call Routing, 2 = Announcement) [1~8 = 1, 9~32 = 2]

03

Set Prompt Language [01]

04

Set Telephone User Interface (0 = Numeric, 1 = Mnemonic) [0]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next
prompt without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

3-42

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).

Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-08 : Call Routing Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-08 Routing Mailbox Call Routing Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as Call
Routing Mailboxes in 47-07-02 Routing Mailbox Type.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 for more information.

Description

47-08-01

Dial Action Table

Use this option to assign the Dial Action Table to the Call Routing Mailbox. The Dial Action
Table defines the dialing options for the call Routing Mailbox.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 and Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more
information.

Assigned Data

1~32 (Dial Action Table 1~32)

Default = 1 (Dial Action Table 1)

47-08-02

Screened Transfer Timeout (Scrn Trf Timeout)

Use this option to set how long a Screened Transfer (TRF) from the Automated Attendant
rings an unanswered extension before recalling.

This option has a similar function as Customize: Mailbox Options: Call Routing: [Call
Handling] Options: Delay Rings Before Redirect Transfer in InMail..

Assigned Data

0~255 seconds
Entering 0 causes immediate recall.
Default = 15

47-08-03

InMail System Guide

Time Limit for Dialing Commands (Dialing Timeout)

This option determines how long InMail waits for an Automated Attendant caller to dial before
routing the call to the Timeout destination.

Be sure your Dial Action Tables have a Timeout action programmed.

Refer to Routing Mailbox on page 2-242 andDial Action Table on page 2-77 for more
information.

3-43

Issue 1.0

If the caller waits too long to dial:

When the associated Dial Action Table has a Timeout action programmed, the caller routes to
that destination.

When the associated Dial Action Table does not have a Timeout action programmed, the
Instruction Menu repeats 3 times and then InMail hangs up.

Assigned Data

0~99 seconds
Entering 0 causes the Automated Attendant to immediately route callers to the Timeout
destination programmed in the active Dial Action Table.
Default = 5

47-08-04

Fax Detection
Use this option to enable or disable Fax Detection for the Call Routing Mailbox. In enabled,
the InMail Automated Attendant (when using this Call Routing Mailbox) detects incoming fax
CNG tone. The fax call then routes to the company fax machine according to the setting of
47-15-09 Fax Extension on page 3-78. If disabled, the Automated Attendant does not detect
incoming fax calls.

Refer to Fax Detection on page 2-115 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Yes (Enabled)
0 = No ( Disabled)
Default = 0

47-08-05

Fax Extension
Use this option to set the destination fax extension with the Fax Detection setting for the Call
Routing Mailbox is enabled.

Refer to Fax Detection on page 2-115 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~9, *, #
Default = Blank

3-44

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-08 Program Entry

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4708 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Call Routing Mailbox 1.
There are 32 available Routing Mailboxes (1~32).

01

Dial Action Table (1~32) [1]

02

Scrn Trf Timeout (0~255) [15]

03

Dialing Timeout (0~99) [5]

04

Fax Detection (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1-No, LK2=Yes

05

Set Fax Extension (up to eight digits) [No Entry]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

InMail System Guide

3-45

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-09 : Announcement Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-09 Routing Mailbox Announcement Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as
Announcement Mailboxes in 47-07-02 Routing Mailbox Type.

Refer to Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14 for more information.

Programming

47-09-01

Next Call Routing Mailbox (Next CR Mbox)

If you set up an Announcement Mailbox to answer Automated Attendant calls, use this option
to provide additional routing options to the Automated Attendant callers. This option interacts
with Repeat Count and Hang Up After below.

For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these options, refer to the following:

Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-223

Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-16

Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14 andNext Call Routing Mailbox on

page 2-221

Assigned Data

Call Routing Mailbox Number (1~32)

0 = Undefined
Default = 0

3-46

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-09-02

Repeat Count
Enter the number of times you want the Announcement Mailbox message to repeat to
callers. After an Announcement Mailbox caller initially listens to the message, it repeats the
number of times specified in this option. This option interacts with Next Call Routing Mailbox
and Hang Up After when providing routing options.

For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these options, refer to the following:

Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-223.

Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-16.

Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14 and Next Call Routing Mailbox on

page 2-221.

Assigned Data

0 (No repeats)
1~10 (Announcement repeats 1~10 times)
Default = 0

47-09-03

Hang Up After (HangUp)

Use this option along with Next Call Routing Mailbox and Repeat Count above to provide
additional routing options to Automated Attendant callers. PRG 47-07-02 must be set to 1
(Announce) for this setting to be used.

For a detailed explanation of the interaction of these options, refer to the following:

Direct Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-223.

Routed Announcement Mailbox Routing on page 2-16.

Announcement Mailbox on page 2-14 and Next Call Routing Mailbox on

page 2-221.

Assigned Data

0 = None
This setting enables the option of sending the caller to another Call Routing or
Announcement box. The destination Call Routing box is set in 47-05-01. If no destination
Call Routing box is set, the system plays Goodbye to the caller after playing the Call Routing
Announcement Box greeting then hangs up.
1 = Goodbye
When this setting is enabled the system plays Goodbye to the caller after playing the Call
Routing Announcement Box greeting, then hangs up. Callers cannot be routed to another
Call Routing box with this setting enabled.
2 = Silent
When this setting is enabled the system will hang up the caller after playing the Call Routing
Announcement Box greeting. Callers cannot be routed to another Call Routing box with this
setting enabled.
Default = 0

InMail System Guide

3-47

Issue 1.0

47-09 Program Entry

47-09 Announcement Mailbox Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4709 + Option.
There are 32 available Routing Mailboxes (1~32).
01

Next CR Mbox (1~32, 0=Undefined) [0]

02

Repeat Count (1~10, 0=No repeat) [0]

03

0 = None, 1 = Goodbye, 2 = Silent

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

3-48

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-10 : InMail Trunk Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-10 InMail Trunk Options to assign InMail options for each trunk. Currently, only 47-10-01
Answer Table Assignment is available.

Refer to Automated Attendant on page 2-43 for more information.

Programming

47-10-01

Answer Table Assignment (Answer Table)

Use this Use 47-10 InMail Trunk Options option to assign an InMail Answer Table to each
Direct Inward Line (DIL) the Automated Attendant should answer. The Automated Attendant
follows the routing specified by the selected Answer Table.

For information on setting up DILs to InMail, refer to Chapter 1, Section 3 Set Up

Automated Attendant to Answer Outside Calls on page 1-2.

Assigned Data

Answer Use 47-10 InMail Trunk Options Table (1~16)

Default = 1

47-10-02

Record Pad Control

Use this option to pad or attenuate the volume for messages recorded on or greetings played
to outside callers on a specific trunk.
Assigned Data
01~57 (-15.5dBm to +12.5dBm)
Default = 32 (0.0 dBm)

InMail System Guide

3-49

Issue 1.0

47-10-03

Voice Prompt Language

This program is used to assign a language to calls that did not originally go through the voice
mail auto attendant. For example, a call rings directly to extension 101 which is forwarded to
voice mail. Extension 101 is set to use English but the customer wants calls on trunk 10 to
hear French. You would assign trunk 10 as French in 47-10-03 and calls on that trunk that
go to voice mail will hear French but calls on other trunks will hear English. Additional
languages can be licensed on the CCPU and the prompt sets downloaded from the support
web page.
Assigned Data
01 (US English)

14 (Japanese)

02 (UK English)

15 (Mandarin Chinese)

03 (Australian English)

16 (Korean)

04 (French Canadian)

17 (Iberian Portuguese)-

05 (Dutch)

18 (Greek)

06 (Mexican Spanish)

19 (Danish)

07 (Latin America Spanish)

20 (Swedish)

08 (Italian)

21 (Thai)

09 (German)

22 (Mandarin Chinese)

10 (Madrid Spanish)

23 (Flemish)

11 (Norwegian)

24 (Turkish)

12 (Parisian French)

25 (Arabic)

13 (Brazilian Portuguese)

26 (Russian)

Default = 01

47-10-04

Telephone User Interface

Use this option to set if caller hear options in Numeric (press 1 for yes) or Mnemonic (press L
to listen to messages).
Assigned Data
0 = Numeric
1 = Mnemonic
Default = 0

3-50

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-10 Program Entry

47-10 InMail Trunk Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4710 + Option.
There are 8 available trunks (1~8).
01

Answer Table (1~16) [1]

02

Record PAD Control (1~57) [32]

03

Set Language (01~20) [01}

04

Select Telephone User Notifies (0 =Numeric, 1 = Mnemonic) [0]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Trunk number + Mic selects a new trunk.

Answer

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

InMail System Guide

3-51

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-11 : InMail Answer Table Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-11 InMail Answer Table Options to set options for the Answer Tables. InMail provides 16
Answer Tables (1~16). To set up the schedules for each Answer Table, go to 47-12 InMail Answer Table
Schedule.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Programming

47-11-01

Answer Schedule Override (Schedule Override)

Use this option to enable or disable Answer Schedule Override for the selected Answer
Table. If enabled and you make an entry for Override Mailbox below, the active Answer Table
routes calls to the Override Mailbox.

Refer to Answer Schedule Override on page 2-20 for more information.

Assigned Data
0 = No (Disabled)

1 = Yes (Enabled)
Default = 0

47-11-02

Override Mailbox Category (Override MB Ctg)

Use this option to specify the category of the mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls
should route when you enable Answer Schedule Override. InMail mailbox categories are
Subscriber Mailbox, Group Mailbox, and Routing Mailbox.
InMail handles the routing according to the type of mailbox (Subscriber, Call Routing, or
Announcement) within the specified category:

If the Override Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox, the outside caller hears the mailbox greeting
(if recorded) and can leave a message.

If the Override Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, the outside caller hears the recorded
announcement. Depending on how the Announcement Mailbox is programmed, InMail then
hangs up, reroutes the call, or provides additional dialing options.

If the Override Mailbox is a Call Routing Mailbox, the outside caller hears the instruction menu
and can dial any option allowed by the associated Dial Action Table.

3-52

Refer toAnswer Schedule Override on page 2-20 for more information.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Assigned Data

0 (Undefined)
1 (Subscriber Mailbox STA)
2 (Group Mailbox)
3 (Routing Mailbox)
Default = 0
If any Input Data value is entered, the terminal displays the Override Mailbox Number
selection (below).
Override Mailbox Number (Override MB Num)
Use this option to specify the mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should route when
you when you enable Answer Schedule Override. The mailbox number you select in this
option should match the mailbox category specified in 47-11-02 Override Mailbox Category
above.
Assigned Data
Digits (3 maximum, using 0~9).
Default = No entry

47-11-03

Default Mailbox Category (Default MB Ctg)

Use this option to specify the category of mailbox used as the Default Mailbox. InMail mailbox
categories are Subscriber Mailbox, Group Mailbox, and Routing Mailbox. InMail uses the
Default Mailbox whenever an Answer Schedule is not in effect.
InMail handles the routing according to the type of mailbox (Subscriber, Call Routing, or
Announcement) within the specified category:

If the Default Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox, the outside caller hears the mailbox greeting (if
recorded) and can leave a message.

If the Default Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, the outside caller hears the recorded
announcement. Depending on how the Announcement Mailbox is programmed, InMail then
hangs up, reroutes the call, or provides additional dialing options.

If the Default Mailbox is a Call Routing Mailbox, the outside caller hears the instruction menu
and can dial any option allowed by the associated Dial Action Table.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 (Undefined)
1 (Subscriber Mailbox STA)
2 (Group Mailbox)
3 (Routing Mailbox)
Default = Answer Table 1 = 3; Answer Table 2~16 = 0
If any Input Data value is entered, the terminal displays the Default Mailbox Number
selection (below).

InMail System Guide

3-53

Issue 1.0

Default Mailbox Number (Default MB Num)

Use this option to set the Answer Tables Default Mailbox number. InMail uses the Default
Mailbox when an Answer Schedule is not in effect. By default, this occurs at all times other
than Monday through Friday from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. The mailbox number you select in this
option should match the mailbox category specified in 47-11-03 Default Mailbox Category.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

Digits (3 maximum, using 0~9).

Do not enter leading zeros. (For example, for Routing Mailbox 1 enter 1, not 01 or 001).
Default = Answer Table 1 = 1; Answer Table 2~16 = No entry

47-11-04

Next Answer Table

When 10 Answer Schedules within an Answer Table are not sufficient, use this option to link
two Answer Tables together. InMail treats the two linked tables as a single 20-entry Answer
Table.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

Answer Table (1~16)

0 (Undefined)
Default = 0

3-54

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-11 Program Entry

47-11 InMail Answer Table Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4711 + Option.
There are 16 available Answer Tables (1~16).
01

Schedule Override (1=Yes - enabled, 0=No - disabled) [0]

LK1-No, LK2=Yes

02

Override MB Ctg (1=Station Mailbox, 2=Group Mailbox, 3=Routing Mailbox, 0=Undefined) [0]
Override MB Num (Digits, 3 max., using 0~9) [No entry]

03

Default MB Ctg (1=Subscriber Mailbox STA, 2=Group Mailbox, 3=Routing Mailbox,

0=Undefined) [0]
Default MB Num (Digits, 3 max., using 0~9) [Answer Table 1 = 1, Answer Tables 2~16 = No entry]

04

Press this:

Next Answer Table (1~16, 0=Undefined) [0]

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Table number + Mic selects a new table.

Answer

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

InMail System Guide

3-55

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-12 : InMail Answer Schedules
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-12 InMail Answer Schedules to set up the InMail Automated Attendant Answer Schedules.
There are eight Answer Tables, with up to 10 Answer Schedules in each Answer Table.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Programming

47-12-01

Schedule Type (Entryxx Schedule Type)

Use this option to assign a Schedule Type to the selected Answer Schedule. The Schedule
Type determines how the Answer Schedule answers calls.

Refer toAnswer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

The schedule can be one of the following types:

1.

2.

3.

3-56

Day of the Week

A Type 1 Answer Schedule runs on a specific day of the week. For this type of
schedule, select:

The day of the week the schedule should run:

The schedule start time.

The schedule end time.

The Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox used to answer calls.

Range of Days
A Type 2 Answer Schedule runs for a range of days. For this type of schedule, select:

The day of the week the schedule should start.

The day of the week the schedule should stop.

The time on the start day the schedule should start.

The time on the stop day the schedule should stop.

The Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox used to answer the calls.

Date
A type 3 Answer Schedule runs only on a specific day of the year. For this type of
schedule, select:

Programming

Issue 1.0

The specific date the schedule should run.

On the selected date, the time the schedule should start.

On the selected date, the time the schedule should stop.

The Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox used to answer the calls.

Assigned Data

1 = Day of the Week

2 = Range of Days
3 = Date
0 = Undefined
Default = Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 2; All other schedules = 0

47-12-02

Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg)

Use this option to specify the category of mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should
route when the schedule is in effect. InMail mailbox categories are Subscriber Mailbox,
Group Mailbox, or Routing Mailbox.
InMail handles the routing according to the exact type of Subscriber, Group, or Routing
Mailbox specified.

If the Answering Mailbox is a Subscriber Mailbox, the outside caller hears the mailbox
greeting (if recorded) and can leave a message.

If the Answering Mailbox is an Announcement Mailbox, the outside caller hears the recorded
announcement. Depending on how the Announcement Mailbox is programmed, InMail then
hangs up, reroutes the call, or provides additional dialing options.

If the Answering Mailbox is a Call Routing Mailbox, the outside caller hears the instruction
menu and can dial any option allowed by the associated Dial Action Table.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Subscriber Mailbox STA

2 = Group Mailbox
3 = Routing Mailbox
0 = Undefined
Default =3

When data is entered in 47-12-02, the terminal displays the Answering Mailbox
Number entry (below).

Answering Mailbox Number (Entryxx MB Num)

Use this option to set the number of the Answering Mailbox the Automated Attendant uses
when the selected schedule is in effect. This mailbox is defined in 47-12-02 Answering
Mailbox Category.

This item number is different when using PCPro/WebPro due to the window layout of the
applications. Refer to the PCPro/WebPro applications for more information.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

Digits (3 maximum, using 0~9).

Default = Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 1; All other Answer Schedules = No entry

InMail System Guide

3-57

Issue 1.0

47-12-03

Day of the Week (Entryxx Day)

For Day of the Week (Type 1) Answer Schedules, use this option to select the day of the
week the Answer Schedule should be active.

Refer to Type 1 (Day of Week) Example on page 3-61 for more information.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Sunday
2 = Monday
3 = Tuesday
4 = Wednesday
5 = Thursday
6 = Friday
7 = Saturday
Default = 1

47-12-04

Start Day (Entryxx Start Day)

For Range of Days (Type 2) Answer Schedules, use this option to select the day of the week
the Answer Schedule should start.

Refer to Type 2 (Range of Days) Example on page 3-62 for more information.

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Sunday
2 = Monday
3 = Tuesday
4 = Wednesday
5 = Thursday
6 = Friday
7 = Saturday
Default = 1 - Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 2; All other schedules = 1

47-12-05

End Day (Entryxx End Day)

For Range of Days (Type 2) Answer Schedules, use this option to select the day of the week
the Answer Schedule should end.

Refer to Type 2 (Range of Days) Example on page 3-62 for more information.

Refer toAnswer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

1 = Sunday
2 = Monday
3 = Tuesday
4 = Wednesday
5 = Thursday
6 = Friday
7 = Saturday
Default = Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 6; All other Answer Schedules = 1

3-58

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-12-06

Date (Entryxx Date)

For Date (Type 3) Answer Schedules, use this option to select the date the Answer Schedule
should be active.

Refer to Type 3 (Date) Example on page 3-64 for more information..

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

MMDD
For example:
0101 = January 1
1231 = December 31
0000 = No date set
Default = 0000

47-12-07

Schedule Start Time (Entryxx Start Time)

Use this option to specify the time the Answer Schedule should start. It applies to Day of the
Week (Type 1), Range of Days (Type 2), and Date (Type 3) schedules. (To make a schedule
run continuously, make the same entry for 47-12-08 Schedule Start Time and 47-12-09
Schedule End Time.)

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

HHMM (24-hour clock)

For example:
0130 = 1:30AM
1700 = 5:00PM
Default = Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 0830 (8:30AM); All other schedules are
undefined.

47-12-08

Schedule End Time (Entryxx End Time)

Use this option to specify the time the Answer Schedule should end. It applies to Day of the
Week (Type 1), Range of Days (Type 2), and Date (Type 3) schedules. (To make a schedule
run continuously, make the same entry for 47-12-08 Schedule Start Time and 47-12-09
Schedule End Time.)

Refer to Answer Table on page 2-25 for more information.

Assigned Data

HHMM (24-hour clock)

For example:
0130 = 1:30AM
1700 = 5:00PM
Default = Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 1700 (5:00PM); All other schedules = 0000
(Undefined).

InMail System Guide

3-59

Issue 1.0

47-12 Program Entry

47-12 InMail Answer Schedules
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4712 + Option.
There are 10 Answer Schedules (1~10) within each of the 16 available Answer Tables (1~16).
01

Entryxx Schedule Type (1 = Day of the Week, 2 = Range of Days, 3 = Date, 0 = Undefined)
[Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 2, All other schedules = 0]

02

Entry MB (1 = Station, 2 = Group, 3 = Routing, 0 = Undefined)

[Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 3, All other schedules = 0]
Entryxx MB Num (3 digits, using 0~9) [Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 1, All other schedules = No
entry]

03

Entryxx Day (1 = Sunday, 2 = Monday, 3 = Tuesday, 4 = Wednesday, 5 = Thursday, 6 = Friday, 7 =

Saturday) [1]
LK1 = Sunday, LK2 = Monday, LK3 = Tuesday, LK4 = Wednesday, LK5 = Thursday, LK6 = Friday,
LK7 = Saturday

04

Entryxx Start Day (1 = Sunday, 2 = Monday, 3 = Tuesday, 4 = Wednesday, 5 = Thursday, 6 =

Friday, 7 = Saturday) [Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 2, All other schedules = 1]
LK1 = Sunday, LK2 = Monday, LK3 = Tuesday, LK4 = Wednesday, LK5 = Thursday, LK6 = Friday,
LK7 = Saturday

05

Entryxx End Day (1 = Sunday, 2 = Monday, 3 = Tuesday, 4 = Wednesday, 5 = Thursday, 6 = Friday,

7 = Saturday)
[Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 6, All other schedules = 1]
LK1=Sunday, LK2=Monday, LK3=Tuesday, LK4=Wednesday, LK5=Thursday, LK6=Friday,
LK7=Saturday

06

Entryxx Date(MM/DD) (MMDD) [0000]

07

Entryxx Start Time (HHMM) [[Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 0830, All other schedules = 0000]

08

Entryxx End Time (HHMM) [Answer Table 1/Schedule 1 = 1700, All other schedules = 0000]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next prompt
without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Table number + Mic selects an Answer Table.

Mic + Mic + Entry number + Mic selects an Answer Schedule.

Answer

3-60

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Type 1 (Day of Week) Example

In this example, Answer Table 1 routes calls as follows:

Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 2 and runs Sunday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.

Schedule 2 uses Subscriber Mailbox 3 and runs Wednesday from 10:30AM to 5:00PM.

Schedule 3 uses Routing Mailbox 4 and runs Tuesday from 9:00AM to 10:00AM.

At all other times, routing is handled by the Default Mailbox specified in 47-11-03 Default
Mailbox Category and 47-11-03 Default Mailbox Number.

When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types, build the Answer Schedules in the
following order:

Range of Days

Day of Week

Date

Type 1 (Day of Week) Example

Answer Table 1
Answer Schedule 1
Answer Schedule 1 is a Day of Week schedule that runs Sunday from 8:30AM to
5:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 1
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 2
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 1
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 0830 (8:30AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1700 (5:00PM)
Answer Schedule 2
Answer Schedule 2 is a Day of Week schedule that runs Wednesday from10:30AM to
5:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 1
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 1
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 3
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 4
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 1030 (10:30AM)

InMail System Guide

3-61

Issue 1.0

Type 1 (Day of Week) Example (Continued)

47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1700 (5:00PM)
Answer Schedule 3
Answer Schedule 3 is a Day of Week schedule that runs Tuesday from9:00AM to
10:00AM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 1
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB num = 4
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 3
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 0900 (9:00AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1000 (10:00PM)

Type 2 (Range of Days) Example

In this example, Answer Table 1 routes calls as follows:

Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs Sunday through Wednesday from 8:30AM to
5:00PM.

Schedule 2 uses Routing Mailbox 2 and runs Thursday and Friday from 11:00AM to 1:00PM.

At all other times, routing is handled by the Default Mailbox specified in 47-11-04 Default
Mailbox Category and 47-11-05 Default Mailbox Number.

When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types, build the Answer Schedules in the
following order:

3-62

Range of Days

Day of Week

Date

Programming

Issue 1.0

Type 2 (Range of Days) Example

Answer Table 1
Answer Schedule 1
Answer Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule that starts schedule that runs Sunday
through Wednesday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 2
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 1
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Sunday)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 4 (Wednesday)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 0830 (8:30AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1700 (5:00PM)
Answer Schedule 2
Answer Schedule 2 is a Range of Days schedule that runs Thursday and Friday from
11:00AM to 1:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 2
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 2
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 4 (Wednesday)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 5 (Thursday)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 1100 (11:00AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1300 (1:00PM)

InMail System Guide

3-63

Issue 1.0

Type 3 (Date) Example

In this example, Answer Table 1 routes calls as follows:

Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs every day from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.

Schedule 2 uses Routing Mailbox 9 and runs only on Christmas Day from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.

At all other times, routing is handled by the Default Mailbox specified in 47-11-04 Default
Mailbox Category and 47-11-05 Default Mailbox Number.

When setting up Answer Tables with multiple types, build the Answer Schedules in the
following order:

Range of Days

Day of Week

Date

Type 3 (Date) Example

Answer Table 1
Answer Schedule 1
Answer Schedule 1 is a Range of Days schedule that starts schedule that runs every
day from 8:30AM to 5:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 2
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 1
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Sunday)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 1 (Sunday)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 0000 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 0830 (8:30AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1700 (5:00PM)
Answer Schedule 2
Answer Schedule 2 is a Date schedule that runs only on Christmas Day from 8:30AM
to 5:00PM.
47-12-01 Entry01 Schedule Type = 3
47-12-02 Entry01 MB Ctg = 3
47-12-03 Entry01 MB Num = 9
47-12-04 Entry01 Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-05 Entry01 Start Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-06 Entry01 End Day = 1 (Entry does not matter)
47-12-07 Entry01 Date (MMDD) = 1225 (December 25, Christmas Day)
47-12-08 Entry01 Start Time = 0830 (8:30AM)
47-12-09 Entry01 End Time = 1700 (5:00PM)

3-64

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-13 : InMail Dial Action Tables
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-13 InMail Dial Action Tables to set up the InMail Dial Action Tables. The Dial Action Table
defines the options than an Automated Attendant caller can dial. A Dial Action Table is associated with a
Call Routing Mailbox, which is in turn associated with an Answer Table. When an Answer Table is
active, its associated Call Routing Mailbox selects the Dial Action Table which provides dialing options to
callers. The illustration below shows how this works in a default InMail system. There are 32 Dial Action
Tables:

InMail System Guide

3-65

Issue 1.0

DIL to Voice Mail Master (200)

22-01-01 Incoming Call Trunk Setup
22-07-01 DIL Setup

InMail

Default
Automated Attendant Answering
Trunks Route to Answer Table 1
47-10-01 Answer Table Assignment

Answer Table 1
47-11 Answer Table Options

Schedule 1 or Default Mailbox

47-12 Answer Schedules
47-11-03 Default Mailbox

Call Routing Mailbox 1

47-08 Call Routing Mailbox Options

Dial Action Table 1

47-13 Dial Action Tables

3-66

All calls route to Call Routing Mailbox 1

Schedule 1 active M-F 8:30AM-5:00PM
Default Mailbox active all other times.

From a System Administrator mailbox,

record an Instruction Menu (SA + I) for
the active Call Routing Mailbox.

Dial Action Table 1 Dialing Options:

Dial an extension number, or
O for the operator.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Dial Action Table Default Settings

Key

Dial Action Table 1

Dial Action Tables 2-32

UTRF to XXX
(Unscreened Transfer to user-dialed
extension)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UTRF to XXXX
(Unscreened Transfer to user-dialed
extension)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

UND
(Undefined)

HNGUP
(Hangup)

UND
(Undefined)

UTRF to 101
(Unscreened Transfer to 101)

UND
(Undefined)

REC1 to IXXX
(Quick Message with greeting to
user-dialed extension)

UND
(Undefined)

LOGON to IXXX
(Logon to user-dialed mailbox)

UND
(Undefined)

TIMEOUT

UTRF to 101
(Unscreened Transfer to 101)

UND
(Undefined)

TIMEOUT provides the routing for rotary dial callers. Refer toAutomatic Routing
for Rotary Dial Callers on page 2-48 for more information.

InMail System Guide

3-67

Issue 1.0

TRF Action - Screened Transfer (1) (TRF)

Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened Transfer to an extension.
After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail calls (screens) the destination to see if the
transfer can go through.

If the destination is available, the Automated Attendant rings it. If the destination answers, the call
goes through.

If the destination doesnt answer within a preset interval, is busy, or is in Do Not Disturb, the
Automated Attendant doesnt extend the call. It then provides the caller with additional options.
Number Option

Normally, the corresponding Number option should be XXX. Note that the key you choose for this
action is the first digit of the called extension number.

For example, to allow callers to place Screened Transfers to extensions 101~108, for key 3 enter
TRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.
To have Screened Transfer call a specific extension, the corresponding Number option should be
that extension number. The caller then dials that single digit to reach the extension.

For example, to have callers dial 8 to reach extension 303, for key 8 enter TRF for the Action and
303 for the corresponding Number.

Additional Information

Refer to the call routing chart detailed in Screened Transfer (TRF) Operation on page 2-247.
Also refer toScreened Transfer on page 2-246 and Unscreened Transfer on page 2-270.

UTRF Action - Unscreened Transfer (2) (UTRF)

Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to place an Unscreened Transfer to an extension.
This is similar to telephone system unscreened transfers in which the transferring party immediately
extends the call. After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, InMail transfers the call to the
destination and hangs up. Any recalls or additional routing are handled by the telephone system just
as with any other unscreened transfer.
Number Option

Normally, the corresponding Number option should be XXX. Note that the key you choose for this
action is the first digit of the called extension number.

For example, to allow callers to place Unscreened Transfers to extensions 101~199, for key 3 enter
UTRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

To have Unscreened Transfer call a specific extension, the corresponding Number option should
be that extensions number. The caller then dials that single digit to reach the extension.

3-68

For example, to have callers dial 8 to reach extension 303, for key 8 enter UTRF for the Action and
303 for the corresponding Number.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Additional Information

Refer to theUnscreened Transfer (UTRF) Operation on page 2-271 to see the call routing chart.
Also refer to Screened Transfer on page 2-246 an dUnscreened Transfer on page 2-270.

REC1 Action - Quick Message With Greeting (3) (REC1)

Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an extension. With
this action, the caller hears the extension greeting prior to leaving the message.
Number Options

To have the caller leave a quick Message at a specific extension, the corresponding Number
option should be the extension number.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller-dialed extension, the corresponding
Number option should be IXXX.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller-dialed extension in a specific range, the
corresponding Number option should be XXX.

For example, to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 101~108, for key 3 enter REC1
for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

Additional Information

Refer to Quick Message on page 2-236 for more information.

REC2 Action - Quick Message Without Greeting (4) (REC2)

Use this action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to leave a Quick Message at an extension. With
this action, the caller does not hear the extensions greeting prior to leaving the message. Instead, the
caller hears the voice prompt Recording followed by a beep.
Number Option

To have the caller leave a quick Message at a specific extension, the corresponding Number
option should be the extension number.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at any caller-dialed extension, the corresponding
Number option should be IXXX.
To have the caller leave a Quick Message at a caller-dialed extension in a specific range, the
corresponding Number option should be XXX.

For example, to allow callers to leave a Quick Message extensions 101~108, for key 3 enter REC2
for the Action and XXX for the corresponding Number.

Additional Information

Refer to Quick Message on page 2-236 for more information.

InMail System Guide

3-69

Issue 1.0

LOGON Action - Log On to Voice Mail (5) (LOGON)

Use this key action to allow an Automated Attendant caller to log on to Voice Mail. Depending on
programming (refer to Number Option on page 3-69), the caller is logged directly on to a Subscriber
Mailbox or is prompted to enter a Subscriber Mailbox of their own choosing. You cannot use the LOGON
option with Call Routing and Announcement Mailboxes.
Number Option

To log directly into a specific Subscriber Mailbox, enter the mailbox number in the corresponding
Number option.

For example, to have key 4 log directly into Subscriber Mailbox 305, for key 4 enter LOGON for the
Action and 305 for the corresponding Number.
To have InMail request Automated Attendant callers to select a Subscriber Mailbox to log into,
enter N in the corresponding Number option. The key you choose must represent the first digit in
the Subscriber Mailbox numbers.

For example, to have the Automated Attendant request callers to enter the number of the Subscriber
Mailbox into which they wish to log, for key 3 enter LOGON for the Action and N for the
corresponding Number. When callers dial 3, they hear, Please enter your mailbox number.
To have InMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Subscriber Mailbox to log on to
(without playing an announcement), enter XXX in the corresponding Number option. The key you
choose must represent the first digit in the Subscriber Mailbox numbers.

For example, to allow callers to log onto mailboxes 101~108, for key 3 enter LOGON for the Action
and XXX for the corresponding Number.
To log on to any valid Subscriber Mailbox, enter IXXX in the corresponding Number option.

For example, to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Subscriber Mailbox number to log on, for key 1
enter LOGON for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Number.

Additional Information

3-70

Refer to Log On to Voice Mail on page 2-179 for more information.

Programming

Issue 1.0

Hang Up Action (6) (HNGUP)

When an Automated Attendant caller presses a key assigned to this action, InMail says Goodbye and
immediately hangs up.
Number Option

No entry is required in the corresponding Number option.

Additional Information

Refer to Hang Up on page 2-146 for more information.

GOTO Action - Go to Mailbox (7) (GOTO)

Use this option to provide Automated Attendant callers with the ability to route to Call Routing and
Announcement Mailboxes. For example, a caller can dial a digit for Sales, and then go to the Call
Routing or Announcement Mailbox that provides the dialing options and instructions for sales.
Number Option

To have Automated Attendant callers dial a single digit to go to a Call Routing or Announcement
Mailbox, enter the mailbox number in the corresponding Number option.

For example, to have key 1 go to Call Routing Mailbox 1, for key 1 enter GOTO for the Action and
1 for the corresponding Number.
To have InMail require Automated Attendant callers to enter a Call Routing or Announcement
Mailbox to go to, enter XXX in the corresponding Number option. The key you choose must
represent the first digit in the mailbox numbers.

For example, to allow callers to go to mailboxes 1~16, for key 0 enter GOTO for the Action and
XXX for the corresponding Number.
To log into any valid Call Routing or Subscriber Mailbox, enter IXXX in the corresponding Number
option.

For example, to allow callers to dial 1 plus any Call Routing or Announcement Mailbox number to
go to, for key 1 enter GOTO for the Action and IXXX for the corresponding Number.

Additional Information

Refer to Go To A Mailbox on page 2-131 for more information.

InMail System Guide

3-71

Issue 1.0

UND Action - Undefined Routing (0) (UND)

Use this key action if you want a key to have no routing (no operation). When an Automated Attendant
caller presses an undefined key, they hear, That is an invalid entry. The caller can then dial another
option.
Number Option

Not applicable
Additional Information

Refer to Undefined Routing on page 2-269 for more information.

Digits (0~9, #, and *)

Use Dial Action Table digits to route an Automated Attendant call to a specific location (such as an
extension). For example, to set up a TRF Action to route to extension 305, for digit 3 enter TRF for the
Action and 305 for the corresponding Number.

Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~9, #, and * (8 digits max.)

Default = refer to Dial Action Table Default Settings on page 3-67

Caller Dialed Digits (X) [Entered by pressing LK2]

Use the X option to route an Automated Attendant call based on digits the caller dials. Each X entry
represents one caller-dialed digit. For example, to set up a TRF Action to route to any caller dialed
extension in the 101~399 range, for digit 3 enter TRF for the Action and XXX for the corresponding
Number.

Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.

Assigned Data

X (Entered by pressing LK2)

Default = refer to Dial Action Table Default Settings on page 3-67

Ignore Digits (I) [Entered by pressing LK3]

Use the I option to represent any digit dialed by the Automated Attendant caller that InMail ignores for
routing. An example of this is REC action assigned to the * key in Dial Action Table 1 by default. The
Action is REC2 and the Number is IXXX. This means that a caller can dial * + any mailbox number to
leave a Quick Message in that mailbox. InMail ignores the first digit dialed by the caller (*), and routes
according to the next 3 digits dialed.

Refer to Dial Action Table on page 2-77 for more information.

Assigned Data

I (Entered by pressing LK3)

Default = refer to Dial Action Table Default Settings on page 3-67

3-72

Programming

Issue 1.0

No Routing (N) [Entered by pressing LK1]

Use the N option when you want no Automated Attendant routing to automatically occur. This can be
used with the LOGON action when you want to prompt the caller to enter a mailbox number. To do this
for the # key (for example), for the # key enter LOGON for the Action and N for the corresponding
Number. When the caller dials #, they hear: Please enter the mailbox number. Or, to exit, press the
pound key.
Assigned Data

N (Entered by pressing LK1)

Default = refer to Dial Action Table Default Settings on page 3-67

Pause (P) [Entered by pressing LK4]

Use the P option when you want the Automated Attendant to pause while dialing.
Assigned Data

P (Entered by pressing LK4)

Default = refer toDial Action Table Default Settings on page 3-67

InMail System Guide

3-73

Issue 1.0

47-13 Program Entry

47-13 InMail Dial Action Tables
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
When entering Keyxx Action data:
0=Undefined, 1=TRF, 2=UTRF, 3=REC1, 4=REC2, 5=LOGON, 6=Hangup, 7=GOTO
LK1=Undefined, LK2=TRF, LK3=UTRF, LK4=REC1, LK5=REC2, LK6=LOGON, LK7=Hangup
When entering Keyxx Data data:
8 digits max, using 0~9, #, *, X, I, N, P
LK1=N (No routing), LK2=X (Caller-dialed digits), LK3=I (Ignore Digits), LK4=P (Pause)
Default Settings below are for Dial Action Table 1. All actions for Dial Action Tables 2~32 are undefined.
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4713 + Option.
There are 32 Dial Action Tables (1~32).
01

Key 01 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 01 Data [0]

02

Key 02 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 02 Data [0]

03

Key 03 Action [2 - UTRF]

Key 03 Data [XXXX]

04

Key 04 Action [0 -Undefined]

Key 04 Data [0]

05

Key 05 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 05 Data [0]

06

Key 06 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 06 Data [0]

07

Key 07 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 07 Data [0]

08

Key 08 Action [0-Undefined]

Key 08 Data [0]

09

Key 09 Action [6-Hangup]

Key 09 Data [0]

3-74

10
(0 key)

Key 10 Action [2 - UTRF]

11
(* key)

Key 11 Action [3-REC1]

12
(# key)

Key 12 Action [5-LOGON]

13
(Timeout)

Key 13 Action [2 - UTRF]

Key 10 Data [101]

Key 11 Data [IXXX]

Key 12 Data [IXXX]

Key 13 Data [101]

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-13 InMail Dial Action Tables (Continued)

(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Transfer

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance to the next
prompt without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Table number + Mic selects an Answer Table.

Mic + Mic + Entry number + Mic selects an Answer Schedule.

Answer

InMail System Guide

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or Series.

3-75

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-15 : Routing Directory Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-15 Routing Mailbox Directory Options to set up the Routing Mailbox assigned as a Directory
Dialing Mailbox in 47-07-02 Routing Mailbox Type.

Refer to the following for more information:

Routing Mailbox on page 2-242.

Directory Dialing on page 2-82.

Programming

47-15-01

Minimum Number of Letters Required

Use this option to specify the minimum number of letters the caller should dial to be routed by
the Directory Dialing Mailbox. Callers must dial this minimum number of letters, followed by #.
The entries for this option are 1-3.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~3 (Minimum number of letters)

Default = 1

47-15-02

Directory List Number to Use

Use this option to specify which Directory List the Directory Dialing Mailbox should use. The
Directory Dialing Mailbox can call only Subscriber Mailboxes that are in the list specified by
this option. The entries for this option are 1~8.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

1~8 (Directory List 1~8)

Default = 1

3-76

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-15-03

Name Match
Use this option to determine which portion of the extensions programmed name Directory
Dialing uses to route the call. The options are 0 (first) or 1 (last). The setting you choose in
this option depends on how you set up 47-01-16 Name Format.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Example:
47-01-16 Name
Format Setting

47-15-03 Extension
Name Match

Entered Name

1 (first-last)

0 (first)

Mary Jones

2 (last-first)

Directory Dialing
Routes by:
Mary

1 (last)

Jones

0 (first)

Jones

1 (last)

Mary

Assigned Data

0 = First name
1 = Second name
Default = 0

47-15-04

Transfer Option
Use this option to define the action Directory Dialing uses when routing a call. The entries for
this option are 0 (Screened Transfer) or 1 (Unscreened Transfer).

Refer toDirectory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 = TRF
1 = UTRF
Default = 0

47-15-05

Screened Transfer Timeout

Use this option to set how long a Screened Transfer (STRF) from the Directory Dialing
Mailbox rings an unanswered extension before recalling. The entry range for this option is
0~255 seconds. A setting of 0 = no recall.

The 24-02-04 Transfer Recall Time interval has no interaction with this timer.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

0~255 seconds
0 (No recall)
Default = 15

InMail System Guide

3-77

Issue 1.0

47-15-06

Time Limit for Dialing Commands

This option determines how long InMail waits for the caller connected to the Directory Dialing
Mailbox to dial before repeating the Directory Dialing Message. If the caller doesnt dial within
three repeats of the message, InMail routes the call to the Next Call Routing Mailbox for the
Directory Dialing Mailbox (if any) or hangs up. The entry range for this option is 0~99
seconds. A setting of 0 = no timeout.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 or more information.

Assigned Data

1~99 seconds
0 (No timeout)
Default = 5

47-15-07

Fax Detection
Use this option to enable or disable Fax Detection for the Directory Dialing Mailbox. If
enabled (1), the Directory Dialing Mailbox detects incoming fax CNG tone. The fax then
routes to the company fax machine according to the settings of 47-01-06 Fax Extension. If
disabled (0), the Directory Dialing Mailbox does not detect incoming fax calls.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default = 0

47-15-08

Next Call Routing Mailbox

Use this option to specify the Next Call Routing Mailbox (1~32) for the Directory Dialing
Mailbox. If a Next Call Routing Mailbox is specified, the following occurs:

If the caller dials 0 while listening to the Directory Dialing Message, the call routes to the 0
action programmed into the Dial Action Table associated with the Next Call Routing Mailbox.

If the caller dials # while listening to the Directory Dialing Message, the call routes
immediately to the Next Call Routing Mailbox and the recorded Instruction Menu Message for
that mailbox is played.

Refer to Directory Dialing on page 2-82 for more information.

Assigned Data

Call Routing Mailbox Number (0~32)

0 = No entry
Default = 0
By default, Call Routing Mailbox numbers are 1~32.

47-15-09

Fax Extension
Assigned Data
Up to eight digits
Default = No Entry

3-78

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-15 Program Entry

47-15 Routing Directory Dialing Mailbox Options
(Entry Range) [Default Setting]
Speaker + #*#* + Password (12345678) + Transfer + 4714 + Option.
This selects the option chosen for Call Routing Mailbox 1.
There are 32 available Call Routing Mailboxes (1~32).
01

Min Num Letters (1~3) [1]

02

Directory List (1~8) [1]

03

Name Match (0=First portion of programmed name, 1=Second portion of

programmed name) [0]

04

Transfer Option (0=Screened Transfer, 1=Unscreened Transfer) [0]

05

Scrn Trf Timeout (1~255 seconds, 0=No recall) [15]

06

Dialing Timeout (1~99 seconds, 0=No timeout) [5]

07

Fax Detection (0=Disabled, 1=Enabled) [0]

08

Next CR Mbox (1~32, 0 = Undefined) [0]

09

Enter Fax Extension (Up to eight digits) [No Entry]

Press this:

To do this:
Editing

Hold

Enter (accept) data you entered and advance to the next prompt, or advance
to the next prompt without changing your entry.

-1

+1

Scroll backwards (-1) or forwards (+1) through the list of available entries.

When editing an entry, moves the cursor left or right.

Hold

When editing an entry, Hold erases the entire entry from the display.

Line Keys (LK)

Where indicated, press a line key to enter a specific value for the selected
option.
Navigation

Mic

Mic + Mailbox number + Mic selects a new mailbox number

Answer

InMail System Guide

Backs up to the previous level (e.g., from Option to Series, or from Series to
Program).
Scroll consecutively backwards or forwards through selected Option or
Series.

3-79

Issue 1.0

3-80

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-17 : Routing Distribution Mailbox Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-17 Routing Distribution Mailbox Options to assign data when Program 47-07-02 is set to 4
(Distribution).

Programming

47-17-01

Routing Distribution Mailbox Options Distribution Mailbox Category

This command defines the type of mailbox of a Distribution List member. These settings are
used if PRG 47-07-02 Routing Mailbox Type is set to Distribution. You can have Station
Mailboxes and/or Group Mailboxes as members of a Distribution List.
Assigned Data
0 = Undefined
1 = Station Mailbox
2 = Group Mailbox
Default = 0

47-17-01

Routing Mailbox Distribution Options Mailbox Number

This command defines the mailbox number of a Distribution List member.
Assigned Data
Valid Station or Group mailbox number up to three digits.
Default = Undefined

InMail System Guide

3-81

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-18 : InMail SMTP Setup
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-18 InMail SMTP Setup to set the SMTP relay parameters for e-mail notification.

Programming

47-18-01

SMTP Enabled
Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

47-18-02

Server Name
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-18-03

SMTP Port
Assigned Data
0~65535 seconds
Default = 25

47-18-04

Encryption
Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

47-18-05

Authentication
Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

3-82

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-18-06

User Name
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-18-07

Password
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-18-08

E-mail Address
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-18-09

Reply to Address
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

InMail System Guide

3-83

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-19 : InMail POP3 Setup
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-19 InMail POP3 Setup to set POP3 login parameters for e-mail notification.

Programming

47-19-01

Server Name
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-19-02

POP3 Port
Assigned Data
0~65535 seconds
Default = 110

47-19-03

Encryption
Assigned Data
0 = No
1 = Yes
Default = 0

47-19-04

User Name
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

47-19-05

Password
Assigned Data
Up to 48 Characters.
Default = No Setting

3-84

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-20 : Station Mailbox Message Notification
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-20 Station Mailbox Message Notification to set the InMail Station Mailbox Message
Notification parameters.

Programming

47-20-01

Notification
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 0

47-20-02

Notification Begin Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-20-03

Notification End Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default =00

47-20-04

Notification Type
Assigned Data
0 = Undefined
1 = Voice
2 = Pager
Default =1 (Voice)

InMail System Guide

3-85

Issue 1.0

47-20-05

Notification Number
Assigned Data
Up to 16 digits
Default = No Setting

47-20-06

Notification Busy Attempts

Assigned Data
1~99 (attempts)
Default = 5

47-20-07

Notification RNA Attempts

Assigned Data
1~99 (attempts)
Default = 5

47-20-08

Notification Security
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 1

3-86

Programming

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-21 : Station Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-21 Station Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options to set the InMail Station Mailbox Message
Find-Me Follow-Me parameters.

Programming

47-21-01

Find-Me Follow-Me
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 0

47-21-02

Find-Me Follow-Me Begin Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-21-03

Find-Me Follow-Me End Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-21-04

Find-Me Follow-Me Number

Assigned Data
Up to 16 digits
Default = No Setting

InMail System Guide

3-87

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-22: Group Mailbox Notification Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-22 Group Mailbox Notification Options to set the InMail Group Mailbox Message Notification
parameters.

Programming

47-22-01

Notification
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 0

47-22-02

Notification Begin Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-22-03

Notification End Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-22-04

Notification Type
Assigned Data
0 = Undefined
1 = Voice
2 = Pager
Default = 1 (Voice)

3-88

Programming

Issue 1.0

47-22-05

Notification Number
Assigned Data
Up to 16 digits
Default = No Setting

47-22-06

Notification Busy Attempts

Assigned Data
1~99 (attempts)
Default = 5

47-22-07

Notification RNA Attempts

Assigned Data
1~99 (attempts)
Default = 5

47-22-08

Notification Security
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 1

InMail System Guide

3-89

Issue 1.0

Program 47 : InMail
47-23 : Group Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options
Level:
IN

Description
Use 47-23 Group Mailbox Find-Me Follow-Me Options to set the InMail Group Mailbox Message
Find-Me Follow-Me parameters.

Programming

47-23-01

Find-Me Follow-Me
Assigned Data
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 0

47-23-02

Find-Me Follow-Me Begin Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-23-03

Find-Me Follow-Me End Hour

Assigned Data
00~23
(00 = 12:00 AM, 23 = 11:00 PM)
Default = 00

47-23-04

Find-Me Follow-Me Number

Assigned Data
Up to 16 digits
Default = No Setting

3-90

Programming

UNIVERGE SV9100

Chapter 4

InMail Utility

SECTION 1

INMAIL UTILITY
This chapter introduces the InMail Utility which allows the user to do the following:

Determine the version of system voice prompts currently installed on the InMail
CompactFlash card. Refer to 4.2 Selecting the CompactFlash Card on page
4-6.

Back up the system voice prompts and recorded names, messages and
greetings stored on the InMail CompactFlash card to your PC hard disk. Refer
to 4.3 Backing Up the InMail Compact Flash Card on page 4-7.

Restore the system voice prompts and recorded names, messages, and
greetings stored on the your PC hard disk to the InMail CompactFlash card.
Refer to 4.4 Restoring a Backed-up Database to the InMail Compact Flash
Card on page 4-9.

Update the system voice prompts stored on the InMail CompactFlash Card
(required for feature upgrades). Refer to 4.6 Initializing the InMail Compact
Flash Card on page 4-15.

Optionally, initialize (completely erase) the InMail CompactFlash card and load
the latest system voice prompts. Refer to 4.6 Initializing the InMail Compact
Flash Card on page 4-15.

Optionally add or remove any of the supported language prompt sets. Refer to
4.5 Managing Language Prompt Sets on InMail on page 4-13.

WARNING

InMail System Guide

The SV9100 system must be powered off and the InMail drive must be
removed from the GCD-CP10 when using this utility. The telephone
system and InMail are inoperable during this time.

4-1

Issue 1.0

SECTION 2

REQUIREMENTS
When installing the InMail utility, the following minimum requirements apply:

SECTION 3

Pentium 330 MHz with 128 MB RAM, 256 Color 800 x 600 display, USB port.

Windows XP (32-bit), Windows 7/Vista (32-bit or 64-bit) or Windows 8 (32-bit or

64-bit).

CompactFlash Card Reader (SimpleTech STI-UCF-100 or equivalent), or, if

your PC has a PCMCIA slot, PC Card Adapter for Type I CompactFlash Cards
(SimpleTech STI-CFAD or equivalent).

INSTALLING

CAUTION

THE INMAIL

UTILITY

The InMail Utility requires that a driver for the Reliance file system be
installed before the utility is installed. Currently, only Windows XP,
Windows 2000, Windows Vista and Windows 7 drivers are available.

To install the utility:

1.

If the PC has an older version of the InMail Utility, uninstall it first. If the PC does
not have an older version of the InMail Utility, proceed to step 2.

2.

Double-click the installer (e.g., InMailUtilitySetup_v1.00.exe). After the installer

starts, Figure 4-1 InMail Utility Install Wizard Welcome Screen is displayed.

Figure 4-1 InMail Utility Install Wizard Welcome Screen

4-2

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

3.

Click Next, on the Install Wizard Welcome Screen.

4.

On the Install Wizard Completion Screen (Figure 4-2 InMail Utility Install Wizard
Install Completion Screen), click Finish. This completes the installation.
Figure 4-2 InMail Utility Install Wizard Install Completion Screen

InMail System Guide

4-3

Issue 1.0

SECTION 4

USING INMAIL UTILITY

4.1

Starting the InMail Utility

1.

Turn off the telephone system and remove the GCD-CP10 (CPU) from the
chassis.
Figure 4-3 Removing the SD drive from the Blade

4-4

2.

Remove the SD drive from the CPU following proper anti-static precautions.
Note the SD drive also contains the system programming. (Refer to Figure
4-3 Removing the SD drive from the Blade.)

3.

Insert the SD drive in the PC using a SD Card reader. Some PC's now have
this reader built in.

4.

Double-click the InMail Utility shortcut on the PC desktop. The InMail Utility
Main Screen is displayed. (Refer to Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen.)

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen

To check the utility version number, click
Help, then select About SV9100 InMail
Utility...

Prompt Version the

version of the system
prompts on the InMail
Compact Flash card.
Select the CompactFlash
Reader and display important
InMail CompactFlash card
information.

Backup to the PC and

Restore the voice prompts
and recorded names,
messages and greetings
stored on the InMail
CompactFlash Card.

Optionally Initialize
(completely erase) the
InMail CompactFlash card
and load the latest voice
prompts.

Update the voice prompts

stored on the InMail
CompactFlash Card
(required for feature
upgrades).

InMail System Guide

4-5

Issue 1.0

4.2

Selecting the Compact Flash Card

After inserting the InMail CompactFlash card into the reader, it must be selected.
1.

From the InMail Utility Main Screen (Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen on
page 4-5), click on the drop-down box.
Figure 4-5 Utility Select InMail Card Screen is displayed.
Figure 4-5 Utility Select InMail Card Screen

Device Select the InMail card

from the drop-down box.

NOTE

2.

If the InMail CompactFlash Card is changed in the middle of an

InMail Utility session, click Refresh, then Select to read the new card.

The Language Prompt portion of the Main Screen updates with the prompt
version information. (Refer to Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen on page
4-5.)
Figure 4-6 Updated InMail Portion of InMail Utility Main Screen

Refresh Drivelist: This resets drive list if InMail CF was

connected to support PC after Utility was started.

Device: The card reader drive ID

or volume label (if any).

4-6

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

4.3

Backing Up the InMail Compact Flash Card

The voice prompts, and the recorded names, messages and greetings stored on
the InMail Compact Flash Card can be backed up to the hard drive on the PC.
1.

To back up the InMail Compact Flash Card, click Backup on the InMail
Utility Main Screen (refer to Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen on page
4-5).
You can choose to backup any or all of the following:

Extension Mailboxes

Group Mailboxes

Routing Mailboxes

System Mailboxes

VRS Mailboxes

Outgoing Messages (Greetings, Instructions...)

Incoming Messages (Subscriber...)

The Save As (Backup) Screen is displayed. (Refer to Figure 4-7 InMail

Utility Save As (Backup) Screen.)
Figure 4-7 InMail Utility Save As (Backup) Screen

InMail System Guide

4-7

Issue 1.0

NOTE

CAUTION

The default backup directory is C:\NEC\In-Mail\Backup.

A directory for the backup hard drive of the PC. If maintaining
several customer sites, consider making a separate folder for
each site.
After the backup, messages stored in Subscriber Mailboxes may
be restored as new messages.

Caller ID data, stored as part of an incoming voice message, are not

retained during the backup. This information is lost.

2.

Select the location (Save in:) on the hard drive of the PC where the backup
files are stored and click Save. The backup may take several minutes.

3.

When the Backup completes, either click on Finish to exit or click on

Report to see how many greetings and messages were backed up for each
mailbox.
Figure 4-8 Backup Progress Status Screen

4-8

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

Figure 4-9 Backup Data Report Screen

4.4

Restoring a Backed-up Database to the InMail Compact Flash

Card
System voice prompts, and the recorded names, messages and greetings
backed-up on hard drive of the PC can be restored to the InMail Compact Flash
Card.
1.

InMail System Guide

To restore backed-up data to the InMail Compact Flash Card, click Restore
on the InMail Utility Main Screen (Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen on
page 4-5). Depending on items in the backup, you can choose to restore
any or all of the following:

Extension Mailboxes

Group Mailboxes

Routing Mailboxes

System Mailboxes

VRS Mailboxes

Outgoing Messages (Greetings, Instructions...)

Incoming Messages (Subscriber...)

4-9

Issue 1.0

2.

On the InMail Utility Database Restore Screen, choose the database to be

restored to the card (Look In: File name:) and click Open. (Refer to Figure
4-10 InMail Utility Database Restore.)
Figure 4-10 InMail Utility Database Restore

CAUTION

Restoring a database to an InMail CompactFlash card erases

all the data currently stored on the card.

The restore takes several minutes.

NOTE

4-10

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

3.

Choose the message to be restored, then click Restore.

Figure 4-11 InMail Utility Database Restore

4.

InMail System Guide

When the Restore completes, either click on Finish to exit or click on

Report to see how many greetings and messages were restored up for
each mailbox.

4-11

Issue 1.0

Figure 4-12 InMail Restore Data Report

4-12

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

4.5

Managing Language Prompt Sets on InMail

Depending on SV9100 licensing the InMail can support up to 20 languages at the
same time. At default, all InMail drives come with United States English, Canadian
French and Mexican Spanish loaded on them. The SV9100 also supports three
concurrent languages on the InMail, at default.
The InMail Utility includes all supported language prompt sets. If desired default
language prompt sets can be deleted to increase available recording time or
changed to a different language prompt set. This is done using the Manage
Languages selection from the Main Screen (refer to Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main
Screen on page 4-5).
4.5.1

Removing a Language Prompt

To remove the prompt:
1.

From the Main Screen click on Manage Languages.

Figure 4-13 Manage Languages Screen

Prompt Version the version of the system prompts

on the InMail Compact Flash card.

InMail System Guide

4-13

Issue 1.0

2. Click on the language prompt set to be removed.

3. At the bottom of the screen, click on Remove. A progress window is
displayed.
4. Once the prompt set has been removed, click Finish to close the
progress window.

4.5.2

Adding a Language Prompt

To add a prompt:
1.

From the Main Screen click on Manage Languages.

2. Click on the language prompt set to be added.

3. At bottom of screen click on Install. You will get a progress window.
4. Once the prompt set has been added, click Finish to close progress
window.

4-14

InMail Utility

Issue 1.0

4.6

Initializing the InMail Compact Flash Card

The InMail Utility provides the option of initializing (reformatting) the InMail
Compact Flash drive. Initializing completely erases the card and loads the
default prompt set for the chosen market. For North America the prompt set is US
English, Mexican Spanish and Canadian French. All recorded names, messages
and greetings are permanently erased during initialization.
Initialization of the InMail CF takes approximately 15 minutes using a
USB 1.0 port.

NOTE

1.

To initialize (reformat) the InMail Compact Flash Card, click Initialize on the
On the InMail Utility Main Screen (Figure 4-4 InMail Utility Main Screen on
page 4-5).
Figure 4-14 InMail Utility Initialize Confirmation Screen is displayed.
Figure 4-14 InMail Utility Initialize Confirmation Screen

2.

On the InMail Utility Initialize Screen, there is one global market. Then click
Initialize and the progress screen will appear. As each language prompt set
is installed, it will have a progress window.

TIP

InMail System Guide

Click Cancel on the Initialization progress window to stop the

initialization.
Click Cancel on any language install progress window to stop
installation of that language prompt set. The Utility will
automatically move to the next prompt set.

4-15

Issue 1.0

3.

Once the InMail CF has been initialized, click on Finish to exit the progress
window.
Figure 4-15 InMail Utility Initialization Progress Screen

4-16

InMail Utility

UNIVERGE SV9100

Softkey Glossary

SECTION 1

Chapter 5

GLOSSARY
Table 5-1 Glosssary of Softkeys is an alphabetical index of the InMail softkeys
(available for all multiline terminals with softkeys). Also refer to the Operation section
of each feature.

Table 5-1 Glosssary of Softkeys

Softkey

Feature

Definition

Message Notification

When programming a Message Notification time, press to indicate

that the entered time is AM.

Annc

Announcement Mailbox
System Administrator

Press to access the Announcement Mailbox message options.

ATime

Auto Time Stamp

Press to select the Auto Time Stamp feature.

Press to go back to the previous menu level or exit your mailbox.

Back

Answer Schedule Override

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Auto Time Stamp
Call Routing Mailbox
Erasing All Messages
Exiting a Mailbox
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Listening to Messages
Mailbox Name
Mailbox Sec. Code Delete
Main Menu
Message Forward
Message Notification
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message
Security Code

CallH

Auto Att. Do Not Disturb

Press to access Call Handling options, Auto Attendant Do Not

Disturb and Paging.

AM

InMail System Guide

5-1

Issue 1.0

Table 5-1 Glosssary of Softkeys (Continued)

Softkey
Cancel

Definition

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Conversation Record
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Mailbox Name
Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message

Press to erase the current message, name, or greeting.

Message Notification

Change the Message Notification setup.

Code

Security Code

Press to access the Security Code options.

Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message

Press to begin recording.

Cont

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Listening to Messages
Mailbox Name
Message Delete
Security Code

Press to delete the currently accessed message, name, greeting, or

Security Code.

Distribution List, System

Administrator

Press to access Distribution List setup.

Press to exit the recording mode while recording a message, name,
or greeting.

Done

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Conversation Record
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Mailbox Name
Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message

DVM

Auto Att. Do Not Disturb

Press to enable or disable the Auto Att. Do Not Disturb option.

System Administrator

Press to erase a subscribers greeting from the System

Administrator Mailbox.

Auto Att. Do Not Disturb

Greeting
Main Menu

Press to access the Mailbox Greeting options.

Cncl

Chnge

Del

DList

Greet
Greet

5-2

Feature

Softkey Glossary

Issue 1.0

Table 5-1 Glosssary of Softkeys (Continued)

Softkey
Gr1
Gr2
Gr3

Feature

Definition

Auto Att. Do Not Disturb

Greeting

Press to select a Greeting

Call Routing Mailbox

Instruction Menu
System Administrator

Press to access the Instruction Menu options.

Instr

Press to listen to message, name or greeting.

Lstn

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Caller ID with Return Call
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Listening to Messages
Mailbox Name
Main Menu
Make Call
Message Delete
Message Forward
Message Reply
Time and Date Stamp

Select another mailbox.

MBOX

Answer Schedule Override

Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message

Msgs

Erasing All Messages

System Administrator

Press to erase all messages in the selected Subscriber Mailbox.

Next

Message Notification

Press to skip to the next option without changing your entry.

Next

Listening to Messages

While listening to a message, press to listen to the next message.

Notfy

Message Notification

Press to access the Message Notification Options Menu.

Message Notification

Press to program a telephone number as the notification

destination.

Answer Schedule Override

Auto Time Stamp
Message Notification

Press to turn the selected feature off.

Message Notification

Accept the notification number entered and back up to the previous

level.

Answer Schedule Override

Auto Time Stamp
Message Notification

Press to turn the selected feature on.

Message Notification

When programming a Message Notification time, press to indicate

that the entered time is PM.

Message Notification

Press to program a pager number as the notification destination.

Num
Off
OK
On
PM
Pager

InMail System Guide

5-3

Issue 1.0

Table 5-1 Glosssary of Softkeys (Continued)

Softkey

Feature

Definition

Paging

Park and Page

Press to enable or disable the Park and Page option.

Press to pause while recording a message, name or greeting.

Pause

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Conversation Record
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Listening to Messages
Mailbox Name
Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message
Message Notification

Press to select using a telephone number as the notification

destination.
Press to record a message, name or greeting.

Rec

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Mailbox Name
Main Menu
Record and Send a Message

Rpt

Listening to Messages

Go back to the beginning of the message.

Announcement Mailbox
Auto Att. Do Not Disturb
Call Routing Mailbox
Conversation Record
Greeting
Instruction Menu
Mailbox Name
Message Forward
Message Reply
Record and Send a Message

Press to resume while recording a message, name or greeting.

Exiting a Mailbox

Press to return to your mailbox.

Erasing All Messages

Mailbox Name
Mailbox Sec. Code Delete
Security Code
System Administrator

Press to select the Subscriber Mailbox maintenance options.

Phone

Resume

Return

Subs

5-4

Softkey Glossary

InMail System Guide

NEC Corporation of America

Issue 1.0

SV9100